WO1999027140A1 - Integrated circuit biochip microsystem - Google Patents

Integrated circuit biochip microsystem Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO1999027140A1
WO1999027140A1 PCT/US1998/025294 US9825294W WO9927140A1 WO 1999027140 A1 WO1999027140 A1 WO 1999027140A1 US 9825294 W US9825294 W US 9825294W WO 9927140 A1 WO9927140 A1 WO 9927140A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
integrated circuit
dna
light
probes
amplifier
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US1998/025294
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Tuan Vo-Dinh
Alan Wintenberg
Milton N. Ericson
Original Assignee
Lockheed Martin Energy Research Corporation
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Lockheed Martin Energy Research Corporation filed Critical Lockheed Martin Energy Research Corporation
Priority to AU16093/99A priority Critical patent/AU1609399A/en
Priority to DE69812158T priority patent/DE69812158T2/en
Priority to AT98960509T priority patent/ATE234367T1/en
Priority to EP98960509A priority patent/EP1034305B1/en
Priority to CA002311466A priority patent/CA2311466C/en
Publication of WO1999027140A1 publication Critical patent/WO1999027140A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N21/00Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
    • G01N21/62Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light
    • G01N21/63Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light optically excited
    • G01N21/65Raman scattering
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J19/00Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
    • B01J19/0046Sequential or parallel reactions, e.g. for the synthesis of polypeptides or polynucleotides; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making molecular arrays
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6813Hybridisation assays
    • C12Q1/6834Enzymatic or biochemical coupling of nucleic acids to a solid phase
    • C12Q1/6837Enzymatic or biochemical coupling of nucleic acids to a solid phase using probe arrays or probe chips
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N21/00Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
    • G01N21/62Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light
    • G01N21/63Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light optically excited
    • G01N21/64Fluorescence; Phosphorescence
    • G01N21/645Specially adapted constructive features of fluorimeters
    • G01N21/6452Individual samples arranged in a regular 2D-array, e.g. multiwell plates
    • G01N21/6454Individual samples arranged in a regular 2D-array, e.g. multiwell plates using an integrated detector array
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J2219/00Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
    • B01J2219/00274Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
    • B01J2219/00277Apparatus
    • B01J2219/00279Features relating to reactor vessels
    • B01J2219/00306Reactor vessels in a multiple arrangement
    • B01J2219/00313Reactor vessels in a multiple arrangement the reactor vessels being formed by arrays of wells in blocks
    • B01J2219/00315Microtiter plates
    • B01J2219/00317Microwell devices, i.e. having large numbers of wells
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J2219/00Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
    • B01J2219/00274Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
    • B01J2219/00583Features relative to the processes being carried out
    • B01J2219/00585Parallel processes
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J2219/00Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
    • B01J2219/00274Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
    • B01J2219/00583Features relative to the processes being carried out
    • B01J2219/00603Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces
    • B01J2219/00605Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces the compounds being directly bound or immobilised to solid supports
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J2219/00Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
    • B01J2219/00274Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
    • B01J2219/00583Features relative to the processes being carried out
    • B01J2219/00603Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces
    • B01J2219/00605Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces the compounds being directly bound or immobilised to solid supports
    • B01J2219/00608DNA chips
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J2219/00Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
    • B01J2219/00274Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
    • B01J2219/00583Features relative to the processes being carried out
    • B01J2219/00603Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces
    • B01J2219/00605Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces the compounds being directly bound or immobilised to solid supports
    • B01J2219/0061The surface being organic
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J2219/00Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
    • B01J2219/00274Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
    • B01J2219/00583Features relative to the processes being carried out
    • B01J2219/00603Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces
    • B01J2219/00605Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces the compounds being directly bound or immobilised to solid supports
    • B01J2219/00612Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces the compounds being directly bound or immobilised to solid supports the surface being inorganic
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J2219/00Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
    • B01J2219/00274Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
    • B01J2219/00583Features relative to the processes being carried out
    • B01J2219/00603Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces
    • B01J2219/00605Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces the compounds being directly bound or immobilised to solid supports
    • B01J2219/00623Immobilisation or binding
    • B01J2219/00626Covalent
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J2219/00Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
    • B01J2219/00274Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
    • B01J2219/00583Features relative to the processes being carried out
    • B01J2219/00603Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces
    • B01J2219/00605Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces the compounds being directly bound or immobilised to solid supports
    • B01J2219/00632Introduction of reactive groups to the surface
    • B01J2219/00637Introduction of reactive groups to the surface by coating it with another layer
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J2219/00Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
    • B01J2219/00274Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
    • B01J2219/00583Features relative to the processes being carried out
    • B01J2219/00603Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces
    • B01J2219/00639Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces the compounds being trapped in or bound to a porous medium
    • B01J2219/00641Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces the compounds being trapped in or bound to a porous medium the porous medium being continuous, e.g. porous oxide substrates
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J2219/00Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
    • B01J2219/00274Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
    • B01J2219/00583Features relative to the processes being carried out
    • B01J2219/00603Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces
    • B01J2219/00653Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces the compounds being bound to electrodes embedded in or on the solid supports
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J2219/00Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
    • B01J2219/00274Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
    • B01J2219/00583Features relative to the processes being carried out
    • B01J2219/00603Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces
    • B01J2219/00659Two-dimensional arrays
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J2219/00Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
    • B01J2219/00274Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
    • B01J2219/0068Means for controlling the apparatus of the process
    • B01J2219/00702Processes involving means for analysing and characterising the products
    • B01J2219/00707Processes involving means for analysing and characterising the products separated from the reactor apparatus
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C40COMBINATORIAL TECHNOLOGY
    • C40BCOMBINATORIAL CHEMISTRY; LIBRARIES, e.g. CHEMICAL LIBRARIES
    • C40B60/00Apparatus specially adapted for use in combinatorial chemistry or with libraries
    • C40B60/14Apparatus specially adapted for use in combinatorial chemistry or with libraries for creating libraries
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N21/00Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
    • G01N21/62Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light
    • G01N21/63Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light optically excited
    • G01N21/64Fluorescence; Phosphorescence
    • G01N21/6428Measuring fluorescence of fluorescent products of reactions or of fluorochrome labelled reactive substances, e.g. measuring quenching effects, using measuring "optrodes"
    • G01N2021/6439Measuring fluorescence of fluorescent products of reactions or of fluorochrome labelled reactive substances, e.g. measuring quenching effects, using measuring "optrodes" with indicators, stains, dyes, tags, labels, marks
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N21/00Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
    • G01N21/62Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light
    • G01N21/63Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light optically excited
    • G01N21/64Fluorescence; Phosphorescence
    • G01N21/645Specially adapted constructive features of fluorimeters
    • G01N2021/6482Sample cells, cuvettes
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N21/00Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
    • G01N21/62Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light
    • G01N21/63Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light optically excited
    • G01N21/65Raman scattering
    • G01N2021/651Cuvettes therefore
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N21/00Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
    • G01N21/62Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light
    • G01N21/63Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light optically excited
    • G01N21/64Fluorescence; Phosphorescence
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N21/00Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
    • G01N21/62Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light
    • G01N21/63Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light optically excited
    • G01N21/64Fluorescence; Phosphorescence
    • G01N21/645Specially adapted constructive features of fluorimeters
    • G01N21/6456Spatial resolved fluorescence measurements; Imaging
    • G01N21/6458Fluorescence microscopy
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N21/00Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
    • G01N21/62Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light
    • G01N21/63Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light optically excited
    • G01N21/65Raman scattering
    • G01N21/658Raman scattering enhancement Raman, e.g. surface plasmons

Definitions

  • This invention relates to novel biochips that combine integrated circuit elements, electro-optical excitation and detection systems, and molecular receptor probes in a self-contained integrated microdevice.
  • BIOSENSORS use recognition properties of living systems which possess extremely selective bioreceptors (e.g., antibody, enzyme, gene probes etc.) which allow specific identification and detection of complex chemical and biological species.
  • bioreceptors e.g., antibody, enzyme, gene probes etc.
  • biosensors bioanalytical instrumentation using laser-induced fluorescence (Stevenson et al., 1994), antibody-based immunofluorescence (No-Dinh et al. 1987; No-Dinh et al., 1991), and gene probes
  • BIOSENSORS BASED ON BIOCHIP DESIGNS A basic interest has been in the development of inexpensive biosensors for environmental and biomedical diagnostics. Biosensors have been investigated, mostly based on DNA probes and on various systems for analysis of oligonucleotide arrays, but there appears to be limited consideration and development of integrated circuit (IC) gene probe-based biosensors on microchips.
  • IC integrated circuit
  • CCD charge-coupled device
  • a common technique for detecting DNA probes involves labeling the probe with radioactive tags and detecting the probe target hybrids by autoradiography.
  • Phosphorous-32 ( P) is the most common radioactive label used because of its high-energy emission and, consequently short exposure time.
  • Radioactive label techniques suffer several disadvantages, such as limited shelf life. For example, P has a limited shelf life because it has a 14-day half-life.
  • the light is scanned with laser light and the light intensity stored for later computations (July 23, 1997, Affymetrix, Inc., http://www.affymetrix.com/).
  • an Affymetrix® chip that is stated to detect HIV mutations still requires an external scanning and interpretation of the signals that are generated by a DNA-captured nucleic acid.
  • the entire device containing excitation laser sources and detection systems (often a confocal microscope system) is relatively large, e.g., table-top size systems. Although these systems have demonstrated their usefulness in genomics research and analysis, they are laboratory- oriented and involve relatively expensive equipment.
  • the invention in its broadest aspect comprises an integrated microchip biosensor device.
  • a device employs multiple optical sensing elements and microelectronics on a single integrated chip combined with one or more nucleic acid- based bioreceptors designed to detect sequence specific genetic constituents in complex samples.
  • the microchips combine integrated circuit elements, electrooptics, excitation/detection systems and nucleic acid-based receptor probes in a self- contained and integrated microdevice.
  • a basic biochip may include: (1) an excitation light source; (2) a bioreceptor probe; (3) a sampling element; (4) a detector; and (5) a signal amplification/treatment system.
  • the integrated circuit biomicrochips of the present invention comprise an integrated circuit that includes an optical transducer and associated optics and circuitry for generating an electrical signal in response to light or other radiation indicative of the presence of a target biological species, particularly a nucleic acid.
  • the chip may also include a support for immobilizing a bioprobe, which is preferably a nucleic acid.
  • a target nucleic acid may be tagged or labeled with a substance that emits a detectable signal; for example, luminescence.
  • the bioprobe attached to the immobilized bioprobe may be tagged or labeled with a substance that emits a detectable or altered signal when combined with the target nucleic acid.
  • the tagged or labeled species may be fluorescent, phosphorescent, or otherwise luminescent, or it may emit Raman energy or it may absorb energy.
  • the highly integrated biosensors of the present invention are advantageous in part because of fabricating multiple optical sensing elements and microelectronics on a single integrated circuit, and further combining the chip in preferred embodiments with a plurality of molecular hybridization probes (Geiger et al., 1990; Aubert et al., 1988).
  • a signal is generated that is picked up by the chip.
  • the signal may then be processed in several ways, depending on the nature of the signal.
  • the present invention concerns an integrated system that includes (1) a targeted nucleic acid sequence in combination with a biological probe which is modified to receive light or other radiation of a first frequency and thereby to emit light or other radiation of a different frequency than the first frequency, and (2) to detect the emitted radiation by means of a phototransducer.
  • the target nucleic acid is typically a uniquely characteristic gene sequence of a pathogen such as a fungus, bacteria, or virus, or other distinct nucleic acid species such as may be found in mutant mammalian cells or in individuals with inherited errors of metabolism.
  • the target nucleic acid is modified or labeled to include a tag or label that emits a signal upon exposure to an incident light or other radiation.
  • the target nucleic acid may be immobilized onto the integrated microchip that also supports a phototransducer and related detection circuitry.
  • a gene probe may be immobilized onto a membrane or filter which is then attached to the microchip or to the detector surface itself, such as the transducer detector described herein. This approach avoids the need to bind the bioreceptor directly to the transducer and thus is attractive for simplifying large-scale production
  • light of a highly directional or focused nature is impinged on a target nucleic that inherently or by virtue of an appropriate tag or label will emit a detectable signal upon irradiation.
  • the irradiation may be provided by a suitable light source, such as a laser beam or a light-emitting diode (LED).
  • a suitable light source such as a laser beam or a light-emitting diode (LED).
  • the incident light is further kept separate from the emitted light using different light paths and/or appropriate optical filters to block the incident light from the detector.
  • a target nucleic acid sequence is preferably hybridized with a nucleic acid sequence that is selected for that purpose (bioprobe).
  • bioprobe a nucleic acid sequence that is selected for that purpose
  • the selected bioprobe is immobilized on a suitable substrate, either on the biochip itself or on a membrane type material that is then contacted or attached to the chip surface.
  • the bioprobe may be labeled with a tag that is capable of emitting light or other non- radioactive energy.
  • the hybrid product Upon hybridization with a target nucleic acid sequence, the hybrid product can be irradiated with light of suitable wavelength and will emit a signal in proportion to the amount of target nucleic acid hybridized, see FIG. 20.
  • the labeled bioprobe may comprise a labeled molecular bioreceptor.
  • Known receptors are advantageous to use because of their known ability to selectively bind with the target nucleic acid sequence.
  • the bioreceptor itself may exhibit changes in light emission when its cognate is bound.
  • it may be desirable to increase the amount of biotarget when only trace quantities are present in a sample.
  • the present invention is compatible with polymerase chain reaction (PCR), which is a technique to amplify DNA sequences.
  • Immunosuppresent Assays employing molecular hybridization techniques.
  • ELISA Immunosuppresent Assays
  • a target cell such as different pathogen cells or even mammalian cells that have mutated from their normal counterparts.
  • unique sequences specific to an organism may be used as probes for a particular organism or cell type.
  • the quantitative phenotypic analysis of yeast deletion mutants for example, has utilized unique nucleic acid sequence identifiers to analyze deletion strains by hybridization with tagged probes using a high-density parallel array
  • Hybridization involves joining a single strand of nucleic acid with a complementary probe sequence.
  • Hybridization of a nucleic acid probe to nucleic acid sequences such as gene sequences from bacteria, or viral DNA offers a very high degree of accuracy for identifying nucleic acid sequences complementary to that of the probe.
  • Nucleic acid strands tend to be paired to their complements in double- stranded structures.
  • a single-stranded DNA molecule will seek out its complement in a complex mixture of DNA containing large numbers of other nucleic acid molecules.
  • nucleic acid probe e.g., gene probe
  • Factors affecting the hybridization or reassociation of two complementary DNA strands include temperature, contact time, salt concentration, the degree of mismatch between the base pairs, and the length and concentration of the target and probe sequences.
  • hybridization is performed on an immobilized target or a probe molecule attached on a solid surface such as a nitrocellulose or nylon membrane or a glass plate.
  • FIG. 1 illustrates a schematic, exploded view of an example of a DNA biochip of the invention.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates a schematic diagram of one possible optical detector and amplifier circuit that may be implemented on an integrated circuit in order to convert an optical signal into an electrical signal suitable for data digitization and capture by a computer.
  • FIG. 3 is a perspective, partially enlarged and exploded schematic view of a biochip having multiple arrays of exciting light sources and detectors.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic, sectional view of an integrated circuit microchip system for a biochip with integrated light emitting diode excitation sources.
  • FIG. 5 illustrates a schematic circuit diagram for an integrated light emitting diode (LED) light source and phototransistor detection device.
  • LED light emitting diode
  • FIG. 6 illustrates a schematic layout of an integrated circuit that implements the light source and detection device illustrated in FIG. 5.
  • FIG. 7 illustrates a physical layout of a large-area, 4 x 4 rc-well integrated amplifier-photodiode array designed as a single, custom integrated circuit.
  • FIG. 8 illustrates a schematic cross-section of an r ⁇ -well photodiode used in the photodiode array of FIG. 7.
  • FIG. 9 illustrates a detection circuit for use in conjunction with the photodiode array of FIG. 7.
  • FIG. 10 illustrates an alternative detection circuit for use in conjunction with the photodiode array of FIG. 7.
  • FIG. 11 illustrates schematically an analog multiplexer that enables any element in the photodiode array of FIG. 7 to be connected to an amplifier.
  • FIG. 12 illustrates one possible schematic implementation of the multiplexer in FIG. 11 for use with 16 cells.
  • FIG. 13 illustrates schematically a partially-parallel system that may be used to obtain data from the photodiode array shown in FIG. 7.
  • the partially-parallel system has only a read-out system for every row of photodetectors.
  • FIG. 14 illustrates a fully-parallel system that may be used to obtain data from the photodiode array shown in FIG. 7.
  • the fully-parallel device has a read-out system (amplifier, electronics) for every photodetector.
  • FIG. 15 shows a calibration curve for an NIR dye-labeled single-stranded DNA (5'-CCTCCTCCTTCCCAGCAGGG-3'; SEQ ID NO:l) over a concentration range from 1 pmol/ ⁇ L to 3 fmol/ ⁇ L.
  • FIG. 16 illustrates the results of measurements of gene probes tagged with fluorescein, a dye label emitting in the visible range.
  • FIG. 17 illustrates the performance of an integrated circuit microchip (ICM) phototransistor and amplifier circuit consisting of a 2 ⁇ m, p-well CMOS process occupying an area of 160,000 square microns and 220 phototransistor cells connected in parallel by showing the signal output response for various concentrations of the dye label Rhodamine-6G excited with a small helium-cadmium laser (8 mW, 325 nm).
  • ICM integrated circuit microchip
  • FIG. 18 illustrates schematically an experimental setup that may be used to evaluate a 4 x 4 array amplifier/phototransistor integrated circuit microchip device.
  • FIG. 19 illustrates the results when four sample spots of 1 ⁇ L of fluorescein labeled DNA were placed on a nitrocellulose membrane that was translated over a detection channel of the device shown in FIG. 18.
  • FIG. 20 illustrates the calibration curve of fluorescein labeled DNA using the device shown in FIG. 18.
  • FIG. 21 illustrates an embodiment of the present invention that is used for absorption and reflection measurements.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic vertical section of a portion of a biochip of the invention that may operate with either luminescent or Raman radiation.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic vertical section of a portion of a biochip that may employ luminescent or Raman energy for detection, or may operate by detecting the degree of absorption of a light beam.
  • FIG. 24 illustrates a plan view of one embodiment of the present invention that is used to detect samples from a microfluidic device via a plurality of cells.
  • FIG. 25 illustrates a schematic vertical section of a microfluidic injection system for liquid and gas sample in and out of the ICM chip used in the embodiment illustrated by FIG. 24.
  • FIG. 26 illustrates an embodiment of the present invention that is used to detect samples from a microfluidic device using an imaging lens, binary optics, or a lens array to image each microfluidic channel onto a detector element of the ICM.
  • FIG. 27 illustrates a micro-electromechanical system (MEMS) that is used to construct an ICM with Random Access Microsensing.
  • MEMS micro-electromechanical system
  • FIG. 28 illustrates an overview of an ICM system that uses the MEMS depicted in FIG. 27.
  • FIG. 29 illustrates an embodiment of the present invention that uses individually addressable, integrated vertical-cavity surface-emitting lasers (VCSEL) and on-axis and/or off-axis diffractive lenses.
  • VCSEL vertical-cavity surface-emitting lasers
  • FIG. 30 is an LED driver circuit where V, is a DC voltage (5V, for example) and V 2 is a DC voltage (5V to turn on LED and 0V to turn off LED) or a pulse train with 5 V levels turning on the LED and 0V turning off the LED.
  • FIG. 31 shows an instrumental system to produce DNA sample microarrays.
  • FIG. 32 shows an illustrative embodiment of the Biochip of the present invention.
  • FIG. 33 shows the results of hybridization occurring between complementary
  • a reference system of negative blank samples (consisting of DNA probes which did not have the sequence of the HIV 1 gene) showed only weak background fluorescent signals.
  • An integrated circuit is a circuit comprised of elements such as transistors, resistors and capacitors fabricated in a single piece of semiconducting material, usually silicon or gallium arsenide.
  • integrated circuit not only refers to the common definition but also to highly integrated structures including, for example:
  • multichip modules where several IC's and other circuit elements including molecular target probes may be combined compactly on a polymer, quartz, glass, sliver, ceramic or other substrates.
  • one IC may be the substrate with other components, such as photodiodes or LEDs mounted on it;
  • Hybrid microcircuits where one or more IC's and other circuit elements are mounted on or several substrate(s); and, 3) Other compact electromechanical arrangements of a circuit comprising primarily one but possibly more IC's and other electronic components and microelectromechanised systems (MEMs).
  • MEMs microelectromechanised systems
  • the DNA Biochip system offers a unique combination of performance capabilities and analytical features of merit not available in any other DNA analysis system currently available. With its multichannel capability, the DNA Biochip technology is the only current system that allows simultaneous detection of multiple DNA targets simultaneously.
  • the present biochip also offers several advantages in size, performance, fabrication, analysis and production cost.
  • the small sizes of the probes minimize sample requirement and reduce reagent and waste requirement.
  • Highly integrated systems lead to a reduction in noise and an increase in signal due to the improved efficiency of sample collection and the reduction of interfaces.
  • the capability of large-scale production using low-cost IC technology is an important advantage.
  • the assembly process of various components is made simple by integration of several elements on a single chip. For medical applications, this cost advantage will allow the development of extremely low cost, disposable biochips that can be used for in-home medical diagnostics of diseases without the need of sending samples to a laboratory for analysis.
  • Two fundamental operating principles of a biosensor are: (1) 'biological recognition'; and (2) 'sensing'.
  • the basic principle of a biosensor is to detect this molecular recognition and to transform it into another type of signal using a transducer.
  • transducers which may produce either an optical signal (i.e. optical biosensors) or an electrochemical signal (i.e. electrochemical biosensors), or a mass-based signal (e.g., microbalances, surface- acoustic wave devices, micro-cantilevers).
  • bioreceptors which may consist of an enzyme, an antibody, a nucleic acid fragment, a chemoreceptor, a tissue, an organelle or a microorganism.
  • a synthetic molecule often called biomimetic receptor (e.g., synthetic antibody, molecular imprint) can be used to mimic the properties of biological receptors.
  • biomimetic receptor e.g., synthetic antibody, molecular imprint
  • the inventors have developed an integrated DNA biochip which uses nucleic acid probes and detection system into a self-contained microdevice.
  • the DNA biochip involves the combination of integrated circuit elements, electro-optics excitation/detection system, and DNA-based bioreceptor probes into a self-contained and integrated microdevice.
  • a basic DNA biochip includes: (1) excitation light source with related optics; (2) a bioprobe; (3) a sampling platform and delivery system; (4) an optical detector with associated optics and dispersive device; and (5) a signal amplification/treatment system.
  • Construction of a DNA biochip involves integration of several basic elements of very different natures.
  • the basic steps include: (a) selection or development of the bioreceptor; (b) selection of the excitation source; (c) selection or development of the transducer; and (d) integration of the excitation source-bioreceptor-transducer system.
  • the development of the DNA biochip comprises three major elements.
  • the first element involves the development of a bioreceptor probe system: a microarray of
  • the second element is focused on the development of non-radioactive methods for optical detection: the fluorescence technique.
  • the third element involves the development of an integrated electro-optic IC system on a single chip for biosensing: photodiode-amplifier microchip using the CMOS technology.
  • Hybridization involves the joining of a single strand of nucleic acid with a complementary probe sequence.
  • DNA biotargets e.g., gene sequences, bacteria, viral DNA, p53 cancer gene mutation etc.
  • Nucleic acids strands tend to be paired to their sequence complements (i. e. adenine-thymine, guanine-cytosine pairing) in the corresponding double-stranded structure.
  • a single-stranded DNA molecule will seek out its complement in a complex mixture of DNA containing large numbers of other nucleic acid molecules.
  • Various types of gene probes have been developed that are labeled with fluorescent (Isola et al., 1996; Vo-Dinh et al., 1998; Vo-Dinh et al., 1998) or Raman labels (Vo- Dinh et al., 1998; Isola et al., 1998).
  • DNA probes can be directly or indirectly immobilized onto the biochip transducer sensing element to ensure optimal contact and maximum detection. When immobilized onto a substrate, the gene probes can be reused repeatedly. In one embodiment, hybridization is performed on an immobilized target or a probe molecule attached on a solid surface. DNA can be bound to different types of support materials using several methods. The method commonly used for binding DNA to glass involves silanization of the glass surface followed by activation with carbodiimide or glutaraldehyde.
  • Another embodiment involves immobilizing the gene probes onto a membrane platform which is placed on the transducer detection surface. In this manner, there is no need to bind the bioreceptor onto the biochip transducer, which may facilitate easier large-scale production.
  • 5'-terminal protecting groups are selectively removed from growing polynucleotide chains in pre-defined regions of a support (such as glass) by controlled exposure to light through a photolithographic mask (Fodor et al., 1991; McGall et al., 1997). This method may be used to fabricate polynucleotide probe arrays with densities as high as about 10 unique probe sequences per cm .
  • Plastic plates (often used in multi-well format) suitable for direct adsorption of DNA can be used to develop sampling platforms for the biochip. Chemically activated plates suitable to bind DNA by covalent linkage are also commercially available for use (CoStar, Cambridge, MA). Multiarrays of sample spots are produced, and liquid solutions of DNA are dispensed onto the sampling platform using a pneumatic Picopump (FIG. 31) (World Precision Instruments, Sarasota, FL). The Picopump is capable of producing regular microspots with diameter size range of 500-800 ⁇ m, which can be selected to match the size of the biochip detector elements. The DNA sample is loaded into a small diameter glass capillary, which is held a few millimeters above the sampling platform.
  • the membrane is held in place on a vacuum flask fitted with a metal mesh frit.
  • the vacuum procedure served two important purposes. First the vacuum applied to the membrane improves the reproducibility of the spotting by maintaining the membrane flat against the metal mesh surface. The vacuum procedure also has a shortening effect on the sample drying process, which decreased the sample spot size by preventing the spread of sample though the sampling platform.
  • the biochip forma can be designed to be compatible to polymerase chain reaction (PCRTM), which is an important technique allowing replication of defined DNA sequences, thereby amplifying the detection of these sequences.
  • PCRTM polymerase chain reaction
  • Spectroscopic chemical sensors and biosensors have been developed using laser induced fluorescence, room temperature phosphorescence, surface enhanced Raman spectroscopy, antibody based immunofluorescence and gene probe Raman sensiing methods, including gene probes having surface-enhanced Raman scattering labels to enhance the selectivity and sensitivity of chemical sensors and biosensors (Vo-Dinh et al., 1994).
  • the present invention uses spectroscopic techniques such as luminescence with visible and NIR labels is a useful detection scheme for gene biosensors without having the limitation of radioactive methods.
  • Non-radioactive probes are desirable because of their selectivity in addition to avoiding the hazards involved with radioactive materials.
  • Recognition and detection of biological species is based on the principle that cell specific nucleic acid sequences can be specifically recognized and can be combined with a receptor that specifically binds with that species.
  • receptors include, for example, antibodies, enzymes, cells, bacterial probes, complementary nucleic acids, or nucleic acids that selectively hybridize with a cell-specific nucleic acid sequence.
  • Receptors may be found and employed in the form of organelles, tissue components, chemoreceptors or even whole cells or microorganisms. Other types of receptors may include biomimetic materials such as cyclodextrins, molecular imprint materials, etc.
  • Hybridization involves joining of a single strand of nucleic acid with a complementary probe sequence.
  • Hybridization of a nucleic acid probe to a biotarget such as bacterial or viral DNA or RNA or selected gene segments, offers a high degree of accuracy for identifying nucleic acid sequences complementary to the probe.
  • Nucleic acid strands tend to be paired with complementary strands, such as is typically found in double-stranded
  • RNA DNA structures. Therefore, a single-stranded DNA (or RNA) will seek out its complement in a complex mixture of DNA containing large numbers of other nucleic acid molecules. Nucleic acid probe or gene probe detection methods are specific to DNA sequences. Factors affecting the hybridization or reassociation of two complementary DNA strands include temperature, contact time, salt concentration, the degree of mismatch between the base pairs, and the length and concentration of the target and probe sequences. 4.5 PEPTIDE NUCLEIC ACID COMPOSITIONS
  • PNA peptide nucleic acids
  • PNA is a DNA mimic in which the nucleobases are attached to a pseudopeptide backbone (Good and Nielsen, 1997).
  • PNAs are able to be utilized in a number methods that traditionally have used RNAs or DNAs. Often PNA sequences perform better in techniques than the corresponding RNA or DNA sequences and have utilities that are not inherent to RNA or DNA.
  • An excellent review of PNA including methods of making, characteristics of, and methods of using, is provided by Corey (1997) and is inco ⁇ orated herein by reference.
  • PNAs have 2-aminoethyl-glycine linkages replacing the normal phosphodiester backbone of DNA (Nielsen et al., 1991; Hanvey et al., 1992; Hyrup and Nielsen, 1996; Neilsen, 1996).
  • PNAs are neutral molecules
  • PNAs are achiral, which avoids the need to develop a stereoselective synthesis
  • PNA synthesis uses standard Boc (Dueholm et al., 1994) or Fmoc (Thomson et al., 1995) protocols for solid-phase peptide synthesis, although other methods, including a modified Merrifield method, have been used (Christensen et al., 1995).
  • PNA monomers or ready-made oligomers are commercially available from PerSeptive Biosystems (Framingham, MA, USA). PNA syntheses by either Boc or Fmoc protocols are straightforward using manual or automated protocols (Norton et al., 1995). The manual protocol lends itself to the production of chemically modified
  • PNAs can incorporate any combination of nucleotide bases
  • the presence of adjacent purines can lead to deletions of one or more residues in the product.
  • PNAs for given applications. Modifications can be accomplished by coupling amino acids during solid-phase synthesis or by attaching compounds that contain a carboxylic acid group to the exposed N-terminal amine. Alternatively, PNAs can be modified after synthesis by coupling to an introduced lysine or cysteine. The ease with which PNAs can be modified facilitates optimization for better solubility or for specific functional requirements. Once synthesized, the identity of PNAs and their derivatives can be confirmed by mass spectrometry.
  • PNAs In contrast to DNA and RNA, which contain negatively charged linkages, the PNA backbone is neutral. In spite of this dramatic alteration, PNAs recognize complementary DNA and RNA by Watson-Crick pairing (Egholm et al., 1993), validating the initial modeling by Nielsen et al., (1991). PNAs lack 3' to 5' polarity and can bind in either parallel or antiparallel fashion, with the antiparallel mode being preferred (Egholm et al., 1993). Hybridization of DNA oligonucleotides to DNA and RNA is destabilized by electrostatic repulsion between the negatively charged phosphate backbones of the complementary strands.
  • telomere binding provides clear advantages for molecular recognition and the development of new applications for PNAs.
  • 11-13 nucleotide PNAs inhibit the activity of telomerase, a ribonucleo-protein that extends telomere ends using an essential RNA template, while the analogous DNA oligomers do not (Norton et al., 1996).
  • Neutral PNAs are more hydrophobic than analogous DNA oligomers, and this can lead to difficulty solubilizing them at neutral pH, especially if the PNAs have a high purine content or if they have the potential to form secondary structures. Their solubility can be enhanced by attaching one or more positive charges to the PNA termini (Nielsen et al., 1991).
  • PNAs as antisense and anti-gene agents
  • Studies and reviews concerning the use of PNAs as antisense and anti-gene agents include Nielsen et al., (1993b), Hanvey et al., (1992), and Good and Nielsen (1997).
  • Koppelhus et al., (1997) have used PNAs to inhibit HIV-1 inverse transcription, showing that PNAs may be used for antiviral therapies.
  • Rose uses capillary gel electrophoresis to determine binding of PNAs to their complementary oligonucleotide, measuring the relative binding kinetics and stoichiometry. Similar types of measurements were made by Jensen et al, using BIAcoreTM technology.
  • PNAs include use in DNA strand invasion (Nielsen et al., 1991), antisense inhibition (Hanvey et al., 1992), mutational analysis (Orum et al., 1993), enhancers of transcription (Mollegaard et al., 1994), nucleic acid purification (Orum et al., 1995), isolation of transcriptionally active genes (Boffa et al., 1995), blocking of transcription factor binding (Vickers et al., 1995), genome cleavage
  • the inventors contemplate the use of antibodies, either monoclonal or polyclonal which bind to one or more of the polypeptides disclosed herein.
  • Means for preparing and characterizing antibodies are well known in the art (See, e.g., Harlow and Lane, 1988; incorporated herein by reference).
  • the methods for generating monoclonal antibodies (mAbs) generally begin along the same lines as those for preparing polyclonal antibodies. Briefly, a polyclonal antibody is prepared by immunizing an animal with an immunogenic composition in accordance with the present invention and collecting antisera from that immunized animal. A wide range of animal species can be used for the production of antisera.
  • the animal used for production of anti-antisera is a rabbit, a mouse, a rat, a hamster, a guinea pig or a goat. Because of the relatively large blood volume of rabbits, a rabbit is a preferred choice for production of polyclonal antibodies.
  • a given composition may vary in its immunogenicity. It is often necessary therefore to boost the host immune system, as may be achieved by coupling a peptide or polypeptide immunogen to a carrier.
  • exemplary and preferred carriers are keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH) and bovine serum albumin (BSA). Other albumins such as ovalbumin, mouse serum albumin or rabbit serum albumin can also be used as carriers.
  • KLH keyhole limpet hemocyanin
  • BSA bovine serum albumin
  • Other albumins such as ovalbumin, mouse serum albumin or rabbit serum albumin can also be used as carriers.
  • Means for conjugating a polypeptide to a carrier protein are well known in the art and include glutaraldehyde, ff ⁇ -maleimidobencoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester, carbodiimide and bis-biazotized benzidine.
  • the immunogenicity of a particular immunogen composition can be enhanced by the use of non-specific stimulators of the immune response, known as adjuvants.
  • adjuvants include complete Freund's adjuvant (a non-specific stimulator of the immune response containing killed Mycobacterium tuberculosis), incomplete Freund's adjuvants and aluminum hydroxide adjuvant.
  • the amount of immunogen composition used in the production of polyclonal antibodies varies upon the nature of the immunogen as well as the animal used for immunization.
  • a variety of routes can be used to administer the immunogen (subcutaneous, intramuscular, intradermal, intravenous and intraperitoneal).
  • the production of polyclonal antibodies may be monitored by sampling blood of the immunized animal at various points following immunization. A second, booster, injection may also be given. The process of boosting and tittering is repeated until a suitable titer is achieved.
  • the immunized animal can be bled and the serum isolated and stored, and/or the animal can be used to generate mAbs.
  • mAbs may be readily prepared through use of well-known techniques, such as those exemplified in U. S. Patent 4,196,265, incorporated herein by reference.
  • this technique involves immunizing a suitable animal with a selected immunogen composition, e.g., a purified or partially purified polypeptide or peptide.
  • the immunizing composition is administered in a manner effective to stimulate antibody producing cells.
  • Rodents such as mice and rats are preferred animals, however, the use of rabbit, sheep, or frog cells is also possible.
  • the use of rats may provide certain advantages (Goding, 1986, pp. 60-61), but mice are preferred, with the BALB/c mouse being most preferred as this is most routinely used and generally gives a higher percentage of stable fusions.
  • somatic cells with the potential for producing antibodies, specifically B lymphocytes (B cells), are selected for use in the mAb generating protocol.
  • B cells B lymphocytes
  • These cells may be obtained from biopsied spleens, tonsils or lymph nodes, or from a peripheral blood sample. Spleen cells and peripheral blood cells are preferred, the former because they are a rich source of antibody-producing cells that are in the dividing plasmablast stage, and the latter because peripheral blood is easily accessible.
  • a panel of animals will have been immunized and the spleen of animal with the highest antibody titer will be removed and the spleen lymphocytes obtained by homogenizing the spleen with a syringe.
  • the antibody-producing B lymphocytes from the immunized animal are then fused with cells of an immortal myeloma cell, generally one of the same species as the animal that was immunized.
  • Myeloma cell lines suited for use in hybridoma- producing fusion procedures preferably are non-antibody-producing, have high fusion efficiency, and enzyme deficiencies that render them incapable of growing in certain selective media which support the growth of only the desired fused cells (hybridomas).
  • any one of a number of myeloma cells may be used, as are known to those of skill in the art (Goding, pp. 65-66, 1986; Campbell, pp. 75-83, 1984).
  • the immunized animal is a mouse
  • rats one may use R210.RCY3, Y3-Ag 1.2.3, IR983F and 4B210; and U-266, GM1500-GRG2, LICR-LON-HMy2 and UC729-6 are all useful in connection with human cell fusions.
  • NS-1 myeloma cell line also termed P3-NS-l-Ag4-l
  • P3-NS-l-Ag4-l NS-1 myeloma cell line
  • Another mouse myeloma cell line that may be used is the 8-azaguanine-resistant mouse murine myeloma SP2/0 non-producer cell line.
  • Methods for generating hybrids of antibody-producing spleen or lymph node cells and myeloma cells usually comprise mixing somatic cells with myeloma cells in a 2:1 ratio, though the ratio may vary from about 20:1 to about 1 :1, respectively, in the presence of an agent or agents (chemical or electrical) that promote the fusion of cell membranes.
  • Fusion methods using Sendai virus have been described (Kohler and Milstein, 1975; 1976), and those using polyethylene glycol (PEG), such as 37% (vol./vol.) PEG, (Gefter et al., 1977).
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • the use of electrically induced fusion methods is also appropriate (Goding, 1986, pp. 71-74).
  • Fusion procedures usually produce viable hybrids at low frequencies, about
  • the selective medium is generally one that contains an agent that blocks the de novo synthesis of nucleotides in the tissue culture media.
  • agents are aminopterin, methotrexate, and azaserine. Aminopterin and methotrexate block de novo synthesis of both purines and pyrimidines, whereas azaserine blocks only purine synthesis.
  • the media is supplemented with hypoxanthine and thymidine as a source of nucleotides (HAT medium).
  • HAT medium a source of nucleotides
  • azaserine the media is supplemented with hypoxanthine.
  • the preferred selection medium is HAT. Only cells capable of operating nucleotide salvage pathways are able to survive in HAT medium.
  • the myeloma cells are defective in key enzymes of the salvage pathway, e.g., hypoxanthine phosphoribosyl transferase (HPRT), and they cannot survive.
  • HPRT hypoxanthine phosphoribosyl transferase
  • the B-cells can operate this pathway, but they have a limited life span in culture and generally die within about two weeks. Therefore, the only cells that can survive in the selective media are those hybrids formed from myeloma and B-cells. This culturing provides a population of hybridomas from which specific hybridomas are selected.
  • hybridomas typically is performed by culturing the cells by single-clone dilution in microtiter plates, followed by testing the individual clonal supernatants (after about two to three weeks) for the desired reactivity.
  • the assay should be sensitive, simple and rapid, such as radioimmunoassays, enzyme immunoassays, cytotoxicity assays, plaque assays, dot immunobinding assays, and the like.
  • the selected hybridomas would then be serially diluted and cloned into individual antibody-producing cell lines, which clones can then be propagated indefinitely to provide mAbs.
  • the cell lines may be exploited for mAb production in two basic ways.
  • a sample of the hybridoma can be injected (often into the peritoneal cavity) into a histocompatible animal of the type that was used to provide the somatic and myeloma cells for the original fusion.
  • the injected animal develops tumors secreting the specific monoclonal antibody produced by the fused cell hybrid.
  • the body fluids of the animal such as serum or ascites fluid, can then be tapped to provide mAbs in high concentration.
  • the individual cell lines could also be cultured in vitro, where the mAbs are naturally secreted into the culture medium from which they can be readily obtained in high concentrations.
  • mAbs produced by either means may be further purified, if desired, using filtration, centrifugation and various chromatographic methods such as HPLC or affinity chromatography.
  • ELI S As may be used in conjunction with the invention, when the product of interest to be detected is a polypeptide, and the substrate on the chip is an antibody. Alternatively, ELISA techniques may be utilized when the substrate on the chip is a polypeptide and the product of interest to be detected is an antibody. In either embodiment, the antibody or the polypeptide may be fluorescently labeled for detection by the biochip.
  • proteins or peptides incorporating antigenic sequences are immobilized onto a selected surface, preferably a surface exhibiting a protein affinity such as the wells of a polystyrene microtiter plate.
  • a nonspecific protein that is known to be antigenically neutral with regard to the test antisera such as bovine serum albumin (BSA), casein or solutions of milk powder.
  • BSA bovine serum albumin
  • the immobilizing surface After binding of antigenic material to the well, coating with a non-reactive material to reduce background, and washing to remove unbound material, the immobilizing surface is contacted with the antisera or clinical or biological extract to be tested in a manner conducive to immune complex (antigen/antibody) formation.
  • Such conditions preferably include diluting the antisera with diluents such as BSA, bovine gamma globulin (BGG) and phosphate buffered saline (PBS)/Tween®. These added agents also tend to assist in the reduction of nonspecific background.
  • the layered antisera is then allowed to incubate for from about 2 to about 4 hr, at temperatures preferably on the order of about 25°C to about 27°C. Following incubation, the antisera-contacted surface is washed so as to remove non- immunocomplexed material.
  • a preferred washing procedure includes washing with a solution such as PBS/Tween®, or borate buffer.
  • the occurrence and even amount of immunocomplex formation may be determined by subjecting same to a second antibody having specificity for the first.
  • the second antibody will preferably have an associated enzyme that will generate a color development upon incubating with an appropriate chromogenic substrate.
  • a urease or peroxidase-conjugated anti-human IgG for a period of time and under conditions which favor the development of immunocomplex formation (e.g., incubation for 2 hr at room temperature in a PBS -containing solution such as PBS Tween®).
  • the amount of label is quantified by incubation with a chromogenic substrate such as urea and bromocresol purple or 2,2'-azino-di-(3- ethyl-benzthiazoline)-6-sulfonic acid (ABTS) and H 2 O 2 , in the case of peroxidase as the enzyme label. Quantitation is then achieved by measuring the degree of color generation, e.g., using a visible spectra spectrophotometer.
  • a chromogenic substrate such as urea and bromocresol purple or 2,2'-azino-di-(3- ethyl-benzthiazoline)-6-sulfonic acid (ABTS) and H 2 O 2 , in the case of peroxidase as the enzyme label.
  • Quantitation is then achieved by measuring the degree of color generation, e.g., using a visible spectra spectrophotometer.
  • nucleotides in one or more of the polynucleotide sequences disclosed herein may be desirable to modify or alter one or more nucleotides in one or more of the polynucleotide sequences disclosed herein for the purpose of altering or changing the insecticidal activity or insecticidal specificity of the encoded polypeptide.
  • the means and methods for mutagenizing a DNA segment are well-known to those of skill in the art. Modifications to such segments may be made by random, or site-specific mutagenesis procedures.
  • the polynucleotides may be modified by the addition, deletion , or substitution of one or more nucleotides from the sequence encoding the insecticidally-active polypeptide.
  • Mutagenesis may be performed in accordance with any of the techniques known in the art such as and not limited to synthesizing an oligonucleotide having one or more mutations within the sequence of a particular region.
  • site- specific mutagenesis is a technique useful in the preparation of mutants, through specific mutagenesis of the underlying DNA.
  • the technique further provides a ready ability to prepare and test sequence variants, for example, incorporating one or more of the foregoing considerations, by introducing one or more nucleotide sequence changes into the DNA.
  • Site-specific mutagenesis allows the production of mutants through the use of specific oligonucleotide sequences which encode the DNA sequence of the desired mutation, as well as a sufficient number of adjacent nucleotides, to provide a primer sequence of sufficient size and sequence complexity to form a stable duplex on both sides of the deletion junction being traversed.
  • a primer of about 17 to about 75 nucleotides or more in length is preferred, with about 10 to about 25 or more residues on both sides of the junction of the sequence being altered.
  • the technique of site-specific mutagenesis is well known in the art, as exemplified by various publications.
  • the technique typically employs a phage vector which exists in both a single stranded and double stranded form.
  • Typical vectors useful in site-directed mutagenesis include vectors such as the Ml 3 phage. These phage are readily commercially available and their use is generally well known to those skilled in the art.
  • Double stranded plasmids are also routinely employed in site directed mutagenesis which eliminates the step of transferring the gene of interest from a plasmid to a phage.
  • site-directed mutagenesis in accordance herewith is performed by first obtaining a single-stranded vector or melting apart of two strands of a double stranded vector which includes within its sequence a DNA sequence which encodes the desired promoter region or peptide.
  • An oligonucleotide primer bearing the desired mutated sequence is prepared, generally synthetically. This primer is then annealed with the single-stranded vector, and subjected to DNA polymerizing enzymes such as E. coli polymerase I Klenow fragment, in order to complete the synthesis of the mutation-bearing strand.
  • DNA polymerizing enzymes such as E. coli polymerase I Klenow fragment
  • This heteroduplex vector is then used to transform or transfect appropriate cells, such as E. coli cells, and clones are selected which include recombinant vectors bearing the mutated sequence arrangement.
  • appropriate cells such as E. coli cells
  • clones are selected which include recombinant vectors bearing the mutated sequence arrangement.
  • a genetic selection scheme was devised by Kunkel et al., (1987) to enrich for clones incorporating the mutagenic oligonucleotide.
  • PCRTM with commercially available thermostable enzymes such as Taq polymerase may be used to incorporate a mutagenic oligonucleotide primer into an amplified DNA fragment that can then be cloned into an appropriate cloning or expression vector.
  • thermostable ligase in addition to a thermostable polymerase may also be used to incorporate a phosphorylated mutagenic oligonucleotide into an amplified DNA fragment that may then be cloned into an appropriate cloning or expression vector.
  • the mutagenesis procedure described by Michael (1994) provides an example of one such protocol.
  • oligonucleotide directed mutagenesis procedure refers to template-dependent processes and vector-mediated propagation which result in an increase in the concentration of a specific nucleic acid molecule relative to its initial concentration, or in an increase in the concentration of a detectable signal, such as amplification.
  • oligonucleotide directed mutagenesis procedure also is intended to refer to a process that involves the template-dependent extension of a primer molecule.
  • template-dependent process refers to nucleic acid synthesis of an RNA or a DNA molecule wherein the sequence of the newly synthesized strand of nucleic acid is dictated by the well-known rules of complementary base pairing (Watson, 1987).
  • vector mediated methodologies involve the introduction of the nucleic acid fragment into a DNA or RNA vector, the clonal amplification of the vector, and the recovery of the amplified nucleic acid fragment. Examples of such methodologies are provided by U. S. Patent No. 4,237,224, specifically incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • a number of template dependent processes are available to amplify the target sequences of interest present in a sample.
  • One of the best known amplification methods is the polymerase chain reaction (PCRTM) which is described in detail in U. S. Patent Nos. 4,683,195, 4,683,202 and 4,800,159, each of which is inco ⁇ orated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • PCRTM two primer sequences are prepared which are complementary to regions on opposite complementary strands of the target sequence.
  • An excess of deoxynucleoside triphosphates are added to a reaction mixture along with a DNA polymerase (e.g., Taq polymerase).
  • a DNA polymerase e.g., Taq polymerase
  • the primers will bind to the target and the polymerase will cause the primers to be extended along the target sequence by adding on nucleotides.
  • the extended primers will dissociate from the target to form reaction products, excess primers will bind to the target and to the reaction products and the process is repeated.
  • a reverse transcriptase PCRTM amplification procedure may be performed in order to quantify the amount of mRNA amplified.
  • Polymerase chain reaction methodologies are well known in the art.
  • LCR ligase chain reaction
  • Qbeta Replicase described in Intl. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. PCT/US 87/00880, inco ⁇ orated herein by reference in its entirety, may also be used as still another amplification method in the present invention.
  • a replicative sequence of RNA which has a region complementary to that of a target is added to a sample in the presence of an RNA polymerase.
  • the polymerase will copy the replicative sequence which can then be detected.
  • SDA Strand Displacement Amplification
  • RCR Chain Reaction
  • nucleic acid amplification procedures include transcription-based amplification systems (TAS) (Kwoh et al, 1989; Intl. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. WO 88/10315, inco ⁇ orated herein by reference in its entirety), including nucleic acid sequence based amplification (NASBA) and 3SR.
  • TAS transcription-based amplification systems
  • NASBA nucleic acid sequence based amplification
  • 3SR nucleic acid sequence based amplification
  • the nucleic acids can be prepared for amplification by standard phenol/chloroform extraction, heat denaturation of a sample, treatment with lysis buffer and minispin columns for isolation of DNA and RNA or guanidinium chloride extraction of RNA.
  • amplification techniques involve annealing a primer which has target-specific sequences.
  • RNA hybrids are digested with RNase H while double stranded DNA molecules are heat denatured again. In either case the single stranded DNA is made fully double stranded by addition of second target polypeptide-specific primer, followed by polymerization. The double stranded DNA molecules are then multiply transcribed by a polymerase such as T7 or SP6. In an isothermal cyclic reaction, the RNAs are reverse transcribed into double stranded DNA, and transcribed once against with a polymerase such as T7 or SP6. The resulting products, whether truncated or complete, indicate target-specific sequences.
  • a polymerase such as T7 or SP6
  • ssRNA single-stranded RNA
  • dsDNA double-stranded DNA
  • the ssRNA is a first template for a first primer oligonucleotide, which is elongated by reverse transcriptase (RNA-dependent DNA polymerase).
  • RNA-dependent DNA polymerase reverse transcriptase
  • the RNA is then removed from resulting DNA:RNA duplex by the action of ribonuclease H (RNase H, an RNase specific for RNA in a duplex with either DNA or RNA).
  • RNase H ribonuclease H
  • the resultant ssDNA is a second template for a second primer, which also includes the sequences of an RNA polymerase promoter (exemplified by T7 RNA polymerase) 5' to its homology to its template.
  • This primer is then extended by DNA polymerase (exemplified by the large "Klenow" fragment of E. coli DNA polymerase I), resulting as a double-stranded DNA (“dsDNA”) molecule, having a sequence identical to that of the original RNA between the primers and having additionally, at one end, a promoter sequence.
  • This promoter sequence can be used by the appropriate RNA polymerase to make many RNA copies of the DNA. These copies can then re-enter the cycle leading to very swift amplification. With proper choice of enzymes, this amplification can be done isothermally without addition of enzymes at each cycle. Because of the cyclical nature of this process, the starting sequence can be chosen to be in the form of either DNA or RNA.
  • ssDNA DNA
  • RACE Frohman, 1990
  • PCRTM One-sided PCRTM
  • Methods based on ligation of two (or more) oligonucleotides in the presence of nucleic acid having the sequence of the resulting "di-oligonucleotide", thereby amplifying the di-oligonucleotide may also be used in the amplification of polynucleotide sequences of the present invention.
  • Ribozymes are enzymatic RNA molecules which cleave particular mRNA species.
  • the inventors contemplate the selection and utilization of ribozymes capable of cleaving RNA segments, and the resulting detection of such mRNAs or ribozymes utilizing the methods and biochips of the present invention.
  • enzymatic nucleic acids act by first binding to a target RNA. Such binding occurs through the target binding portion of a enzymatic nucleic acid which is held in close proximity to an enzymatic portion of the molecule that acts to cleave the target RNA. Thus, the enzymatic nucleic acid first recognizes and then binds a target RNA through complementary base-pairing, and once bound to the correct site, acts enzymatically to cut the target RNA.
  • RNA Strategic cleavage of such a target RNA will destroy its ability to direct synthesis of an encoded protein. After an enzymatic nucleic acid has bound and cleaved its RNA target, it is released from that RNA to search for another target and can repeatedly bind and cleave new targets.
  • the enzymatic nature of a ribozyme is advantageous over many technologies, such as antisense technology (where a nucleic acid molecule simply binds to a nucleic acid target to block its translation) since the concentration of ribozyme necessary to affect a therapeutic treatment is lower than that of an antisense oligonucleotide. This advantage reflects the ability of the ribozyme to act enzymatically.
  • a single ribozyme molecule is able to cleave many molecules of target RNA.
  • the ribozyme is a highly specific inhibitor, with the specificity of inhibition depending not only on the base pairing mechanism of binding to the target RNA, but also on the mechanism of target RNA cleavage.
  • Single mismatches, or base-substitutions, near the site of cleavage can completely eliminate catalytic activity of a ribozyme. Similar mismatches in antisense molecules do not prevent their action (Woolf et al, 1992).
  • the specificity of action of a ribozyme is greater than that of an antisense oligonucleotide binding the same RNA site.
  • the enzymatic nucleic acid molecule may be formed in a hammerhead, hai ⁇ in, a hepatitis ⁇ virus, group I intron or RNaseP RNA (in association with an RNA guide sequence) or Neurospora VS RNA motif.
  • hammerhead motifs are described by Rossi et al. (1992); examples of hai ⁇ in motifs are described by Hampel et al. (Eur. Pat. EP 0360257), Hampel and Tritz (1989), Hampel et al. (1990) and Cech et al. (U. S.
  • Patent 5,631,359 an example of the hepatitis ⁇ virus motif is described by Perrotta and Been (1992); an example of the RNaseP motif is described by Guerrier-Takada et al. (1983); Neurospora VS RNA ribozyme motif is described by Collins (Saville and Collins, 1990; Saville and Collins, 1991; Collins and Olive, 1993); and an example of the Group I intron is described by Cech et al. (U.S. Patent 4,987,071).
  • ribozyme constructs need not be limited to specific motifs mentioned herein.
  • the invention provides a method for producing a class of enzymatic cleaving agents which exhibit a high degree of specificity for the RNA of a desired target.
  • the enzymatic nucleic acid molecule is preferably targeted to a highly conserved sequence region of a target mRNA such that specific treatment of a disease or condition can be provided with either one or several enzymatic nucleic acids.
  • Such enzymatic nucleic acid molecules can be delivered exogenously to specific cells as required.
  • the ribozymes can be expressed from DNA or RNA vectors that are delivered to specific cells.
  • Small enzymatic nucleic acid motifs may be used for exogenous delivery.
  • the simple structure of these molecules increases the ability of the enzymatic nucleic acid to invade targeted regions of the mRNA structure.
  • catalytic RNA molecules can be expressed within cells from eukaryotic promoters (e.g., Scanlon et al., 1991 ; Kashani- Sabet et al., 1992; Dropulic et al., 1992; Weerasinghe et al., 1991; Ojwang et al., 1992; Chen et al., 1992; Sarver et al., 1990).
  • any ribozyme can be expressed in eukaryotic cells from the appropriate DNA vector.
  • the activity of such ribozymes can be augmented by their release from the primary transcript by a second ribozyme (Int. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. WO 93/23569), and (Int. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. WO 94/02595), both hereby inco ⁇ orated in their totality by reference herein; Ohkawa et al., 1992; Taira et al., 1991; Ventura et al., 1993).
  • Ribozymes may be added directly, or can be complexed with cationic lipids, lipid complexes, packaged within liposomes, or otherwise delivered to target cells.
  • RNA or RNA complexes can be locally administered to relevant tissues ex vivo, or in vivo through injection, aerosol inhalation, infusion pump or stent, with or without their inco ⁇ oration in biopolymers.
  • Ribozymes may be designed as described in (Int. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. WO 93/23569), or (Int. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. WO 94/02595) and synthesized to be tested in vitro and in vivo, as described. Such ribozymes can also be optimized for delivery. While specific examples are provided, those in the art will recognize that equivalent RNA targets in other species can be utilized when necessary.
  • Hammerhead or hai ⁇ in ribozymes may be individually analyzed by computer folding (Jaeger et al, 1989) to assess whether the ribozyme sequences fold into the appropriate secondary structure. Those ribozymes with unfavorable intramolecular interactions between the binding arms and the catalytic core are eliminated from consideration. Varying binding arm lengths can be chosen to optimize activity. Generally, at least 5 bases on each arm are able to bind to, or otherwise interact with, the target RNA.
  • Ribozymes of the hammerhead or hai ⁇ in motif may be designed to anneal to various sites in the mRNA message, and can be chemically synthesized.
  • the method of synthesis used follows the procedure for normal RNA synthesis as described in Usman and Cedergren (1992) and in Scaringe et al. (1990) and makes use of common nucleic acid protecting and coupling groups, such as dimethoxytrityl at the 5'-end, and phosphoramidites at the 3'-end. Average stepwise coupling yields are typically >98%.
  • Hai ⁇ in ribozymes may be synthesized in two parts and annealed to reconstruct an active ribozyme (Chowrira and Burke, 1992).
  • Ribozymes may be modified extensively to enhance stability by modification with nuclease resistant groups, for example, 2'-amino, 2'-C-allyl, 2'-flouro, 2'-o-methyl, 2'-H (for a review see Usman and Cedergren, 1992). Ribozymes may be purified by gel electrophoresis using general methods or by high pressure liquid chromatography and resuspended in water.
  • Ribozyme activity can be optimized by altering the length of the ribozyme binding arms, or chemically synthesizing ribozymes with modifications that prevent their degradation by serum ribonucleases (see e.g., Int. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. WO
  • Ribozymes may be administered to cells by a variety of methods known to those familiar to the art, including, but not restricted to, encapsulation in liposomes, by iontophoresis, or by inco ⁇ oration into other vehicles, such as hydrogels, cyclodextrins, biodegradable nanocapsules, and bioadhesive microspheres.
  • ribozymes may be directly delivered ex vivo to cells or tissues with or without the aforementioned vehicles.
  • the RNA/vehicle combination may be locally delivered by direct inhalation, by direct injection or by use of a catheter, infusion pump or stent.
  • routes of delivery include, but are not limited to, intravascular, intramuscular, subcutaneous or joint injection, aerosol inhalation, oral (tablet or pill form), topical, systemic, ocular, intraperitoneal and or intrathecal delivery. More detailed descriptions of ribozyme delivery and administration are provided in (Int. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. WO 94/02595) and (Int. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. WO 93/23569) which have been inco ⁇ orated by reference herein.
  • RNA polymerase I RNA polymerase I
  • RNA polymerase II RNA polymerase II
  • RNA polymerase III RNA polymerase III
  • Transcripts from pol II or pol III promoters will be expressed at high levels in all cells; the levels of a given pol II promoter in a given cell type will depend on the nature of the gene regulatory sequences (enhancers, silencers, etc.) present nearby.
  • Prokaryotic RNA polymerase promoters may also be used, providing that the prokaryotic RNA polymerase enzyme is expressed in the appropriate cells (Elroy-Stein and Moss, 1990; Gao and Huang, 1993; Lieber et al, 1993; Zhou et al, 1990). Ribozymes expressed from such promoters can function in mammalian cells (e.g. Kashani-Saber et al, 1992; Ojwang et al, 1992; Chen et al, 1992; Yu et al, 1993; L'Huillier et al, 1992; Lisziewicz et al, 1993).
  • Such transcription units can be inco ⁇ orated into a variety of vectors for introduction into mammalian cells, including but not restricted to, plasmid DNA vectors, viral DNA vectors (such as adenovirus or adeno-associated vectors), or viral RNA vectors (such as retroviral, semliki forest virus, Sindbis virus vectors).
  • Ribozymes of this invention may be used as diagnostic tools to examine genetic drift and mutations within cell lines or cell types. They can also be used to assess levels of the target RNA molecule. The close relationship between ribozyme activity and the structure of the target RNA allows the detection of mutations in any region of the molecule which alters the base-pairing and three-dimensional structure of the target RNA.
  • ribozymes By using multiple ribozymes described in this invention, one may map nucleotide changes which are important to RNA structure and function in vitro, as well as in cells and tissues. Cleavage of target RNAs with ribozymes may be used to inhibit gene expression and define the role (essentially) of specified gene products in particular cells or cell types.
  • a further method for identifying polynucleotides is through the use of oligonucleotide probes. These probes are nucleotide sequences having a detectable label. As is well known in the art, if the probe molecule and nucleic acid sample hybridize by forming a strong bond between the two molecules, it can be reasonably assumed that the probe and sample are essentially identical. The probe's detectable label provides a means for determining in a known manner whether hybridization has occurred. Such a probe analysis provides a rapid method for identifying related, homologous, or substantially homologous polynucleotides.
  • the nucleotide segments which are used as probes according to the invention can be synthesized by use of DNA synthesizers using standard procedures.
  • the particular probe is labeled with any suitable label known to those skilled in the art, including radioactive and non-radioactive labels.
  • Typical radioactive labels include 32 P, 125 I, 35 S, or the like.
  • a probe labeled with a radioactive isotope can be constructed from a nucleotide sequence complementary to the DNA sample by a conventional nick translation reaction, using a DNase and DNA polymerase. The probe and sample can then be combined in a hybridization buffer solution and held at an appropriate temperature until annealing occurs.
  • Non-radioactive labels include, for example, ligands such as biotin or thyroxin, as well as enzymes such as hydrolases or peroxidases, or the various chemiluminescers such as luciferin, or fluorescent compounds like fluorescein and its derivatives.
  • the probe may also be labeled at both ends with different types of labels for ease of separation, as, for example, by using an isotopic label at the end mentioned above and a biotin label at the other end.
  • the probes of the subject invention include mutations (both single and multiple), deletions, insertions of the described sequences, and combinations thereof, wherein said mutations, insertions and deletions permit formation of stable hybrids with the target polynucleotide of interest. Mutations, insertions, and deletions can be produced in a given polynucleotide sequence in many ways, by methods currently known to an ordinarily skilled artisan, and perhaps by other methods which may become known in the future. The potential variations in the probes listed is due, in part, to the redundancy of the genetic code.
  • nucleotide triplet can be used for most of the amino acids used to make proteins. Therefore different nucleotide sequences can code for a particular amino acid.
  • amino acid sequences can be prepared by equivalent nucleotide sequences encoding the same amino acid sequence of the protein or peptide.
  • inverse or complement sequences are an aspect of the subject invention and can be readily used by a person skilled in this art.
  • proteins of identified structure and function may be constructed by changing the amino acid sequence if such changes do not alter the protein secondary structure (Kaiser and Kezdy, 1984).
  • the subject invention includes mutants of the amino acid sequence depicted herein which do not alter the protein secondary structure, or if the structure is altered, the biological activity is substantially retained.
  • the DNA probes may be directly or indirectly immobilized onto a transducer detection surface to ensure optimal contact and maximum detection. When immobilized onto a substrate, the probes are stabilized and therefore may be used repetedly. In general terms, hybridization is performed on an immobilized nucleic acid target or a probe molecule is attached to a solid surface such as nitrocellulose, nylon membrane or glass.
  • nitrocellulose membrane reinforced nitrocellulose membrane, activated quartz, activated glass, polyvinylidene difiuoride (PVDF) membrane, polystyrene substrates, polyacrylamide-based substrate, other polymers such as poly(vinyl chloride), poly(methyl methacrylate), poly(dimethyl siloxane), photopolymers (which contain photoreactive species such as nitrenes, carbenes and ketyl radicals capable of forming covalent links with target molecules (Saiki et al., 1994).
  • PVDF polyvinylidene difiuoride
  • PVDF polystyrene substrates
  • polyacrylamide-based substrate other polymers such as poly(vinyl chloride), poly(methyl methacrylate), poly(dimethyl siloxane), photopolymers (which contain photoreactive species such as nitrenes, carbenes and ketyl radicals capable of forming covalent links with target molecules (Saiki et al., 1994
  • Binding of the bioprobe to a selected support may be accomplished by any of several means.
  • DNA is commonly bound to glass by first silanizing the glass surface, then activating with carbodimide or glutaraldehyde.
  • Alternative procedures may use reagents such as 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane (GOP) or aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (APTS) with DNA linked via amino linkers inco ⁇ orated either at the 3' or 5' end of the molecule during DNA synthesis.
  • GOP 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane
  • APTS aminopropyltrimethoxysilane
  • DNA may be bound directly to membranes using ultraviolet radiation. With nitrocellous membranes, the DNA probes are spotted onto the membranes.
  • a UV light source (Stratalinker, from Stratagene, La Jolla, Ca.) is used to irradiate DNA spots and induce cross-linking.
  • An alternative method for cross-linking involves baking the spotted membranes at 80°C for two hours in vacuum.
  • Bioprobes may first be immobilized onto a membrane and then attached to a membrane in contact with a transducer detection surface. This method avoids binding the bioprobe onto the transducer and may be desirable for large-scale production.
  • Membranes particularly suitable for this application include nitrocellulose membrane (e.g., from BioRad, Hercules, CA) or polyvinylidene difluoride (PVDF) (BioRad, Hercules, CA) or nylon membrane (Zeta-Probe, BioRad) or polystyrene base substrates (DNA.BINDTM Costar, Cambridge, MA).
  • the polynucleotides described herein also have a variety of other uses. For example, they have utility as probes or primers in nucleic acid hybridization embodiments.
  • the invention provides a method for detecting a nucleic acid sequence encoding a particular polypeptide. The method generally involves obtaining sample nucleic acids suspected of encoding a polypeptide of interest; contacting the sample nucleic acids with an isolated nucleic acid segment substantially complementary to the sample nucleic acids, under conditions effective to allow hybridization of substantially complementary nucleic acids; and detecting the hybridized complementary nucleic acids thus formed.
  • Nucleic acid molecules having sequence regions consisting of contiguous nucleotide stretches of about 23 to about 50, or even up to and including sequences of about 100-200 nucleotides or so, identical or complementary to the target DNA sequence, are particularly contemplated as hybridization probes for use in, e.g.,
  • fragments may also be obtained by other techniques such as, e.g., by mechanical shearing or by restriction enzyme digestion.
  • Small nucleic acid segments or fragments may be readily prepared by, for example, directly synthesizing the fragment by chemical means, as is commonly practiced using an automated oligonucleotide synthesizer.
  • fragments may be obtained by application of nucleic acid reproduction technology, such as the PCRTM technology of U. S. Patents 4,683,195 and 4,683,202 (each inco ⁇ orated herein by reference), by introducing selected sequences into recombinant vectors for recombinant production, and by other recombinant DNA techniques generally known to those of skill in the art of molecular biology.
  • the nucleotide sequences of the invention may be used for their ability to selectively form duplex molecules with complementary stretches of DNA fragments.
  • relatively stringent conditions For applications requiring high selectivity, one will typically desire to employ relatively stringent conditions to form the hybrids.
  • “High stringency” hybridization conditions e.g., typically employ relatively low salt and/or high temperature conditions, such as provided by about 0.02 M to about 0.15 M NaCl at temperatures of about 50°C to about 70°C.
  • Such selective conditions tolerate little, if any, mismatch between the probe and the template or target strand, and would be particularly suitable for isolating particular DNA segments.
  • nucleic acid sequences of the present invention in combination with an appropriate means, such as a label, for determining hybridization.
  • appropriate indicator means include fluorescent, radioactive, enzymatic or other ligands, such as avidin/biotin, which are capable of giving a detectable signal.
  • fluorescent label or an enzyme tag such as urease, alkaline phosphatase or peroxidase, instead of radioactive or other environmentally undesirable reagents.
  • enzyme tags colorimetric indicator substrates are known that can be employed to provide a means visible to the human eye or spectrophotometrically, to identify specific hybridization with complementary nucleic acid-containing samples.
  • the hybridization probes described herein will be useful both as reagents in solution hybridization as well as in embodiments employing a solid phase.
  • the test DNA or RNA
  • the test DNA is adsorbed or otherwise affixed to a selected matrix or surface.
  • This fixed, single-stranded nucleic acid is then subjected to specific hybridization with selected probes under desired conditions.
  • the selected conditions will depend on the particular circumstances based on the particular criteria required (depending, for example, on the G+C content, type of target nucleic acid, source of nucleic acid, size of hybridization probe, etc. ).
  • specific hybridization is detected, or even quantitated, by means of the label.
  • FIG. 3A shows one configuration of a nucleic acid detection biochip.
  • FIG. 3B Various configurations and uses of the DNA biochips are illustrated in FIG. 3B.
  • the instrumental system discussed herein includes the design of integrated electrooptic sensing photodetectors for the biosensor microchips. Highly integrated biosensors are made possible partly through the capability of fabricating multiple optical sensing elements and microelectronics on a single integrated circuit (IC).
  • FIG. 3A, FIG. 3B, and FIG. 4A show an example of such integration.
  • This figure schematically shows a two-dimensional array of optical detector-amplifiers integrated on a single IC chip.
  • the insert in this figure shows that each optical detector is a phototransistor coupled to a transimpedence amplifier followed by an amplifier. This block is repeated several times on the IC chip and combined with other electronic elements such as filters and amplifiers, which can also be integrated on the same IC.
  • the operational amplifier used with the phototransistor is a two-stage, unbuffered amplifier.
  • the circuit is compact, occupying an area of only 185 ⁇ m x 200 ⁇ m, yet has moderately high performance. It was designed to be useful for wideband amplification and low-level signals.
  • the gain-bandwidth product is 70 Mhz and the amplifier is stable for gains greater than 10.
  • Other typical characteristics include: input offset voltage less than 5 mV, DC gain of 220, positive slew rate of 80 V/ ⁇ s and negative slew rate of 9V/ ⁇ s.
  • the circuit requires 2.5 mW from a single 5-V supply. In the preferred embodiement this IC chip performed the complete conversion from an optical signal to an electrical signal suitable for data digitization and capture by a computer.
  • FIG. 4B shows the physical layout of the phototransistor and amplifier circuit.
  • the circuit was fabricated in a 2- ⁇ m, p-well CMOS process and occupied an area of 160,000 square microns.
  • the phototransistor is composed of 220 phototransistor cells connected in parallel. An individual phototransistor cell occupied 760 square microns.
  • the transimpedence amplifier had a gain of lOO kV/A. As the phototransistors were coupled with the 10-fold amplifier gain, the resulting gain was 10 V/A.
  • the phototransistors had a conversion gain on the order of 10 ⁇ A/ ⁇ W, so the entire chain had an approximate conversion gain of 10 V/ ⁇ W. The exact gain generally depends on the spectral region of interest and, to some extent, on the signal level being monitored.
  • the phototransistor is made from basic photocell elements, it can be connected to as many cells as needed to create the desired geometry or required number of channels to adapt the detector to a specific application. Similarly, the gain and bandwidth of the amplifiers can be adjusted using simple resistor or capacitor changes as the application requires.
  • FIG. 3 A biochip having multiple arrays of exciting light sources and detectors is shown in FIG. 3.
  • FIG. 4 A design of an ICM system for such a biochip with integrated light emitting diodes (LED) excitation sources is illustrated in FIG. 4.
  • This ICM system contains both GaAs chips used as light sources and the phototransistor as the detector.
  • the electrooptic circuit and layout of this device shown in FIG. 5 and FIG. 6 FIG.5 and FIG. 6 show the schematic diagram of the IC circuit and layout for the IR light source and the analog signal detection, respectively.
  • a second ICM system includes large-area, 4 x 4 «-well integrated amplifier- photodiode array that has been designed as a single, custom integrated circuit (IC), fabricated for the biochip. This IC device is coupled to the biosensor and is designed for monitoring very low light levels.
  • IC integrated circuit
  • FIG. 7 shows the individual photodiodes have 0.9-mm square size and are arrayed on a 1-mm grid.
  • the photodiodes and the accompanying electronic circuitry were fabricated using a standard 1.2-micron n-well CMOS process from Orbit Semiconductor (Sunnyvale,
  • FIG. 8 shows a schematic cross-sectional drawing of the n-well photodiode. Since the anode of the diode is the p-type substrate material, which is common to every circuit on the IC chip, only the cathode is available for monitoring the photocurrent and the photodiode is constrained to operate with a reverse bias.
  • FIG. 9 shows a one-diode version of the circuit.
  • the operational amplifier and feedback resistor R](227) form a transimpedence amplifier that is used to convert the photocurrent into a voltage.
  • the conversion gain (V/A) is determined by the value of rasistor 227.
  • the feedback capacitor performs two functions: (a) it prevents the amplifier circuit from oscillating, and (b) it limits the bandwidth of the circuit. Generally, the bandwidth should be no more than that necessary for the desired measurement. Reduction of the bandwidth decreases the noise present at the amplifier's output, so if this reduction can be accomplished without attenuating the signal, a net gain in signal-to-noise ratio is achieved.
  • the voltage applied to the non-inverting input of the operational amplifier determines the reverse bias applied to the photodiode.
  • the IC can be operated with a single %-v supply. For example, if 2 V is applied to the non-inverting input, then the dc level of the other input and the output will also be 2 V, so the reverse bias on the diode will be 2 V. Photocurrents flowing into the diode will also flow through the feedback resistor, causing the amplifier output to become more positive. As the operational amplifier output cannot exceed the positive supply, the maximum output will be approximately 5 V, so the maximum signal excursion is 3 V, which corresponds to a maximum current of 3 V / Rl .
  • FIG. 10 Alternative photodiode and integrated amplifier circuit block diagrams are shown in FIG. 10.
  • Alternate to the transimpedence amplifier plus low-pass filter readout method is the use of an integrating amplifier as shown in FIG. 10.
  • the amplifier integrates the current from the photodiode until the signal is converted to digital format. After conversion, the integrator is reset to its initial state and is capable of starting another measurement.
  • This scheme has the advantage that the integration time can be controlled to allow adapting to various light (and therefore current) levels.
  • the disadvantage of this scheme is that it requires coordination between the analog-to-digital conversion process and the integrator.
  • An analog multiplexer is designed to allow any of the elements in the array to be connected to an amplifier.
  • each photodiode could be supplied with its own amplifier. For this many applications, this feature is not necessary unless the additional data acquisition speed due to having parallel channels is required.
  • the multiplexer is made from 16 cells as illustrated in FIG. 11. Each cell has two CMOS switches that are controlled by the output of the address decoder cell. Each cell has a unique 4-bit address. One switch is closed only when that particular cell is the one that is being addressed while the other switch is closed, except when that cell is the one being addressed. This process connects the addressed diode to one amplifier while all the others are connected in parallel to the other amplifier as shown in FIG. 12.
  • This arrangement allows connecting a 4 x 4 array of light sources (different fluorescent probes, for example) to the photodiode array and reading out the signal levels sequentially.
  • a parallel reading system can be designed. Using a single photodiode detector would require mechanical motion to scan the source array.
  • the additional switches and amplifier serve to correctly bias and capture the charge generated by the other photodiodes. Failure to do this would result in erroneous measurements due to the addressed photodiode collecting current generated from elsewhere in the IC.
  • the additional amplifier and switches allow using the IC as a single, large area (nearly 4 mm square) photodetector (FIG. 32).
  • An avalanche photodiode provides an alternative solid-state method of detecting low light levels.
  • Advantages of APD arrays over ordinarily used photodiode arrays include electron multiplication obtained by the avalanche process. This may improve the signal-to-noise ratio so that lower light levels are detected.
  • the process of making an APD and/or APD arrays from silicon includes fabricating structures that are not compatible with steps used in standard CMOS processing.
  • a fully integrated microchip including avalanche photodiodes requires special semiconductor fabricating processes. Such processes are known in the art (Geiger et al. , 1990; Aubert et al. , 1988).
  • the row of diodes are multiplexed into one amplifier/low pass filter circuit. Columns or other sub-units of the array could be used as well.
  • the output of each filter is input to a multi-channel analog-to-digital converter (ADC), which can be implemented on the same IC as the photodiode array, amplifier and filter.
  • ADC analog-to-digital converter
  • FIG. 13 The schematic block diagram of this partially parallel readout system is shown in FIG. 13.
  • Fully Parallel Readout Scheme This provides the fastest readout speed.
  • Each diode is provided with its own amplifier, low-pass filter and ADC input channel. Compared to the serial readout case, the time required is reduced by a factor of n for an n x n array.
  • the block diagram at a fully parallel readout system is shown in FIG. 14. 4.12.7 PHOTODETECTOR ARRAY SIZES
  • One advantage of a custom biosensor IC is that the photodiodes can be made to physically match the probe.
  • the prototype uses 0.9-mm square photodiodes on a 1 mm x 1 mm square grid, but arrays with a larger number of smaller photodiodes can be made.
  • photodiodes on a 20-micron grid could be made for a 10 x 10 array. This would give 100 photodiodes in an area
  • serial readout scheme allows most of the chip area to be used for the photodiode array. It is likely that a 1000 element array will fit on a 5 mm x 6 min IC, which would be considered a medium-sized die format. For large arrays using the fully parallel readout scheme, the limiting factor on IC area is most likely the area required by the wiring and the readout electronics. Future advances in IC technology could increase the density of elements on the chip.
  • the partially parallel readout scheme is a compromise between the other two cases. Compared with the serial case for a large array, the die size might double to allow partially parallel readout.
  • the circuit used to integrate current is similar to the transimpedence amplifier shown in FIG. 9, except that the feedback element of the amplifier is a capacitor shown as 241 in FIG 10 instead of a resistor.
  • Another integrating amplifier possibility is to make an amplifier that amplifies the voltage developed across a capacitor which receives the charge.
  • another method of using an integrating amplifier is to employ an oscillator.
  • the integrator integrates the unknown current to a preset voltage and then is reset by discharging the capacitor with a switch and the integrator is allowed to start again. This then cycles repeatedly.
  • the frequency of oscillation is proportional to the input current.
  • integrating capacitor for the described detection circuits.
  • all photodiodes may be integrated simultaneously and one (fast) amplifier used to multiplex the outputs without depriving the circuit of significant measurement time.
  • Light sources such as light-emitting diodes (LEDs) and semiconductor lasers may be used in connection with the integrated microchips herein described.
  • LEDs light-emitting diodes
  • semiconductor lasers may be used in connection with the integrated microchips herein described.
  • One may also choose to employ alternative microlaser systems such as edge-emitting lasers and surface emitting lasers.
  • Vertical-cavity surface-emitting (VCSELs) are particularly suitable light sources for integrated microchips.
  • the linearity of laser arrays makes them ideal for compact 2-dimensional and 3-dimensional configurations in ICM systems.
  • Quantum Cavity (CQ) lasers can also be used due to their small sizes.
  • the QC lasers provide powerful mid-infrared semiconductor lasers that can be used in abso ⁇ tion and Raman mode.
  • the ability to shape the diverging beam form a surface-emitting laser or a light-emitting diode is important for micro-optic illumination in ICM systems.
  • DOE diffractive optical elements
  • ICBM devices For example, a wide variety of optical elements may be designed and fabricated using current processing technologies.
  • Compact DOEs and VCSELs can be integrated and fabricated on a single transparent substrate as illustrated in FIG 29. The DOEs can be etched directly into the substrate. Such a compact source- diffractive lens is ideal for miniature optical ICM array design.
  • NIR near infrared
  • NIR dye labels in gene probe biosensors offer the advantages mentioned.
  • a waveguide multiprobe system with CCD detector configuration was used.
  • the diode laser line of 780 nm at 9.5 mW was used for excitation.
  • FIG. 15 shows a calibration curve for a NIR dye-labeled single- stranded DNA (5'-CCTCCTCCTTCCCAGCAGGG-3'; SEQ ID NO:l) over a concentration range from 1 pmol/ ⁇ L to 3 fmol/ ⁇ L.
  • Excitation light was provided by a pen-size 9.5-mW laser diode (780 nm) and measurement times ranged from 1 to 3 min.
  • This calibration curve was linear over the full range of the dye concentration investigated.
  • the limit of optical detection based on a signal equal to three times the standard deviation of the noise, was estimated to be in the 100 attomole/ ⁇ L.
  • FIG. 16 shows the results of measurements of gene probes tagged with fluorescein, a dye label emitting in the visible range. Measurement times ranged from 0.05 to 2 s. The results show that the calibration curve is linear even with concentrations as low as approximately 2 nmol/ ⁇ l. The higher detection limit is attributed to an increase in background fluorescence of the waveguide in the visible region.
  • microchips designed and fabricated for this study were evaluated by measuring the fluorescence signal of a fluorescent dye spotted onto the detector.
  • FIG. 17 shows the performance of the specially designed ICM phototransistor and amplifier circuit (device No. ICI N551-CD2) which consisted of a 2- ⁇ m, p-well CMOS process and occupied an area of 160,000 square microns.
  • the phototransistor was actually composed of 220 phototransistor cells connected in parallel.
  • the figure shows the signal output response for various concentration of the dye label Rhodamine-6G excited with a small helium-cadmium laser (8 mW, 325 nm). The results illustrate the linearity of the microchip detector with respect to the label concentration.
  • Measurements using an amplifier-phototransistor (APT) ICM device with 4 x 4 array of phototransistors (FIG. 18) have been performed.
  • the photocurrent of each channel of the APT microchip was recorded using a digital photometer.
  • the data from the photometer were transferred to a personal computer (PC) via an RS-232 link.
  • the samples consisted of an array of microspots of fluorescein-labeled DNA on a membrane.
  • the membrane was placed on a glass slide connected to a linear translation stage. The measurements were made while the translation stage moved the sample arrays over the stationary phototransistor device.
  • Light from an argon ion laser at 488 nm was transmitted via an optical fiber and focused onto a sample spot.
  • FIG. 19 An appropriate optical filter placed between the sample substrate and the detector array was used to reject the laser radiation.
  • the data obtained with this experimental set up showed four resolved signals as the sample spots moved over an APT microchip channel (FIG. 19).
  • Four sample spots of 1- ⁇ L of fluorescein-labeled DNA probes were placed on a nitrocellulose membrane, which was translated over a detection channel of an AP-ICM biochip. As the DNA spot passed over the photodetector, a fluorescence signal is detected.
  • the 4 peaks in FIG. 19 illustrate the detection of the 4 DNA spots on the substrate by the
  • FIG. 20 shows the calibration curve of the fluorescein-labeled DNA using the APT microchip device. This demonstrates the possibility for quantitative measurements of the microchip device.
  • the photodiode array (PDA) microchip device using photodiode array was also evaluated and showed excellent sensitivity with the NIR dye labeled DNA.
  • the results demonstrate the feasibility of the ICM technology for used in DNA biosensor applications.
  • FIGs. 1-29 of the drawings Preferred embodiments of the present invention are illustrated in FIGs. 1-29 of the drawings, like numerals being used to refer to like and corresponding parts of the various drawings.
  • FIG. 1 shows an exploded, schematic, perspective view of an example of
  • DNA biochip 109 that combines optical and electrical components.
  • the components shown include a light source 101, optical element 102, filter 103, reflective optic 104, sampling platform 105, for receiving and delivering sample 110 onto spot arrays 106 on a substrate 111, filter 107, and an array of photodetectors, 108.
  • the optical elements shown in FIG. 1 may be positioned separately from the biochip 109, but are preferably integral with the biochip.
  • a transparent shield or seal e.g., plate made with glass or quartz or plastic which is optically transparent at the wavelengths of interest for deletion
  • Light from light source 101 travels through self-imaging optical element 102 (e.g., detractive optics, binary optics or self- imaging optics systems that transform a point source into 2-dimensional array of light beams) and filter 103 to select and spectrally isolate the incident wavelength and is reflected by reflective optic 104 onto the sample platform 105.
  • a signal from a hybridization event passes through filter 107, which blocks the light from the light source 101, and is detected by the phototransistor array 108.
  • optical detector and amplifier circuit shown in FIG. 2 may be implemented on an integrated circuit in order to convert an optical signal into an electrical signal suitable for data digitization and capture by a computer.
  • the optical detector and amplifier includes a phototransistor 122 coupled to a transimpedence amplifier 120, which converts a current signal into a voltage signal and which is followed by an amplifier 121.
  • the operational amplifier 127 in the transimpedence amplifier 120 is a two-stage, unbuffered amplifier.
  • capacitor 125 has a value of 2 pF and resistor 126 has a value of 100 K ⁇ .
  • the gain of amplifier 121 is equal to 1 + (Resistance 129 / Resistance 130).
  • resistors 129 and 130 are chosen so that their ratio is 9.
  • the circuit is compact (185 ⁇ m x 200 ⁇ m), but has moderately high performance. It is designed to be useful for wide-band amplification and low-level signals.
  • the gain-bandwidth product is 70 MHz, and the amplifier is stable for gains greater than 10.
  • the circuit has an input offset voltage less than 5 mV, a DC gain of 220, a positive slew rate of 80 V/ ⁇ s, and a negative slew rate of 9 V/ ⁇ s.
  • the circuit requires 2.5 mW from a single 5 V supply.
  • the circuit of FIG. 2 may be fabricated in a 2 ⁇ m, P-well CMOS process.
  • phototransistor 122 is composed of 220 phototransistor cells that are connected in parallel. Each phototransistor cell occupies an area of 760 square microns, and the entire circuit occupies an area of 160,000 square microns.
  • the transimpedence amplifier has a gain of 100 kV/A and is followed by an amplifier with a gain of 10. Thus, the total gain is 10 6 V/A.
  • the phototransistors have a conversion gain on the order of 10 ⁇ A/ ⁇ W, and thus the entire circuit has an approximate conversion gain of 10 V/ ⁇ W. The exact gain generally depends on the spectral region of interest and, to some extent, on the level of the signal being monitored.
  • the circuit described by FIG. 2 may be modified as required by specific applications. Since the phototransistor cell 122 is composed of basic photocell elements, it may be connected to as many cells as needed to create a desired geometry or a required number of channels needed to adapt the detector to a specific application. Other light sensing structures in addition to the phototransistor may be fabricated using standard CMOS processing steps. Several photodiode structures are possible using standard /? « junctions. An avalanche diode is an alternative solid-state device that is capable of detecting very low light levels. An advantage it has over an ordinary photodiode is the electron multiplication obtained by the avalanche process, which results in an improvement in the signal to noise ratio that enables smaller light levels to be detected.
  • a disadvantage of this approach is that avalanche diodes require steps and structures that are not compatible with standard CMOS processing.
  • a fully integrated microchip including avalanche photodiodes would require the development of a special semiconductor fabrication process.
  • An APD differs from an ordinary photodiode in that the applied reverse bias is sufficient to cause electron multiplication.
  • the most reliable way to cause this multiplication is by a large voltage (70-500V) to deplete a p-n junction where both the p- and n-type material is lightly doped. This results in a thick region of depleted material where the electric field is high enough to produce considerable electron multiplication, but not cause electrical breakdown.
  • the applied voltage sets the gain (electron multiplication).
  • FIG. 3 shows a biochip having multiple arrays of exciting light sources and detectors.
  • the biochip includes a sampling stage layer 140, a filter and lens stage layer 141, and a silicon die stage layer 142.
  • Light from light source 144 driven by a driver circuit 149, see FIG. 30, is reflected from mirror coating 150.
  • the mirror surface is designated such that the light beam from 144 is focused and directed to cover the area of the microchamber surface which contain the DNA probe or DNA sample. If luminescence is the signal being detected, the resulting light travels through an optional filter and lens stage 147 and is detected by the photodetector 143 and the associated signal processing electronics 148 such as the system shown in FIG. 9. 5.4 EXAMPLE 4 - BIOCHIP II
  • FIG. 4 shows a design of an integrated circuit microchip (ICM) system for a biochip as shown in FIG. 3 with substrate 142 and integrated light emitting diode excitation sources 144.
  • This ICM system contains both a Gallium Arsenide (GaAs) chip 151 used as a light source and a phototransistor 143 used as a detector. Light 153 from the sources 151 strikes luminescent tags, and light 152 from the tags strikes the phototransistor 143, activating electronics 148.
  • GaAs Gallium Arsenide
  • An LED 161 is driven by an LED driver 160 as shown in FIG. 5.
  • the light is collected by the base 173 of phototransistor 162.
  • the emitter 163 of phototransistor 162 is connected to a 5 V source.
  • the current from collector 164 is converted to a voltage by transimpedence amplifier 167 (consisting of operational amplifier 165 with non-inverting input 175 tied to a 2.5 V source and feedback resistor 166) and then amplified by a gain stage 169 and a power amplifier 172.
  • AC coupling with capacitor 170 and resistor 171 tied to ground is used to block the dc component of the signal.
  • This circuit includes an LED for excitation.
  • the circuit also can operate to detect pulsed or modulated light signals due to its AC coupling scheme.
  • FIG. 6 illustrates an integrated circuit that may be used for implementing the light source and detection device of FIG. 1 or FIG. 5.
  • Silicon die 183 with bonding pads 182 contains a GaAs infrared LED 161 that is driven by LED driver circuit 160.
  • LED array 180 is multiplexed by multiplexer 181 to amplifiers 167 and 168.
  • Detector 162 signal is amplified and compared to a reference level by comparator 184. This may be used to give a simple indication of the total level of fluorescence present.
  • a second embodiment of the present invention includes a large-area, 4 ⁇ 4 «- well integrated amplifier-photodiode array that is designed as a single, custom integrated circuit. This integrated circuit is coupled to a biosensor and is designed for monitoring very low light levels.
  • FIG. 7 shows the physical layout of such an array.
  • the sixteen individual photodiodes are 0.9 mm by 0.9 mm in size and are arranged on a 4 mm by 4 mm grid.
  • FIG. 7 is an example of a 4 x 4 array of detectors which can be used in systems shown in FIG. 21, FIG. 23, FIG. 25 and FIG. 29.
  • the light sources are not shown in FIG. 7.
  • the photodiodes and the accompanying electronic circuitry may be fabricated using a standard 1.2 micron n-well CMOS process such as that available from Orbit Semiconductor.
  • CMOS process such as that available from Orbit Semiconductor.
  • the use of this type of standard process allows the production of photodiodes and phototransistors, as well as many other types of analog and digital circuitry, in a single integrated circuit.
  • the photodiodes are produced using the n-well structure generally used to make resistors or the body material for a PMOS transistor. Details are shown in FIG. 8.
  • FIG. 8 illustrates a schematic cross-section of an n-well photodiode that may be used in the photodiode array of FIG. 7.
  • the light 203 travels through oxide layer 200. Since the anode 202 of the photodiode 190 is the/?-type substrate material that is common to each circuit on the chip, only the cathode 201 is available for monitoring the photocurrent, and the photodiode is constrained to operate with a reverse bias.
  • FIG. 9 shows a photodiode instead of phototransistor circuit that establishes reverse bias of photodiode includes adjustable gain 222.
  • the operational amplifier 225 and the feedback resistor 227 form a transimpedence amplifier 221 that converts the current from the photodiode 220 (with anode 230 tied to ground and cathode 229 tied to the inverting input of operational amplifier 225) into a voltage.
  • the conversion gain (in volts per amp) is determined by the value of the feedback resistor 227.
  • the feedback capacitor 226 prevents the amplifier 221 from oscillating and limits the bandwidth of the circuit, which should generally be no greater than required to obtain the desired measurement.
  • the signal bandwidth for the circuit in FIG. 9 is l/ ⁇ R.Q).
  • feedback resistor 227 has a value of 1 M ⁇ and feedback capacitor 226 has a value of 100 pF.
  • a bias voltage may be applied to the non- inverting input 228 of operational amplifier 225 to decrease the response time of photodiode 220.
  • a low pass filter 224 and an adjustable gain 222 precede the analog to digital converter 223 and are included to improve the signal to noise ratio for very low frequency or dc signals.
  • the voltage applied to the non-inverting input of the operational amplifier determines the reverse bias applied to the photodiode.
  • the integrated circuit may be operated with a single 5 V supply. If 2 V are applied to the non-inverting input, then the DC level of the other input and the output will also be 2 V, so the reverse bias on the photodiode will be 2 V. Current flowing into the photodiode will also flow through the feedback resistor, causing the amplifier output to become more positive. Since the output of the operational amplifier cannot exceed the value of the positive voltage supply, the maximum output will be approximately 5 V. Thus, the maximum signal excursion will be 3 V, which corresponds to a maximum current of 3/R] .
  • one method of determining the current would be to integrate the current using an integrating amplifier for a fixed time and then measure the voltage or to integrate the current until a fixed voltage is reached and then measure the time.
  • a second method to determine the current would be to use an oscillator.
  • an integrator could continually integrate the unknown current until a preset a voltage was reached and then reset itself. The resulting frequency of oscillation would be proportional to the current.
  • this second method using the capacitance of the photodiode itself.
  • the switch is closed and the capacitance of the photodiode is discharged and there is zero voltage across the photodiode.
  • the switch is opened, light impinging on the photodiode creates charge which produces a voltage on the photodiode capacitance. More light increases the voltage which is amplified by the amplifier.
  • the output of the amplifier exceeds the reference voltage, the output of the comparator changes state, firing the one shot which in turn closes the switch and discharges the photodiode capacitance. This resets the amplifier input to the initial state and the comparator also returns to its initial state.
  • the switch opens and the process of charging can start again. A greater light level results in faster charging and therefore a higher frequency output of the oscillator. This results in an array of integrators that could be multiplexed to a single fast amplifier without the loss of significant measurement time.
  • FIG. 10 shows an alternative detection circuit that may be used in conjunction with the photodiode array of FIG. 7.
  • the circuit in FIG. 10 uses an integrating amplifier 240 in place of the transimpedence amplifier 221 in FIG. 9.
  • the low pass filter 224 in FIG. 9 is not required since the integrator 240 in FIG. 10 is an automatically tracking low pass filter during each sample period.
  • the integrator 240 integrates the current from the photodiode 220 until the signal is sampled, at which point the integrator 240 is cleared by closing reset switch 242.
  • An advantage of this approach is that the integration time may be adapted to various light (and therefore current) levels. This approach requires coordination between the analog to digital conversion process and the integrator.
  • the analog-to-digital converter must sample the output of the programmable gain amplifier when the integration time is completed and before the integrator is reset.
  • FIG. 11 shows an analog multiplexer 265 that may be used to allow any single element 266 in the photodiode array of FIG. 7 to be connected through output 267 to an amplifier 260.
  • This multiplexer for use with 16 elements is shown in FIG. 12.
  • Each element 266 has a unique four bit address and two CMOS switches 286 and 287 that are controlled by the output of the cell's address decoder 280. Switch 286 is closed only when that particular cell is being addressed, and switch 287 is closed except when that particular cell is being addressed. In this way, the addressed photodiode is connected to one amplifier 260 through output 267 and the non-addressed photodiodes are connected in parallel to another amplifier 261 through output 268.
  • Switch 286 is composed of parallel CMOS switches 282 and 283, and switch 287 is composed of parallel CMOS switches 284 and 285.
  • One gate in each pair is controlled by the output of the address decoder and the other gate is controlled by the inverse 281 of the output of the address decoder. This configuration allows the switching of signals that range from the ground potential to the supply voltage. (The individual CMOS gates are not forward biased at the peak of the signal swing).
  • FIG. 12 shows use of a 4 x 4 array of light sources (such as luminescent probes, for example) to be connected to a photodiode array from which signal levels are read sequentially.
  • a single photodiode detector instead would require mechanical motion to scan the source array.
  • the amplifier for the non-addressed photodiodes allows the charges from these photodiodes to be correctly biased and captured. Failure to use this amplifier may result in an erroneous measurement from the addressed photodiode due to its collection of currents from non-addressed photodiodes.
  • this multiplexed, dual amplifier approach allows the chip to function as a single, large area (nearly 4 mm square) photodetector.
  • the low pass filter time constant is large in order to improve the signal to noise ratio. If the data are read sequentially, a large time constant can greatly increase the time needed to read the entire array. For example, if the time constant is set to 1 second and the array is 4 x 4, then the minimum time to acquire data would be 80 seconds, where a factor of 5 has been included to allow the amplifier and low pass filter to settle after their input is switched to another photodiode.
  • a partially parallel method may be used to obtain data from the photodiode array shown in FIG. 7.
  • Such a partially parallel method is illustrated by FIG. 13.
  • a row 310 of photodiodes 300 is multiplexed by multiplexer 301 into an amplifier 302 and a low pass filter 303. Columns or other sub-units of the array may be used in place of rows.
  • the output of each low pass filter is input into a multi-channel analog to digital converter 304, which may be implemented on the same integrated circuit as the photodiode array, amplifier, and low pass filter.
  • the A/D converter 304 produces output 305.
  • For an n x n array such a partially parallel method reduces the time required for a sequential method by a factor of n.
  • each photodiode 320 is provided with its own amplifier 321, low pass filter 322, and analog to digital converter input 328.
  • each photodiode 320 is provided with its own amplifier 321, low pass filter 322, and analog to digital converter input 328.
  • an « ⁇ « array such a fully parallel method reduces the time required for a sequential method by a factor of n .
  • FIG. 7 uses 0.9 mm square photodiodes on a 1 mm by 1 mm square grid, but arrays with a larger number of smaller photodiodes are also possible.
  • a 10 by 10 array may be made using photodiodes on a 20 micron grid, thereby providing 100 photodiodes in an area of only 0.04 mm 2 , which is a density of 2500 photodiodes per mm .
  • An even greater density is possible using 0.5 micron processes or 0.25-micron (or less) processes, which are also commercially available. These processes use lithographic methods to fabricate these submicron structures to allow greater density of photodetector and light source arrays.
  • FIG. 15 shows a calibration curve for an NIR dye-labeled, single-stranded
  • DNA (sequence: 5'-CCTCCTCCTTCCCAGCAGGG-3'; SEQ ID NO: l) over a concentration range from 1 pmol/ ⁇ L to 3 fmol/ ⁇ L.
  • Excitation light was provided by a pen-size 9.5 mW laser diode (780 nm), and measurement times ranged from 1 to 3 minutes.
  • Data were collected using a waveguide multiprobe system with a charge- coupled device (CCD) detector. This calibration curve was linear over the full range of the dye concentration investigated. The limit of optical detection, based on a signal equal to three times the standard deviation of the noise, was estimated to be in the range of 100 attomole/ ⁇ L.
  • CCD charge- coupled device
  • FIG. 16 shows the results of measurements of gene probes tagged with fluorescein, a dye label emitting in the visible range. Measurement times ranged from 0.05 to 2 s. The results show that the calibration curve is linear down to a concentration of approximately 2 nmol/ ⁇ L. The higher detection limit is attributable to an increase in background fluorescence of the waveguide in the visible region. The measurements were performed using the CCD detection system. The results demonstrate the possibility for quantitative analysis of fluorescein-labeled DNA probes.
  • FIG. 17 shows the performance of an ICM phototransistor and amplifier circuit consisting of a 2 ⁇ m, p-well CMOS process occupying an area of 160,000 square microns and 220 phototransistor cells connected in parallel. Shown in FIG. 17 is the signal output response for various concentrations of the dye label Rhodamine-6G excited with a small helium-cadmium laser (8 mW, 325 nm) illustrating the linearity of the microchip detector with respect to label concentration.
  • FIG. 18 illustrates a setup for the evaluation of a 4 x 4 array amplifier/phototransistor integrated circuit microchip (AP-ICM) device.
  • the current in each channel was recorded using a digital photometer.
  • the data from the photometer was transferred to a personal computer via a serial RS-232 line.
  • the samples consisted of an array of microspots 343 of fluorescein-labeled DNA on a membrane.
  • the membrane was placed on a glass slide 341 connected to a linear translation stage 340. The measurements were made while the translation stage moved the sample arrays over the stationary phototransistor device 342.
  • Light from an argon ion laser 348 at 488 nm was transmitted via an optical fiber 346 through focusing optics 345 and 347 and was focused onto a sample spot.
  • An appropriate optical filter 344 was placed between the sample substrate 343 and the detector array 342 in order to reject the laser radiation.
  • the set-up described here was designed to evaluate the response of each individual photodetector on the chip. Application or systems are contemplated where multiple samples are scanned over individual detectors.
  • FIG. 19 shows the results when four sample spots of 1 ⁇ L of fluorescein labeled DNA were placed on a nitrocellulose membrane that was translated over a detection channel of the AP-ICM device shown in FIG. 18. As the DNA spot passed over the photodetector, a fluorescence signal was detected. The four peaks in FIG. 19 illustrate the detection of the four DNA spots on the substrate by the AP-ICM device.
  • FIG. 20 shows the calibration curve of fluorescein-labeled DNA using the AP- ICM device shown in FIG. 18. The results demonstrate the capability of the AP-ICM chips to produce quantitative measurements of fluorescein-labeled DNA.
  • FIG. 21 shows an embodiment of the present invention that is used for abso ⁇ tion and reflection measurements.
  • Light from LED or diode laser 366 passes through an optional optical filter or lens stage 365 and the sample 363, which can be accessed through an optional sample inlet 364.
  • Light from the sample 363 passes through an optical filter or lens stage 362 and impinges upon photodetector 361.
  • Signal processor 360 receives the output from photodetector 361.
  • FIG. 22 shows an embodiment of the present invention that uses two photodetectors for simultaneous fluorescence and Raman measurements.
  • Light from an excitation source 385 impinges upon sample 384.
  • Light from sample 384 passes through the lens stage and optical filter 380 for fluorescence measurement and through the lens stage and optical filter 383 for Raman measurement.
  • Light passing through lens stage and optical filter 380 is measured by photodetector 381 and processed by signal processor 386.
  • Light passing through lens stage and optical filter 383 is measure by photodetector 382 and processed by signal processor 387.
  • FIG. 23 shows an embodiment of the present invention that uses three photodetectors for simultaneous abso ⁇ tion, fluorescence, and Raman measurements.
  • a sample enters the sample chamber 414 through sample inlet 401 and exits through sample outlet 400.
  • An LED or diode laser 412 receives power from a power supply 413 and directs light through an excitation filter 411 into sample chamber 414.
  • Fluorescence measurements are made by optical filter and lens 402, photodetector 403, and signal processor 404.
  • Abso ⁇ tion measurements are made by optical filter and lens 405, photodetector 406, and signal processor 407.
  • Raman measurements are made by optical filter and lens 410, photodetector 409, and signal processor 408.
  • FIG. 24 shows an embodiment of the present invention that is used to detect samples from a microfluidic device such as a capillary electrophoresis array, a liquid chromatography array, a gas chromatography array, or a Lab-on-chip system.
  • a microfluidic array 420 of microfluidic devices 422 direct samples through microfluidic channels 423 to the ICM chip 421.
  • FIG. 25 Shows a detailed drawing of the ICM chip 421 used in the embodiment depicted by FIG. 24.
  • the sample from the microfluidic device 422 enters sample chamber 445 through inlet 441 and exits through outlet 440.
  • Light from LED 444 enters sample chamber 445, and the results are detected by photodetector 443 and signal processor 442.
  • FIG. 26 shows an embodiment of the present invention that is used to detect samples from a microfluidic device using an imaging lens, binary optics, or a lens array to image each microfluidic channel onto a detector element of the ICM.
  • Samples are directed from the microfluidics system 460 into sample chambers 461.
  • Light from the sample chambers 461 is directed through imaging lens, binary optics, or lens array 465 and through an optical filter 462 onto photodetectors 463 on an ICM chip 464.
  • FIG. 27 shows a micro-electromechanical system (MEMS) that is used to construct an ICM with Random Access Microsensing.
  • Light 483 from laser 485 is directed toward an electrically positionable MEMs mirror 482, which then selectively directs the light onto DNA coated substrate 484 in a sample microchamber 480. The results are detected by a photodiode 481.
  • FIG. 28 shows an overview of an ICM system that uses the MEMS depicted in FIG. 27.
  • Light 503 from laser 504 is selectively redirected by column select mirrors 500 onto a particular cell select mirror 501, which then directs the light into the corresponding biosensor cell 502.
  • the mirrors as well as the diodes are etched and formed from silicon.
  • the general fabrication steps for MEMs are similar to IC fabrication procedures using lithographic techniques.
  • additional etching steps are performed to free to movage devices (e.g., mirrors) from the substrate.
  • the mirrors allow the light from the laser 504 to be directed toward any individual biosensor cell.
  • FIG. 29 shows an embodiment of the present invention that uses individually addressable, integrated vertical-cavity surface-emitting lasers (VCSEL) and on-axis and/or off-axis diffractive lenses.
  • VCSEL vertical-cavity surface-emitting lasers
  • the linearity of VCSEL arrays make them ideal for compact two-dimensional and three-dimensional configuration in ICM systems.
  • the ability to shape a diverging beam from a surface-emitting laser or an LED is important for micro-optic illumination in ICM systems.
  • the diffractive optical element (DOE) system shown in FIG. 29 allows for this ability and, as shown, may be integrated and fabricated with a VCSEL onto a single transparent substrate.
  • Such a compact source- diffractive lens is ideal for a miniature optical ICM array. Note, as shown in FIG.
  • a DOE system can be constructed to produce either on-axis or off-axis beams.
  • An on-axis configuration is suitable for abso ⁇ tion measurements, whereas an off-axis configuration is suitable for emission measurements.
  • the off-axis beam can be constructed so that it does not impinge the detector, thus minimizing scattered light.
  • Light from the VCSEL array 520 is directed through beam waists 522 constructed on the GaAs substrate 523 and then through either an on-axis diffractive lens 521 or an off-axis diffractive lens 524. The results from sample chamber 525 are detected by photodetector 526. 5.25 EXAMPLE 25 - DEVELOPMENT OF A DNA BIOCHIP FOR
  • GENE DIAGNOSIS Rapid, simple, cost-effective medical devices for screening multiple medical diseases and infectious pathogens are essential for early diagnosis and improved treatments of many illnesses.
  • An important factor in medical diagnostics is rapid, selective, and sensitive detection of biochemical substances (proteins, metabolites, nucleic acids), biological species or living systems (bacteria, virus or related components) at ultratrace levels in biological samples (e.g., tissues, blood and other bodily fluids).
  • biosensor that is capable of identifying and differentiating a large number of biochemical constituents in complex samples.
  • the biochip investigated in this example includes a large-area, 4 x 4 n-well integrated amplifier-photodiode array that has been designed as a single, custom integrated circuit (IC), fabricated for the biochip.
  • This IC device is coupled to the multiarray sampling platform and is designed for monitoring very low light levels.
  • the individual photodiodes have 900- ⁇ m square size and are arrayed on a 1-mm spacing grid.
  • the photodiodes and the accompanying electronic circuitry were fabricated using a standard 1.2-micron n-well CMOS process. The use of this type of standard process allows the production of photodiodes and phototransistors as well as other numerous types of analog and digital circuitry in a single IC chip.
  • the photodiodes themselves are produced using the n-well structure that is generally used to make resistors or as the body material for transistors. Since the anode of the diode is the p-type substrate material, which is common to every circuit on the IC chip, only the cathode is available for monitoring the photocurrent and the photodiode is constrained to operate with a reverse bias.
  • An analog multiplexer is designed to allow any of the elements in the array to be connected to an amplifier. In the final device, each photodiode could be supplied with its own amplifier.
  • the multiplexer is made from 16 cells. Each cell has two CMOS switches that are controlled by the output of the address decoder cell. Each cell has a unique 4-bit address. One switch is open only when it is being addressed while the other switches are closed. This process connects the addressed diode to one amplifier while all the others are connected in parallel to the other amplifier.
  • This arrangement allows connecting a 4 x 4 array of light sources (different fluorescent probes, for example) to the photodiode array and reading out the signal levels sequentially.
  • a parallel reading system can be designed. Using a single photodiode detector would require mechanical motion to scan the source array.
  • the additional switches and amplifier serve to correctly bias and capture the charge generated by the other photodiodes.
  • the additional amplifier and switches allow the IC to be used as a single, large area (nearly 4 mm square) photodetector.
  • the inventors performed measurements using the biochip device with 4 x 4 photodiode array for detection of the HIVl gene.
  • the signals from the photodiode microchip were directly recorded without the need of any electronic interface system or signal amplification device.
  • the photocurrent of each sensing of the microchip was transmitted directly into a digital photometer or a strip chart recorder.
  • the data from the photometer were linked to a personal computer (PC) via an RS-232 link.
  • the sampling platform of the biochip contained a 4 x 4 array of microspots of NIR-labeled DNA on a nitrocellulose membrane.
  • the HIVl gene probe is the 18-base oligonucleotide sequence complementary to the gag gene region.
  • the inventors bound cDNA of specific sequences of the HIVl virus onto the nitrocellulose membrane and hybridized them with Cy5 dye-labeled DNA strands having complementary sequences.
  • the HIVl measurements on the nitrocellulose was performed by spotting the HIVl probe DNA in a 4 x 4 array onto the nitrocellulose sampling platform.
  • the DNA was then crosslinked to the nitrocellulose using either a UV crosslinker or baked in vacuum at 80 degrees C for two h.
  • the DNA solutions were spotted directly onto the membranes. The spots were subsequently subjected to either UV crosslinking using a Stratalinker (Stratagene, La Jolla, CA) or were baked in vacuum at 80°C for two h.
  • Stratalinker Stratagene, La Jolla, CA
  • the first step in membrane hybridization involved immobilization of single-stranded target nucleic acids to the selected surface of the probe.
  • the probes were then treated with hybridization buffer to block nonspecific nucleic acid binding sites.
  • the probe was introduced to samples containing labeled probe DNA and allowed to hybridize by reestablishing a double-stranded molecule with the complementary target sequences. After hybridization, excess unbound labeled probe was washed off, and the hybrid target sequences detected.
  • BSA 1% BSA
  • SDS sodium dodecyl sulfate
  • oligonucleotides synthesized desired strands of oligonucleotides and labeled them with fluorescent labels (e.g., fluorescein and Cy5 dyes) using procedures previously described (Vo-Dinh et al., 1994; Isola et al., 1998). All oligonucleotides were synthesized using an Expedite 8909 DNA synthesizer (Millipore, Bedford, MA). Fluorescein-labeled oligonucleotides were prepared with fluorescein CPG columns
  • Oligonucleotides with amino linkers were synthesized using either C3 aminolink CPG for 3' labeling or 5' amino modifier C6 (Glenn Research, Sterling, VA) for Y labeling. All oligonucleotides were synthesized using Expedite reagents (Millipore) and were deprotected and cleaved from the glass supports using ammonium hydroxide.
  • the deprotected oligonucleotides were concentrated by evaporating the ammonium hydroxide in a Speedvac evaporator (Savant Instruments, Farmingdale, NY) and resuspended in 100 ⁇ l distilled H 2 O. Further purification was performed by isopropanol precipitation of the DNA as follows: 10 ⁇ l of 3 M sodium acetate pH 7.0 and 110 ⁇ l isopropanol was added to 100 ⁇ l solution of DNA. The solution was then frozen at -70°C. Sodium acetate was used instead of ammonium acetate since the residual ammonium ions interfere with Cy5 linkage as well as with binding of DNA to solid supports through the amino linkers.
  • modified oligonucleotides containing alkyl amino groups were derivatized as follows (Vo-Dinh et al, 1994) 30 pmol of the DNA was dissolved in 250 ⁇ l 0.5 M sodium chloride and passed through a Sephadex G10 (1 cm diameter, 10 cm long) (Pharmacia, Piscataway, NJ) column equilibrated with 5 mM borate buffer (pH 8.0). The void volume containing the oligonucleotide was collected and concentrated by evaporation. This was dissolved in 100 ⁇ l 0.1 M carbonate buffer (pH 9.0).
  • biochip detection elements An important element in the development of the biochip involves the design and development of an IC electro-optic system for the microchip detection elements using the CMOS technology. With this technology, highly integrated biosensors are made possible partly through the capability of fabricating multiple optical sensing elements and microelectronics on a single IC. A two-dimensional array of optical detector amplifiers was integrated on a single IC chip. Such an integrated microchip system is not currently available commercially. Two exemplary biochip IC systems based on photodiode circuitry were constructed, one system having 16 channels (4 x 4 array), and the other having 100 channels (10 x 10 array).
  • the biochips include a large-area, n-well integrated amplifier-photodiode array that has been designed as a single, custom integrated circuit (IC), fabricated for the biochip.
  • This IC device is coupled to the multiarray sampling platform and is designed for monitoring very low light levels.
  • the individual photodiodes have 900 ⁇ m square size and are arrayed on a 1 mm spacing grid.
  • the photodiodes and the accompanying electronic circuitry were fabricated using a standard 1.2 ⁇ n-well CMOS process. The use of this type of standard process allows the production of photodiodes and phototransistors as well as other numerous types of analog and digital circuitry in a single IC chip.
  • This feature is the main advantage of the CMOS technology in comparison to other detector technologies such as charge-coupled devices or charge-injection devices.
  • the photodiodes themselves are produced using the n-well structure that is generally used to make resistors or as the body material for transistors. Since the anode of the diode is the p-type substrate material, which is common to every circuit on the IC chip, only the cathode is available for monitoring the photocurrent and the photodiode is constrained to operate with a reverse bias.
  • An analog multiplexer was designed that allows any of the elements in the array to be connected to an amplifier.
  • each photodiode could be supplied with its own amplifier.
  • the multiplexer is made from 16 cells for the 4 x 4 array device.
  • Each cell has two CMOS switches that are controlled by the output of the address decoder cell.
  • Each cell has a unique 4-bit address. One switch is open only when it is being addressed while the other switches are closed. This process connects the addressed diode to one amplifier while all the others are connected in parallel to the other amplifier.
  • This arrangement allows connecting a 4 x 4 (or 10 x 10) arcay of light sources (different fluorescent probes, for example) to the photodiode arcay and reading out the signal levels sequentially.
  • a parallel reading system can be designed. Using a single photodiode detector would require mechanical motion to scan the source array.
  • the additional switches and amplifier serve to correctly bias and capture the charge generated by the other photodiodes.
  • the additional amplifier and switches allow the IC to be used as a single, large area (nearly 4 mm square) photodetector.
  • HIV gag gene sequence was selected as a model template to evaluate the biochip sensing system. Infection with the human immunodeficiency virus Type 1 (HIV 1) results in a uniformly fatal disease. Unfortunately standard HIV serologic tests, including the enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay and the Western blot assay, are not useful in the diagnosis of HIV
  • HIV infection during early infancy because of the confounding presence of transplacentally derived maternal antibody in the infants blood.
  • the inventors have utilized synthetic DNA templates (Isola et al., 1998) from the gag gene region of HIV 1 as a model system to illustrate the application of the biochip system for HIV gene detection.
  • the biochip device with 4 x 4 photodiode array was evaluated for the detection of HIV 1 gene fragments.
  • the signals from the photodiode microchip were directly recorded without the need of any electronic interface system or signal amplification device.
  • the photocunent of each sensing of the microchip was transmitted directly into a digital photometer or a strip chart recorder.
  • the data from the photometer were linked to a personal computer (PC) via an RS-232 link.
  • the sampling platform of the biochip contained a 4 x 4 array of microspots of NIR-labeled DNA on a nitrocellulose membrane.
  • 18-base oligonucleotide sequence complementary to the gag gene was used region-of the HIV 1 gene (Isola et al., 1998).
  • the inventors used various probe sequences selected in this region to design DNA probes for hybridization and detection using a novel technique based on surface-enhanced Raman scattering (Isola et al., 1998).
  • the inventors have bound cDNA of specific sequences of the HIV 1 virus onto the nitrocellulose membrane used as the sampling platform, and hybridized them with Cy5 dye-labeled DNA strands having complementary sequences.
  • the HIV 1 measurements on the nitrocellulose was performed by binding the HIV 1 probe DNA in a 4 x 4 array onto the nitrocellulose sampling platform.
  • the DNA was then crosslinked to the nitrocellulose using either a UV crosslinker or baked in vacuum at
  • the spots were subsequently subjected to either UV crosslinking using a Stratalinker (Stratagene, La Jolla, CA) or were baked in vacuum at 80°C for 2 h.
  • the first step in membrane hybridization involved immobilization of single-stranded target nucleic acids to the selected surface of the probe.
  • the probes were then treated with hybridization buffer to block nonspecific nucleic acid binding sites.
  • the probe was introduced to samples containing labeled probe DNA and allowed to hybridize by reestablishing a double-stranded molecule with the complementary target sequences. After hybridization, excess unbound labeled probe was washed off, and the hybrid target sequences detected.
  • the hybridization probe was added to a final concentration of 100 ng ml " and hybridizations performed. Following hybridization under appropriate conditions, the membranes were washed in 5X SSC containing 0.1 % SDS at room temperature for 10-15 min to reduce the background fluorescence levels.
  • Hybridization occurs between complementary DNA sequences was demonstrated by the fluorescence signals detected by the biochip. Data showed that fluorescence signals higher than the background were detected on the biochip channels where hybridization of labeled DNA HIV 1 gene probes with complementary bound-DNA fragments had occurred (FIG. 33). The 4 4 arcay signals of the 3-dimensional plot demonstrated positive hybridization with the HIV 1 probes used in this study. A reference system of negative blank samples (consisting of DNA probes which did not have the sequence of the HIV 1 gene) showed only weak background fluorescent signals. This result is an illustration the usefulness of the DNA biochip for detection of a specific HIV gene sequence. Detection of the HIV virus itself may also require simultaneous detection of multiple gene sequence regions of the virus.
  • the HIV viruses have been observed that progression of the AIDS disease causes increase in the genotype diversity in HIV viruses. It has been reported that the HIV viruses appear to defeat the immune system by producing and accumulating these gene mutations as the disease progresses (Wolinsdy and Korber, 1996). In addition to the exemplary sequences used in this example, other sequence fragments of the HIV viruses could be used to detect particular genes or regions of the HIV genome. Likewise, the polynucleotide probes used for hybridization applications of the biochip apparatus need not be necessarily DNA probes, nor do the particular polynucleotide targets to be detected need necessarily be DNA molecules.
  • DNA:DNA, DNA:RNA, DNA:PNA, RNA:RNA, RNA:PNA, and PNA:PNA duplexes may be formed under the appropriate hybridization conditions and depending upon the degree of homology of the two strands, the inventors contemplate that a variety of hybridization biochips may be designed which will utilize either RNAs, DNAs, or PNAs in the detection of other homologous polynucleotide molecules.
  • the preparation, synthesis, and use of ribozymes, RNAs, and PNAs as polynucleotide probes is described herein in Section 4. As discussed, it is not necessary that bioprobes may be employed that are limited only to nucleic acids.
  • selected imprinted polymers could be designed to include one or more detectable labels that optionally may change their emission signal upon binding of a cognate molecule.
  • Cyclodextrins are well known for their utility in delivery of certain drugs particularly peptide and protein drugs.
  • the cyclodextrins are also known for their ability to inco ⁇ orate numerous types of compounds as guest molecules.
  • Modified cyclodextrins such as those obtained by polymerization of ethylene oxide around a core of cyclodextrin have been employed as drug delivery systems.
  • Polyethylene oxide modified cyclodextrins have been described by Topchieva et al (1998) as a new family of bouquet-like molecules with properties similar to the course cyclodextrins.
  • Appropriately tagged cyclodextrins or modified cyclodextrins are also contemplated as having utility as bioprobes useful in connection with the disclosed biochip.
  • Lipiphilic polyamide dendrimers comprise another class of symmetrical macromolecules that are though to be potential drug carriers, Sakthivel et al. (1998). Because of their lipifilic properties, they have been investigated as gene transfer agents. Qin et al. (1998) have reported the use of Starburst dendrimers to increase plasmid-mediated gene transfer and efficiency. Polyamidoamine subunits assembled into Starburst dendrimers were used to augment plasmid-mediated gene transfer. Starburst dendrimers therefore may be useful in monitoring efficiency of gene transfer in vivo monitoring prolongation of allograft survival or other events in vivo where the detection of labeled tracers in biological fluids might be desirable.
  • the inventors contemplate the use of the biochip devices in the detection, quantitation, or identification of a variety of organisms and macromolecules of biological or medical interest.
  • the chips may be used to detect or quantitate or identify pathogens of medical interest.
  • Such pathogens may be viral (such as EBV, HIV, FIV, parvoviruses, retroviruses, and the like), rickettsial, fungal (including organisms such as Candida and other yeast genera, dermatomycotic fungi (including Epidermophyton spp., Microsporum spp., and Trichophyton spp., and the like), systemic fungi (including Blastomyces, Histoplasma, Coccidioides, Cryptococcus, Geotrichum,
  • bacterial such as Mycobacteria including Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Vibrio including V. cholerae; Salmonella, including S. choleraesius, S. paratyphi, S. schottmulleri, and S. typhimurium; Treponema, including T. pallidum; Shigella, including S. dysenteriae and S. flexneri, Serratia, including S marcescens; Yersinia, including Y. pestis and Y. pseudotuberculosis;
  • Proteus including P. mirabilis, Morganella, including M. morganii; Streptococcus, including S. faecalis, S. pneumoniae, S. salivarius, S. pyogenes, and S. sanguis; Staphylococcus, including S. aureus; Bacillus, including B. anthracis, B. coagulans, B. pasteurii, B. cereus and B. subtilis, or other disease-causing bacteria including those of the genera Leptospira, Clostridium, Neisseria, Brucella, Francisella,, Hemophilus, Corynebacterium, and the like); or eukaryotic microorganisms such as Giardia, including G. lamblia and G. intestinalis; Chlamydia.m ' cluding C. psittaci and C. trachomatis, and the like.
  • the detection of particular genes could also be performed using a single biochip or a plurality of individual biochips.
  • biochip technology Another area of application of biochip technology is in functional genomics analysis. Provided that a reasonable degree of base complementarity exists, two nucleic acid strands from different sources (DNA and RNA) will undergo molecular hybridization under the proper conditions. This feature allows the biochip technology to be used also in the analysis of gene expression and function. Furthermore, the biochip can be also used to monitor the extent of genetic variation between individuals and their susceptibility to diseases.
  • the DNA biochip system offers a unique combination of performance capabilities and analytical features of merit not available in any other DNA analysis system currently available. With its multichannel capability, the DNA biochip technology described herein is the first system described to date based on an optical sensing microchip system having integrated an signal amplifier and data treatment onboard.
  • the DNA biochip device allows simultaneous detection of multiple DNA targets simultaneously.
  • the present DNA biochip offers several advantages in size, performance, fabrication, analysis and production cost due to its integrated optical sensing microchip.
  • the small sizes of the probes minimize sample requirement and reduce reagent and waste requirement.
  • Highly integrated systems lead to a reduction in noise and an increase in signal due to the improved efficiency of sample collection and the reduction of interfaces.
  • the capability of large-scale production using low-cost IC technology is an important advantage.
  • a biosensor To detect a compound in a "real life" sample, a biosensor must be able to recognize and differentiate various biochemical constituents of these systems in order to provide unambiguous identification and accurate quantification.
  • Living systems possess exquisite recognition elements (e.g., antibody, enzyme, gene probes, etc.), often referred to as bioreceptors, which allow specific identification and detection of complex chemical and biological species
  • This example describes a biosensor based on integrated circuit (IC) microchips using DNA bioreceptors designed to detect genetic constituents in complex samples of biomedical and environmental interest.
  • phototransistors were used which are devices that can be miniaturized and fabricated on an integrated circuit.
  • a phototransistor was developed that was composed of 220 phototransistor cells connected in parallel. This miniaturization technology is useful not only for the DNA probe substrates described here, but also for the integrated detector system that could be employed to produce microchip biosensor devices, i.e., "biosensor-on-a-chip".
  • the device has sensors, amplifiers, discriminators and logic circuitry on board.
  • Biosensors combine two important concepts that integrate "biological recognition” and "sensing".
  • the basic principle of an optical biosensor is to detect this molecular recognition and to transform it into an optical signal using a transducer.
  • the DNA biochip involves the combination of integrated circuit elements, electro-optics excitation/detection system, and DNA- based bioreceptor probes into a self-contained and integrated microdevice.
  • a basic DNA biochip includes: 1) excitation light source with related optics, 2) a bioprobe, 3) a sampling element with sample platform and delivery system, 4) an optical detector with associated optics and dispersive device, and 5) a signal amplification/treatment system.
  • Construction of a DNA biochip involves integration of several basic elements of very different natures.
  • the basic steps include: a) selection or development of the bioreceptor, b) selection of the excitation source, c) selection or development of the transducer, and d) integration of the excitation source-bioreceptor-transducer system.
  • the development of the DNA biochip in this example comprises three major elements. The first element involves the development of a bioreceptor probe system: a microarray of DNA probes on nitrocellulose sampling platform. The second element is focused on the development of non-radioactive methods for optical detection: the fluorescence technique. The third element involves the development of an integrated electro-optic IC system on a single chip for biosensing: phototransistor- amplifier microchip technology.
  • Oligonucleotides were synthesized and labeled with fluorescent labels (e.g., fluorescein and Cy5 dyes). Oligonucleotides were synthesized using an Expedite 8909 DNA synthesizer (Millipore, Bedford, MA). Fluorescein-labeled oligonucleotides were prepared with fluorescein CPG columns (for 3' labeling) or fluorescein phosphoramidite (for 5' labeling) using modified synthesis protocols as recommended by the manufacturers. Oligonucleotides with amino linkers were synthesized using either C 3 aminolink CPG for 3' labeling or 5' amino modifier C 6 (Glenn Research, Sterling, VA) for 5' labeling.
  • fluorescent labels e.g., fluorescein and Cy5 dyes.
  • oligonucleotides were synthesized using Expedite reagents (Millipore) and were deprotected and cleaved from the glass supports using ammonium hydroxide. The deprotected oligonucleotides were concentrated by evaporating the ammonium hydroxide in a Speedvac evaporator (Savant, Farmington, NY) and resuspended in 100 ⁇ L distilled H 2 O. Further purification was performed by isopropanol precipitation of the DNA as follows:
  • Cy5 (1 mg in carbonate buffer) was added to the oligonucleotide and the conjugation reaction was performed at room temperature for 60 min with occasional mixing.
  • the conjugated oligonucleotide was separated from the free dye using a Sephadex G10 column as described above.
  • the fractions containing the labeled DNA were collected and concentrated using a Speedvac evaporator.
  • DNA probes can be directly or indirectly immobilized onto a transducer detection surface to ensure optimal contact and maximum detection. When immobilized onto a substrate, the gene probes are stabilized and, therefore, can be reused repetitively. In one procedure, hybridization is performed on an immobilized target or a probe molecule attached on a solid surface such as nitrocellulose, or a nylon membrane, or a glass plate. Several methods can be employed to bind DNA to different supports. One method commonly used for binding DNA to glass involves silanization of the glass surface followed by activation with carbodiimide or glutaraldehyde.
  • Another approach consists of immobilizing the gene probe onto a membrane and subsequently attaching the membrane to the transducer detection surface. This approach has the advantage of avoiding a need to binding the bioreceptor onto the transducer.
  • membranes are available for DNA binding: nitrocellulose, charge-modified nylon, etc.
  • the gene probe was bound to the membrane using ultraviolet activation. With nitrocellulose membranes, the DNA solutions were spotted directly onto the membranes. The spots were subsequently subjected to either UV crosslinking using a Stratalinker (Stratagene, La Jolla, CA) or were baked in vacuum at 80°C for two hours. 5.27.1.3 HYBRIDIZATION ON NITROCELLULOSE-BASED SAMPLING PLATFORM
  • the first step in membrane hybridization involved immobilization of single- stranded DNA (ss-DNA) onto the selected surface of the sensor probe (e.g., membrane or surface).
  • the probes were then treated with hybridization buffer to block nonspecific nucleic acid binding sites.
  • DNA were delivered to the sensor probe and allowed to hybridize by reestablishing a double-stranded molecule with the complementary target sequences. After hybridization, excess unbound labeled DNA was washed off, and the hybrid target sequences detected.
  • an instrumental system was developed to evaluate the performance of the gene probes.
  • a two-dimensional multianay detection system using a charge-coupled device (CCD) was used with the initial system.
  • the CCD experimental set-up consisted of a laser source, optical filters, lenses, the multiprobe waveguide and the CCD detector.
  • a krypton ion laser 647.1 nm
  • an argon ion laser with the 514-nm line was used for a visible fluorescein-labeled DNA probe.
  • the laser beam was focused into a 600 ⁇ m diameter fiber and transmitted to the sample substrate.
  • the laser radiation was passed through a laser bandpass filter to remove unwanted laser lines or background fluorescence emission from the optical fiber.
  • the fluorescence was passed through a Raman holographic filter to remove any remaining laser light, and was focused with a 1 :2 50-mm lens and 2x macro focusing teleconverter onto the surface of a CCD detector.
  • a 514.5-nm Raman holographic filter (Kaiser) was used to pass the fluorescence and block the laser light for fluorescence measurements.
  • a 670-nm longpass filter was used to block laser excitation and pass the Cy5 fluorescence.
  • CCD systems were evaluated including those from: Photometries, Ltd. (e.g., Model PM-512) (Tucson, AZ),
  • the PicopumpTM was capable of producing regular microspots with diameter size range of 500-800 ⁇ m, which can be selected to match the size of detector elements.
  • the DNA sample was loaded into a small diameter glass capillary, which was held a few mm above the cellulose membrane. The membrane was held in place on a vacuum flask fitted with a metal mesh frit. The vacuum procedure served two important pu ⁇ oses. First, the vacuum applied to the membrane improves the reproducibility of the spotting by maintaining the membrane flat against the metal mesh surface. The vacuum procedure also had a shortening effect on the sample drying process, which decreased the sample spot size by preventing the spread of sample though the membrane.
  • the Photometries CCD (model CH 210) detection system was used to evaluate the DNA sample arrays since this system provides a 2-dimensional image of the probe array (Picard and Vo-Dinh, 1991).
  • the results showed the image obtained using the CCD system of fluorescein-labeled DNA samples designed as a 4 x 4 array onto the nitrocellulose membrane.
  • the sample was illuminated with the 514.5-nm line of the argon laser.
  • a Kaiser 514.5-nm holographic filter was used to block the laser excitation from the CCD.
  • the diameter of the sample spot can be regulated by varying the sampling volumes, and can be reproduced with 5-10 %> relative standard deviation.
  • the amount of sample can be estimated by the intensity of the spot. For example, one spot on the anay (location 1 :3) indicated a higher amount of fluorescent materials than all the other sample spot arrays.
  • the process of gene probe sensing using both visible and NIR (700-1000 nm spectral range) fluorescent dye labels was also evaluated. Excitation and detection in the NIR range present certain difficulties but also offer several advantages. Measurements in the NIR are less interfered by background fluorescence of the nitrocellulose substrate since very few species with NIR emission occur.
  • NIR measurements An important advantage associated with NIR measurements is the availability of low- cost, miniaturized diode lasers which usually have emission lines in the red and NIR regions.
  • the DNA probes were labeled with the Cy5 NIR dye following the procedure described above.
  • the diode laser line of 780 nm at 9.5 mW was used for excitation.
  • Excitation light was provided by a pen-size 9.5-mW laser diode (780 nm) and measurement times ranged from 1 to 3 min. This calibration curve was linear over the full range of the dye concentration investigated.
  • DNA anay probes on the nitrocellulose sampling platform The DNA probe's role is to identify the target compounds via molecular recognition.
  • the operation of gene probes is based on the hybridization process.
  • Hybridization involves the joining of a single strand of nucleic acid with a homologous complementary probe sequence.
  • Hybridization of a nucleic acid probe to DNA biotargets e.g., gene sequences, bacteria, viral DNA
  • Nucleic acids strands tend to be paired to their complements in the conesponding double-stranded structure.
  • nucleic acid probe i.e. gene probe
  • detection methods are very specific to DNA sequences.
  • cDNAs of specific sequences of the HIVl virus were bound onto the nitrocellulose membrane and hybridized them with Cy5-labeled DNA strands having complementary sequences.
  • the HIVl measurements on the nitrocellulose was performed by spotting the HIVl probe DNA onto the nitrocellulose.
  • the HIVl gene probe is the 18-base oligonucleotide sequence complementary to the gag gene region (Clewley, 1989). Hybridization occunence between complementary DNA sequences was demonstrated by positive detection of the fluorescence signals.
  • the imaging system used the Photometries CCD.
  • the data showed the fluorescence signal obtained with the CCD detector resulting from the hybridization of HIVl labeled gene probe with complementary DNA bound on the nitrocellulose membrane.
  • the 3 x 3 anay signal of the 3-dimensional plot demonstrated positive hybridization with the HIVl probe.
  • a reference system consisting of an anay of control DNA probes, which do not have the sequence of the HIVl gene, did not exhibit fluorescent signals. This result illustrates the capability of the nitrocellulose membrane as the sampling platform for in-situ hybridization studies on the DNA biochip.
  • the operational amplifier used with the phototransistor is a two-stage, unbuffered amplifier.
  • the circuit is very compact, occupying an area of only 185 ⁇ m x 200 ⁇ m. It was designed to be useful for wideband amplification and low-level signals.
  • the gain-bandwidth product is 70 MHz and the amplifier is stable for gains greater than 10.
  • Other typical characteristics include: input offset voltage less than 5 mV, dc gain of 220, positive slew rate of 80 V/ ⁇ s and negative slew rate of 9 V/ ⁇ s.
  • the circuit requires 2.5 mW from a single 5-V supply.
  • This IC chip performed the complete conversion from an optical signal to an electrical signal suitable for data digitization and capture by a computer.
  • the circuit was fabricated in a 2- ⁇ m, p-well complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS) process and occupied an area of 160,000 square microns. Detector elements using single phototransistors are not sufficiently sensitive for trace detection. Therefore, the phototransistor was actually composed of 220 phototransistor cells connected in parallel. An individual phototransistor cell occupied 760 square microns.
  • the transimpedence amplifier had a gain of 100 kV/A. As the phototransistors were coupled with the 10-fold amplifier gain, the resulting gain was 10 V/A.
  • the phototransistors had a conversion gain on the order of
  • the above described elements may be modified to tailor the devices to specific applications. Since the phototransistor is made from basic photocell elements, it can be connected to as many cells as needed to create the desired geometry or required number of channels to adapt the detector to a specific application. Similarly, the gain and bandwidth of the amplifiers can be adjusted using simple resistor or capacitor changes as the application requires.
  • the microchips designed and fabricated were evaluated by measuring the fluorescence signal of a fluorescein-labeled DNA sample spotted onto the membrane probe.
  • FIG. 20 shows the performance of the integrated phototransistor and amplifier circuit (device No. ICI N551-CD2). The figure shows the signal output response for various concentration of the fluorescein-labeled DNA excited with the Argon ion laser. The results illustrate the linearity of the microchip detector with respect to the fluorescein-labeled DNA concentrations and demonstrate the possibility for quantitative analysis.
  • the inventors developed and performed measurements using an amplifier-phototransistor (APT) device with 4 x 4 anay of phototransistors.
  • APT amplifier-phototransistor
  • the CCD instrument was used to obtain an image of the microanay sample spots and to record a plot of the intensity
  • the signals from the APT microchip were directly recorded without the need of any electronic interface system or signal amplification device.
  • the photocurrent of each sensing element of the APT microchip was transmitted directly into a digital photometer.
  • the data from the photometer were linked to a personal computer (PC) via an RS-232 link.
  • the samples consisted of an anay of microspots of fluorescein-labeled DNA on a nitrocellulose membrane.
  • the inventors used the CCD system to obtain a two-dimensional image of the fluorescence signals. Since the sensing elements of the phototransistor chip provide only a signal intensity and not a signal profile, the inventors devised a device to record the response of the phototransistor detection elements as the sample spots were passed over the sensing elements.
  • a nitrocellulose membrane having a series of fluorescein-labeled DNA sample spots was placed on a glass slide connected to a linear translation stage. The measurements were made while the translation stage moved the sample anays over the stationary phototransistor device.
  • the measurement system is schematically depicted in FIG. 18.
  • FIG. 19 An appropriate optical filter placed between the sample substrate and the detector anay was used to reject the laser radiation.
  • the data showed four resolved signals as the sample spots moved over an APT microchip channel (FIG. 19).
  • Four sample spots of 1- ⁇ L of fluorescein-labeled DNA were placed on a nitrocellulose membrane, which was translated over a detection channel of an APT biochip. As the DNA spot passed over the photodetector, a fluorescence signal is detected.
  • the four peaks in FIG. 19 illustrates the detection of the four resolved DNA sample spots on the substrate by the APT biochip device.
  • Boffa Ca ⁇ aneto, Allfrey, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 92:1901-1905, 1995.
  • Boffa, Mo is, Ca ⁇ aneto, Louissaint, Allfrey, J. Biol. Chem., 271 :13228-13233, 1996.
  • Bulte, C. Wu, M. W. Brechbiel, R.A. Brooks, J. Vymazal, M. Holla and J.A. Frank "Dysprosium-DOTA-PAMAM dendrimers as macromolecular T2 contrast agents. Preparation and relaxometry", Invest Radio, 33(11):841-5, 1998. Campbell, In: Monoclonal Antibody Technology, Laboratory Techniques in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, Burden and Von Knippenberg, Eds.,
  • PNAs Potential antisense and anti-gene agents
  • Anti-Cancer Drug Design Potential antisense and anti-gene agents

Abstract

The present invention discloses a self-contained miniature biosensor designed to detect specific molecular targets, and in particular polypeptides and polynucleotides. For example, hybridized nucleic acids may be detected without external monitoring or signal transmission. The miniaturized biosensor comprises multiple biological sensing elements such as DNA probes, excitation microlasers, a sampling waveguide equipped with optical detectors (fluorescence and Raman), integrated electro-optics, and a biotelemetric radio frequency signal generator all contained on a single integrated circuit, or 'biochip'. The novel integrated circuit biochip microsystem (ICBM) is suitable for gene analysis and will allow rapid, large-scale, and cost-effective production of biochips useful in the detection of biological compositions, including the development of multi-array gene chips.

Description

DESCRIPTION
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT BIOCHIP MICROSYSTEM
1.0 BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
The present application is a continuation-in-part of United States Patent Application Serial No. 08/979,672, filed November 26, 1997, the entire contents of which is specifically incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. The United States government has rights in the present invention pursuant to grant numbers DE- AC05-96OR22464 and DE-AC05-84OR21400 from the United States Department of
Energy.
1.1 FIELD OF THE INVENTION
This invention relates to novel biochips that combine integrated circuit elements, electro-optical excitation and detection systems, and molecular receptor probes in a self-contained integrated microdevice.
1.2 DESCRIPTION OF RELATED ART 1.2.1 BIOSENSORS Biosensors use recognition properties of living systems which possess extremely selective bioreceptors (e.g., antibody, enzyme, gene probes etc.) which allow specific identification and detection of complex chemical and biological species. A wide variety of chemical sensors, biosensors, bioanalytical instrumentation using laser-induced fluorescence (Stevenson et al., 1994), antibody-based immunofluorescence (No-Dinh et al. 1987; No-Dinh et al., 1991), and gene probes
(Vo-Dinh et al., 1994; Isola et al., 1996; Isola et al., 1998) have been developed in recent years. Due to the exquisite specificity of the DΝA hybridization process, there is an increasing interest in the development of DΝA bioreceptor-based analytical systems (Vo-Dinh et al., 1994; Isola et al., 1996; Isola et al., 1998; Schena et al., 1995; Piunno et al., 1995; Kumar et al., 1994; Eggers et al., 1994; Vo-Dinh et al., 1998; Fodor et al., 1991; McGall et al., 1997). Gene probes using a detection scheme based on surface-enhanced Raman scattering (SERS) labels were recently developed to enhance both the selectivity and sensitivity of DNA biosensors (Vo-Dinh et al. , 1994; Isola et al., 1998). Recently the development of a fluorescence-based fiberoptic genosensor for the Mycohacterium tuberculosis has been reported (Isola et al., 1996), and a surface-enhanced Raman scattering (SERS) system for HIV detection (Isola et α/., 1998).
1.2.2 BIOSENSORS BASED ON BIOCHIP DESIGNS A basic interest has been in the development of inexpensive biosensors for environmental and biomedical diagnostics. Biosensors have been investigated, mostly based on DNA probes and on various systems for analysis of oligonucleotide arrays, but there appears to be limited consideration and development of integrated circuit (IC) gene probe-based biosensors on microchips. Existing systems typically employ photomultipliers or 2-dimensional detectors such as charge-coupled device (CCD) systems which require bulky electronic and data conditioning accessories (Affymetrix® http, 1997; Schena et al., 1995; Piunno et al., 1995; Kumar et al., 1994; Eggars et al., 1994; Graham et al., 1992).
Despite significant strides in developing DNA chips, detection and analysis methods have not been well developed to take advantage of the amount of information that such chips can obtain in a short period of time. A common technique for detecting DNA probes involves labeling the probe with radioactive tags and detecting the probe target hybrids by autoradiography. Phosphorous-32 ( P) is the most common radioactive label used because of its high-energy emission and, consequently short exposure time. Radioactive label techniques, however, suffer several disadvantages, such as limited shelf life. For example, P has a limited shelf life because it has a 14-day half-life.
Several optical detection systems based on surface-enhanced Raman fluorescence of visible and near-infrared (NIR) dye probe labels have been investigated (Vo-Dinh et al., 1987; Isola et al., 1996) for non-radioactive detection of tagged gene probes. Fluorescence detection is extremely sensitive when the target compounds or labeled systems are appropriately selected. Indeed, a zeptomole (10 mole) detection limit has been achieved using fluorescence detection of dyes with laser excitation (Stevenson et al., 1994). Even so, detection systems are macro compared to the micro world of DNA arrays, as many detection/analysis methods are mere adaptations from other systems. This means that analysis is relatively slow, compared to data accumulation.
1.2.3 POLYNUCLEOTIDE-DETECTING BIOCHIPS Much interest has centered recently on the development of DNA chips based on high density oligonucleotide arrays and fluorescence analysis such as described by Hacia et al. (1996). This principle has been commercialized in the Affymetrix® GeneChip® which was developed to process large amounts of genetic information. GeneChip® probe arrays are arranged on single chips in the form of tens of thousands of DNA probes that are designed to fluorescence when hybridized to their targets.
The light is scanned with laser light and the light intensity stored for later computations (July 23, 1997, Affymetrix, Inc., http://www.affymetrix.com/).
Unfortunately, the DNA chips, while much like the microprocessor chips that currently run today's technology, have yet to be successfully developed into integrated systems that conveniently interpret what information can be captured by
DNA chips. Thus, an Affymetrix® chip that is stated to detect HIV mutations still requires an external scanning and interpretation of the signals that are generated by a DNA-captured nucleic acid.
1.2.4 MICROORGANISM DETECTION AND IDENTIFICATION USING BIOCHIPS
The detection of biological species in complex systems is important for many biomedical and environmental applications. In particular, there is a strong interest in developing detection techniques and sensors for use in such applications as infectious disease identification, medical diagnostics and therapy, as well as biotechnology and environmental bioremediation. An objective in developing new techniques and sensors is not only to be able to selectively identify target compounds but to be able to assay large numbers of samples. Yet, there remain problems in reproducibly detecting and measuring low levels of biological compounds conveniently, safely and quickly.
1.3 DEFICIENCIES IN THE PRIOR ART
There is currently a strong need for a truly integrated biochip system that comprises probes, samplers, detector as well as amplifier and logic circuitry on board. Such a system will be useful in many environments, including wter alia, physicians offices, and can be used by relatively low-skilled personnel. Until now, most DNA biosensors previously reported are based on fiberoptic probes, glass and silica plates used as the probe substrates which are externally connected to a photosensing system, which generally consists of a conventional detection device, such as a photomultiplier, or a charge-coupled device (CCD). Although the probes on the sampling platform are small (often referred to as a 'DNA chip' or 'gene chip'), the entire device containing excitation laser sources and detection systems (often a confocal microscope system) is relatively large, e.g., table-top size systems. Although these systems have demonstrated their usefulness in genomics research and analysis, they are laboratory- oriented and involve relatively expensive equipment.
Likewise, there is a need to develop biochip based sensors useful in the detection and quantitation of macromolecules other than DNAs. The development of sensors useful in the detection of molecules such as RNAs, peptide-nucleic acids (PNAs), ribozymes, polypeptides, antibodies, enzymes, peptide fragments, would represent a significant advance in the art and provide new methods and devices for the detection of molecules of biological importance. Furthermore, because of recent advances in the molecular sciences, the ability to detect and quantitate biomimetics, and new classes of biologically-active molecules such as DNA adaptamers ( ), cyclodextrins ( ), dendrimers ( ), molecular imprints ( ), and the like would benefit from the creation of biochip-based apparatus capable of detecting and quantitating these, and other biologically- and medically-relevant macromolecules. There is therefore a distinct need for development of systems, devices, and apparatus that will allow rapid, large-scale and cost effective analysis of these macromolecules, and permit the development of methods for detecting and quantitating biologically-relevant molecules.
2.0 SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The invention in its broadest aspect comprises an integrated microchip biosensor device. Such a device employs multiple optical sensing elements and microelectronics on a single integrated chip combined with one or more nucleic acid- based bioreceptors designed to detect sequence specific genetic constituents in complex samples. The microchips combine integrated circuit elements, electrooptics, excitation/detection systems and nucleic acid-based receptor probes in a self- contained and integrated microdevice. A basic biochip, for example, may include: (1) an excitation light source; (2) a bioreceptor probe; (3) a sampling element; (4) a detector; and (5) a signal amplification/treatment system.
The integrated circuit biomicrochips of the present invention comprise an integrated circuit that includes an optical transducer and associated optics and circuitry for generating an electrical signal in response to light or other radiation indicative of the presence of a target biological species, particularly a nucleic acid. The chip may also include a support for immobilizing a bioprobe, which is preferably a nucleic acid. In particular embodiments, a target nucleic acid may be tagged or labeled with a substance that emits a detectable signal; for example, luminescence. Alternatively, the bioprobe attached to the immobilized bioprobe may be tagged or labeled with a substance that emits a detectable or altered signal when combined with the target nucleic acid. The tagged or labeled species may be fluorescent, phosphorescent, or otherwise luminescent, or it may emit Raman energy or it may absorb energy.
The highly integrated biosensors of the present invention are advantageous in part because of fabricating multiple optical sensing elements and microelectronics on a single integrated circuit, and further combining the chip in preferred embodiments with a plurality of molecular hybridization probes (Geiger et al., 1990; Aubert et al., 1988). When the probes selectively bind to a targeted species, a signal is generated that is picked up by the chip. The signal may then be processed in several ways, depending on the nature of the signal. In one aspect, the present invention concerns an integrated system that includes (1) a targeted nucleic acid sequence in combination with a biological probe which is modified to receive light or other radiation of a first frequency and thereby to emit light or other radiation of a different frequency than the first frequency, and (2) to detect the emitted radiation by means of a phototransducer. The target nucleic acid is typically a uniquely characteristic gene sequence of a pathogen such as a fungus, bacteria, or virus, or other distinct nucleic acid species such as may be found in mutant mammalian cells or in individuals with inherited errors of metabolism. The target nucleic acid is modified or labeled to include a tag or label that emits a signal upon exposure to an incident light or other radiation. The target nucleic acid may be immobilized onto the integrated microchip that also supports a phototransducer and related detection circuitry. Alternatively, a gene probe may be immobilized onto a membrane or filter which is then attached to the microchip or to the detector surface itself, such as the transducer detector described herein. This approach avoids the need to bind the bioreceptor directly to the transducer and thus is attractive for simplifying large-scale production
In one preferred embodiment of the invention, light of a highly directional or focused nature is impinged on a target nucleic that inherently or by virtue of an appropriate tag or label will emit a detectable signal upon irradiation. The irradiation may be provided by a suitable light source, such as a laser beam or a light-emitting diode (LED). With the Raman, fluorescence and phosphoroscence detection modes, the incident light is further kept separate from the emitted light using different light paths and/or appropriate optical filters to block the incident light from the detector.
A target nucleic acid sequence is preferably hybridized with a nucleic acid sequence that is selected for that purpose (bioprobe). As stated earlier, the selected bioprobe is immobilized on a suitable substrate, either on the biochip itself or on a membrane type material that is then contacted or attached to the chip surface. The bioprobe may be labeled with a tag that is capable of emitting light or other non- radioactive energy. Upon hybridization with a target nucleic acid sequence, the hybrid product can be irradiated with light of suitable wavelength and will emit a signal in proportion to the amount of target nucleic acid hybridized, see FIG. 20. The labeled bioprobe may comprise a labeled molecular bioreceptor. Known receptors are advantageous to use because of their known ability to selectively bind with the target nucleic acid sequence. In certain particular examples, the bioreceptor itself may exhibit changes in light emission when its cognate is bound. In certain applications, it may be desirable to increase the amount of biotarget when only trace quantities are present in a sample. The present invention is compatible with polymerase chain reaction (PCR), which is a technique to amplify DNA sequences.
There are several methods for selectively identifying biological species, including antibody detection and assay as in the well-known Enzyme-linked
Immunosuppresent Assays (ELISA) employing molecular hybridization techniques. Generally speaking, it is possible to identify sequence-specific nucleic acid segments, and to design sequences complementary to those segments, thereby creating a specific probe for a target cell, such as different pathogen cells or even mammalian cells that have mutated from their normal counterparts. In principle, one can design complementary sequences to any identified nucleic acid segment. In many instances, unique sequences specific to an organism may be used as probes for a particular organism or cell type. The quantitative phenotypic analysis of yeast deletion mutants, for example, has utilized unique nucleic acid sequence identifiers to analyze deletion strains by hybridization with tagged probes using a high-density parallel array
(Shoemaker et al., 1996).
Hybridization involves joining a single strand of nucleic acid with a complementary probe sequence. Hybridization of a nucleic acid probe to nucleic acid sequences such as gene sequences from bacteria, or viral DNA offers a very high degree of accuracy for identifying nucleic acid sequences complementary to that of the probe. Nucleic acid strands tend to be paired to their complements in double- stranded structures. Thus, a single-stranded DNA molecule will seek out its complement in a complex mixture of DNA containing large numbers of other nucleic acid molecules. Hence, nucleic acid probe (e.g., gene probe) detection methods are very specific to DNA sequences. Factors affecting the hybridization or reassociation of two complementary DNA strands include temperature, contact time, salt concentration, the degree of mismatch between the base pairs, and the length and concentration of the target and probe sequences. In perhaps the simplest procedure, hybridization is performed on an immobilized target or a probe molecule attached on a solid surface such as a nitrocellulose or nylon membrane or a glass plate.
3.0 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
For a more complete understanding of the present invention and the advantages thereof, reference is now made to the following description taken in conjunction with the accompanying drawings in which like reference numbers indicate like features and wherein:
FIG. 1 illustrates a schematic, exploded view of an example of a DNA biochip of the invention.
FIG. 2 illustrates a schematic diagram of one possible optical detector and amplifier circuit that may be implemented on an integrated circuit in order to convert an optical signal into an electrical signal suitable for data digitization and capture by a computer.
FIG. 3 is a perspective, partially enlarged and exploded schematic view of a biochip having multiple arrays of exciting light sources and detectors. FIG. 4 is a schematic, sectional view of an integrated circuit microchip system for a biochip with integrated light emitting diode excitation sources.
FIG. 5 illustrates a schematic circuit diagram for an integrated light emitting diode (LED) light source and phototransistor detection device.
FIG. 6 illustrates a schematic layout of an integrated circuit that implements the light source and detection device illustrated in FIG. 5. FIG. 7 illustrates a physical layout of a large-area, 4 x 4 rc-well integrated amplifier-photodiode array designed as a single, custom integrated circuit.
FIG. 8 illustrates a schematic cross-section of an rø-well photodiode used in the photodiode array of FIG. 7. FIG. 9 illustrates a detection circuit for use in conjunction with the photodiode array of FIG. 7.
FIG. 10 illustrates an alternative detection circuit for use in conjunction with the photodiode array of FIG. 7.
FIG. 11 illustrates schematically an analog multiplexer that enables any element in the photodiode array of FIG. 7 to be connected to an amplifier.
FIG. 12 illustrates one possible schematic implementation of the multiplexer in FIG. 11 for use with 16 cells.
FIG. 13 illustrates schematically a partially-parallel system that may be used to obtain data from the photodiode array shown in FIG. 7. The partially-parallel system has only a read-out system for every row of photodetectors.
FIG. 14 illustrates a fully-parallel system that may be used to obtain data from the photodiode array shown in FIG. 7. The fully-parallel device has a read-out system (amplifier, electronics) for every photodetector.
FIG. 15 shows a calibration curve for an NIR dye-labeled single-stranded DNA (5'-CCTCCTCCTTCCCAGCAGGG-3'; SEQ ID NO:l) over a concentration range from 1 pmol/μL to 3 fmol/μL.
FIG. 16 illustrates the results of measurements of gene probes tagged with fluorescein, a dye label emitting in the visible range.
FIG. 17 illustrates the performance of an integrated circuit microchip (ICM) phototransistor and amplifier circuit consisting of a 2 μm, p-well CMOS process occupying an area of 160,000 square microns and 220 phototransistor cells connected in parallel by showing the signal output response for various concentrations of the dye label Rhodamine-6G excited with a small helium-cadmium laser (8 mW, 325 nm).
FIG. 18 illustrates schematically an experimental setup that may be used to evaluate a 4 x 4 array amplifier/phototransistor integrated circuit microchip device. FIG. 19 illustrates the results when four sample spots of 1 μL of fluorescein labeled DNA were placed on a nitrocellulose membrane that was translated over a detection channel of the device shown in FIG. 18.
FIG. 20 illustrates the calibration curve of fluorescein labeled DNA using the device shown in FIG. 18.
FIG. 21 illustrates an embodiment of the present invention that is used for absorption and reflection measurements.
FIG. 22 is a schematic vertical section of a portion of a biochip of the invention that may operate with either luminescent or Raman radiation. FIG. 23 is a schematic vertical section of a portion of a biochip that may employ luminescent or Raman energy for detection, or may operate by detecting the degree of absorption of a light beam.
FIG. 24 illustrates a plan view of one embodiment of the present invention that is used to detect samples from a microfluidic device via a plurality of cells. FIG. 25 illustrates a schematic vertical section of a microfluidic injection system for liquid and gas sample in and out of the ICM chip used in the embodiment illustrated by FIG. 24.
FIG. 26 illustrates an embodiment of the present invention that is used to detect samples from a microfluidic device using an imaging lens, binary optics, or a lens array to image each microfluidic channel onto a detector element of the ICM.
FIG. 27 illustrates a micro-electromechanical system (MEMS) that is used to construct an ICM with Random Access Microsensing.
FIG. 28 illustrates an overview of an ICM system that uses the MEMS depicted in FIG. 27. FIG. 29 illustrates an embodiment of the present invention that uses individually addressable, integrated vertical-cavity surface-emitting lasers (VCSEL) and on-axis and/or off-axis diffractive lenses.
FIG. 30 is an LED driver circuit where V, is a DC voltage (5V, for example) and V2 is a DC voltage (5V to turn on LED and 0V to turn off LED) or a pulse train with 5 V levels turning on the LED and 0V turning off the LED. FIG. 31 shows an instrumental system to produce DNA sample microarrays.
Identified are 601, a pico-pump controller; 602, the pico-pump; 603, dispensing tip;
604, sample; 605, substrate; 606, mesh frit; 607, vacuum inlet; 608, dual-axis translation stage; and 609, computer controller. FIG. 32 shows an illustrative embodiment of the Biochip of the present invention.
FIG. 33 shows the results of hybridization occurring between complementary
DNA sequences and the detection of fluorescence signals using a nucleic acid biochip.
Fluorescence signals higher than the background were detected on the biochip channels where hybridization of labeled DNA HIV 1 gene probes with complementary bound-DNA fragments had occurred. The 4 x 4 array signals of the
3-dimensional plot demonstrated positive hybridization with the HIV 1 probes used.
A reference system of negative blank samples (consisting of DNA probes which did not have the sequence of the HIV 1 gene) showed only weak background fluorescent signals.
4.0 DESCRIPTION OF ILLUSTRATIVE EMBODIMENTS
4.1 DEFINITIONS
An integrated circuit (IC) is a circuit comprised of elements such as transistors, resistors and capacitors fabricated in a single piece of semiconducting material, usually silicon or gallium arsenide. As used herein, "integrated circuit" not only refers to the common definition but also to highly integrated structures including, for example:
1) multichip modules where several IC's and other circuit elements including molecular target probes may be combined compactly on a polymer, quartz, glass, sliver, ceramic or other substrates. In some cases, one IC may be the substrate with other components, such as photodiodes or LEDs mounted on it;
2) Hybrid microcircuits where one or more IC's and other circuit elements are mounted on or several substrate(s); and, 3) Other compact electromechanical arrangements of a circuit comprising primarily one but possibly more IC's and other electronic components and microelectromechanised systems (MEMs).
4.2 SOME ADVANTAGES OF THE INVENTION
The DNA Biochip system offers a unique combination of performance capabilities and analytical features of merit not available in any other DNA analysis system currently available. With its multichannel capability, the DNA Biochip technology is the only current system that allows simultaneous detection of multiple DNA targets simultaneously. The present biochip also offers several advantages in size, performance, fabrication, analysis and production cost. The small sizes of the probes (microliter to nanoliter) minimize sample requirement and reduce reagent and waste requirement. Highly integrated systems lead to a reduction in noise and an increase in signal due to the improved efficiency of sample collection and the reduction of interfaces. The capability of large-scale production using low-cost IC technology is an important advantage. The assembly process of various components is made simple by integration of several elements on a single chip. For medical applications, this cost advantage will allow the development of extremely low cost, disposable biochips that can be used for in-home medical diagnostics of diseases without the need of sending samples to a laboratory for analysis.
4.3 DESIGN AND OPERATING PRINCIPLE OF THE DNA BIOCHIP 4.3.1 INTEGRATED BIOCHIPS
Two fundamental operating principles of a biosensor are: (1) 'biological recognition'; and (2) 'sensing'. The basic principle of a biosensor is to detect this molecular recognition and to transform it into another type of signal using a transducer. There are different types of transducers which may produce either an optical signal (i.e. optical biosensors) or an electrochemical signal (i.e. electrochemical biosensors), or a mass-based signal (e.g., microbalances, surface- acoustic wave devices, micro-cantilevers). There are also different types of bioreceptors which may consist of an enzyme, an antibody, a nucleic acid fragment, a chemoreceptor, a tissue, an organelle or a microorganism. Sometimes a synthetic molecule, often called biomimetic receptor (e.g., synthetic antibody, molecular imprint) can be used to mimic the properties of biological receptors. The inventors have developed an integrated DNA biochip which uses nucleic acid probes and detection system into a self-contained microdevice. The DNA biochip involves the combination of integrated circuit elements, electro-optics excitation/detection system, and DNA-based bioreceptor probes into a self-contained and integrated microdevice. A basic DNA biochip includes: (1) excitation light source with related optics; (2) a bioprobe; (3) a sampling platform and delivery system; (4) an optical detector with associated optics and dispersive device; and (5) a signal amplification/treatment system.
Construction of a DNA biochip involves integration of several basic elements of very different natures. The basic steps include: (a) selection or development of the bioreceptor; (b) selection of the excitation source; (c) selection or development of the transducer; and (d) integration of the excitation source-bioreceptor-transducer system.
The development of the DNA biochip comprises three major elements. The first element involves the development of a bioreceptor probe system: a microarray of
DNA probes on a multiarray sampling platform. The second element is focused on the development of non-radioactive methods for optical detection: the fluorescence technique. The third element involves the development of an integrated electro-optic IC system on a single chip for biosensing: photodiode-amplifier microchip using the CMOS technology.
4.3.2 OPERATING PRINCIPLE OF POLYNUCLEOTIDE PROBES:
MOLECULAR HYBRIDIZATION
Whereas the use of immunological probes is based on antibody-antigen reactions, the operation of gene probes is based on the hybridization process, which is one of the most powerful and useful techniques in molecular genetics. Hybridization involves the joining of a single strand of nucleic acid with a complementary probe sequence. Hybridization of a nucleic acid probe to DNA biotargets (e.g., gene sequences, bacteria, viral DNA, p53 cancer gene mutation etc.) offers a very high degree of accuracy for identifying DNA sequences complementary to that of the probe. Nucleic acids strands tend to be paired to their sequence complements (i. e. adenine-thymine, guanine-cytosine pairing) in the corresponding double-stranded structure. A single-stranded DNA molecule will seek out its complement in a complex mixture of DNA containing large numbers of other nucleic acid molecules. Various types of gene probes have been developed that are labeled with fluorescent (Isola et al., 1996; Vo-Dinh et al., 1998; Vo-Dinh et al., 1998) or Raman labels (Vo- Dinh et al., 1998; Isola et al., 1998).
4.3.3 MICROSAMPLING PLATFORM
DNA probes can be directly or indirectly immobilized onto the biochip transducer sensing element to ensure optimal contact and maximum detection. When immobilized onto a substrate, the gene probes can be reused repeatedly. In one embodiment, hybridization is performed on an immobilized target or a probe molecule attached on a solid surface. DNA can be bound to different types of support materials using several methods. The method commonly used for binding DNA to glass involves silanization of the glass surface followed by activation with carbodiimide or glutaraldehyde.
Another embodiment involves immobilizing the gene probes onto a membrane platform which is placed on the transducer detection surface. In this manner, there is no need to bind the bioreceptor onto the biochip transducer, which may facilitate easier large-scale production. In still another embodiment, 5'-terminal protecting groups are selectively removed from growing polynucleotide chains in pre-defined regions of a support (such as glass) by controlled exposure to light through a photolithographic mask (Fodor et al., 1991; McGall et al., 1997). This method may be used to fabricate polynucleotide probe arrays with densities as high as about 10 unique probe sequences per cm . Plastic plates (often used in multi-well format) suitable for direct adsorption of DNA can be used to develop sampling platforms for the biochip. Chemically activated plates suitable to bind DNA by covalent linkage are also commercially available for use (CoStar, Cambridge, MA). Multiarrays of sample spots are produced, and liquid solutions of DNA are dispensed onto the sampling platform using a pneumatic Picopump (FIG. 31) (World Precision Instruments, Sarasota, FL). The Picopump is capable of producing regular microspots with diameter size range of 500-800 μm, which can be selected to match the size of the biochip detector elements. The DNA sample is loaded into a small diameter glass capillary, which is held a few millimeters above the sampling platform. The membrane is held in place on a vacuum flask fitted with a metal mesh frit. The vacuum procedure served two important purposes. First the vacuum applied to the membrane improves the reproducibility of the spotting by maintaining the membrane flat against the metal mesh surface. The vacuum procedure also has a shortening effect on the sample drying process, which decreased the sample spot size by preventing the spread of sample though the sampling platform. The biochip forma can be designed to be compatible to polymerase chain reaction (PCR™), which is an important technique allowing replication of defined DNA sequences, thereby amplifying the detection of these sequences.
4.4 BIOSENSOR PROBES
The development of biosensor technologies for detection of trace quantities of biological species in complex systems is important for many biomedical and environmental applications. Spectroscopic chemical sensors and biosensors have been developed using laser induced fluorescence, room temperature phosphorescence, surface enhanced Raman spectroscopy, antibody based immunofluorescence and gene probe Raman sensiing methods, including gene probes having surface-enhanced Raman scattering labels to enhance the selectivity and sensitivity of chemical sensors and biosensors (Vo-Dinh et al., 1994). The present invention uses spectroscopic techniques such as luminescence with visible and NIR labels is a useful detection scheme for gene biosensors without having the limitation of radioactive methods.
Non-radioactive probes, particularly gene probes, are desirable because of their selectivity in addition to avoiding the hazards involved with radioactive materials. Recognition and detection of biological species is based on the principle that cell specific nucleic acid sequences can be specifically recognized and can be combined with a receptor that specifically binds with that species. Such receptors include, for example, antibodies, enzymes, cells, bacterial probes, complementary nucleic acids, or nucleic acids that selectively hybridize with a cell-specific nucleic acid sequence. Receptors may be found and employed in the form of organelles, tissue components, chemoreceptors or even whole cells or microorganisms. Other types of receptors may include biomimetic materials such as cyclodextrins, molecular imprint materials, etc. Gene probes operate on a hybridization process. Hybridization involves joining of a single strand of nucleic acid with a complementary probe sequence. Hybridization of a nucleic acid probe to a biotarget such as bacterial or viral DNA or RNA or selected gene segments, offers a high degree of accuracy for identifying nucleic acid sequences complementary to the probe. Nucleic acid strands tend to be paired with complementary strands, such as is typically found in double-stranded
DNA structures. Therefore, a single-stranded DNA (or RNA) will seek out its complement in a complex mixture of DNA containing large numbers of other nucleic acid molecules. Nucleic acid probe or gene probe detection methods are specific to DNA sequences. Factors affecting the hybridization or reassociation of two complementary DNA strands include temperature, contact time, salt concentration, the degree of mismatch between the base pairs, and the length and concentration of the target and probe sequences. 4.5 PEPTIDE NUCLEIC ACID COMPOSITIONS
In certain embodiments, the inventors contemplate the use of peptide nucleic acids (PNAs) in the practice of the methods of the invention. PNA is a DNA mimic in which the nucleobases are attached to a pseudopeptide backbone (Good and Nielsen, 1997). PNAs are able to be utilized in a number methods that traditionally have used RNAs or DNAs. Often PNA sequences perform better in techniques than the corresponding RNA or DNA sequences and have utilities that are not inherent to RNA or DNA. An excellent review of PNA including methods of making, characteristics of, and methods of using, is provided by Corey (1997) and is incoφorated herein by reference.
4.5.1 METHODS OF MAKING PNAs
According to Corey, PNAs have 2-aminoethyl-glycine linkages replacing the normal phosphodiester backbone of DNA (Nielsen et al., 1991; Hanvey et al., 1992; Hyrup and Nielsen, 1996; Neilsen, 1996). This chemistry has three important consequences: firstly, in contrast to DNA or phosphorothioate oligonucleotides, PNAs are neutral molecules; secondly, PNAs are achiral, which avoids the need to develop a stereoselective synthesis; and thirdly, PNA synthesis uses standard Boc (Dueholm et al., 1994) or Fmoc (Thomson et al., 1995) protocols for solid-phase peptide synthesis, although other methods, including a modified Merrifield method, have been used (Christensen et al., 1995).
PNA monomers or ready-made oligomers are commercially available from PerSeptive Biosystems (Framingham, MA, USA). PNA syntheses by either Boc or Fmoc protocols are straightforward using manual or automated protocols (Norton et al., 1995). The manual protocol lends itself to the production of chemically modified
PNAs or the simultaneous synthesis of families of closely related PNAs.
As with peptide synthesis, the success of a particular PNA synthesis will depend on the properties of the chosen sequence. For example, while in theory PNAs can incorporate any combination of nucleotide bases, the presence of adjacent purines can lead to deletions of one or more residues in the product. In expectation of this difficulty, it is suggested that, in producing PNAs with adjacent purines, one should repeat the coupling of residues likely to be added inefficiently. This should be followed by the purification of PNAs by reverse-phase high-pressure liquid chromatography (Norton et al., 1995) providing yields and purity of product similar to those observed during the synthesis of peptides.
Further discussed by Corey are desired modifications of PNAs for given applications. Modifications can be accomplished by coupling amino acids during solid-phase synthesis or by attaching compounds that contain a carboxylic acid group to the exposed N-terminal amine. Alternatively, PNAs can be modified after synthesis by coupling to an introduced lysine or cysteine. The ease with which PNAs can be modified facilitates optimization for better solubility or for specific functional requirements. Once synthesized, the identity of PNAs and their derivatives can be confirmed by mass spectrometry. Several studies have made and utilized modifications of PNAs (Norton et al., 1995; Haaima et al., 1996; Stetsenko et al., 1996; Petersen et al., 1995; Ulmann et al., 1996; Koch et al., 1995; Orum et al., 1995;
Footer et al., 1996; Griffith et al., 1995; Kremsky et al., 1996; Pardridge et al., 1995; Boffa et al., 1995; Landsdorp et al., 1996; Gambacorti-Passerini et al., 1996; Armitage et al., 1997; Seeger et al., 1997; Rusckowski et al., 1997). United States Patent No. 5,700,922 discusses PNA-DNA-PNA chimeric molecules and their uses in diagnostics, modulating protein in organisms, and treatment of conditions susceptible to therapeutics.
4.5.2 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF PNAs
In contrast to DNA and RNA, which contain negatively charged linkages, the PNA backbone is neutral. In spite of this dramatic alteration, PNAs recognize complementary DNA and RNA by Watson-Crick pairing (Egholm et al., 1993), validating the initial modeling by Nielsen et al., (1991). PNAs lack 3' to 5' polarity and can bind in either parallel or antiparallel fashion, with the antiparallel mode being preferred (Egholm et al., 1993). Hybridization of DNA oligonucleotides to DNA and RNA is destabilized by electrostatic repulsion between the negatively charged phosphate backbones of the complementary strands. By contrast, the absence of charge repulsion in PNA-DNA or PNA-RNA duplexes increases the melting temperature (Tm) and reduces the dependence of Tm on the concentration of mono- or divalent cations (Nielsen et al.,
1991). The enhanced rate and affinity of hybridization are significant because they are responsible for the surprising ability of PNAs to perform strand invasion of complementary sequences within relaxed double-stranded DNA. In addition, the efficient hybridization at inverted repeats suggests that PNAs can recognize secondary structure effectively within double-stranded DNA. Enhanced recognition also occurs with PNAs immobilized on surfaces, and Wang et al., have shown that support-bound PNAs can be used to detect hybridization events (Wang et al., 1996).
One might expect that tight binding of PNAs to complementary sequences would also increase binding to similar (but not identical) sequences, reducing the sequence specificity of PNA recognition. As with DNA hybridization, however, selective recognition can be achieved by balancing oligomer length and incubation temperature. Moreover, selective hybridization of PNAs is encouraged by PNA-DNA hybridization being less tolerant of base mismatches than DNA-DNA hybridization. For example, a single mismatch within a 16 bp PNA-DNA duplex can reduce the Tm by up to 15°C (Egholm et al., 1993). This high level of discrimination has allowed the development of several PNA-based strategies for the analysis of point mutations (Wang et al., 1996; Carlsson et al., 1996; Thiede et al., 1996; Webb and Hurskainen, 1996; Perry-O'Keefe et α/., 1996).
High-affinity binding provides clear advantages for molecular recognition and the development of new applications for PNAs. For example, 11-13 nucleotide PNAs inhibit the activity of telomerase, a ribonucleo-protein that extends telomere ends using an essential RNA template, while the analogous DNA oligomers do not (Norton et al., 1996).
Neutral PNAs are more hydrophobic than analogous DNA oligomers, and this can lead to difficulty solubilizing them at neutral pH, especially if the PNAs have a high purine content or if they have the potential to form secondary structures. Their solubility can be enhanced by attaching one or more positive charges to the PNA termini (Nielsen et al., 1991).
4.5.3 APPLICATIONS OF PNAs
Findings by Allfrey and colleagues suggest that strand invasion will occur spontaneously at sequences within chromosomal DNA (Boffa et al., 1995; Boffa et al., 1996). These studies targeted PNAs to triplet repeats of the nucleotides CAG and used this recognition to purify transcriptionally active DNA (Boffa et al., 1995) and to inhibit transcription (Boffa et al., 1996). This result suggests that if PNAs can be delivered within cells then they will have the potential to be general sequence-specific regulators of gene expression. Studies and reviews concerning the use of PNAs as antisense and anti-gene agents include Nielsen et al., (1993b), Hanvey et al., (1992), and Good and Nielsen (1997). Koppelhus et al., (1997) have used PNAs to inhibit HIV-1 inverse transcription, showing that PNAs may be used for antiviral therapies.
Methods of characterizing the antisense binding properties of PNAs are discussed in Rose (1993) and Jensen et al., (1997). Rose uses capillary gel electrophoresis to determine binding of PNAs to their complementary oligonucleotide, measuring the relative binding kinetics and stoichiometry. Similar types of measurements were made by Jensen et al, using BIAcore™ technology.
Other applications of PNAs include use in DNA strand invasion (Nielsen et al., 1991), antisense inhibition (Hanvey et al., 1992), mutational analysis (Orum et al., 1993), enhancers of transcription (Mollegaard et al., 1994), nucleic acid purification (Orum et al., 1995), isolation of transcriptionally active genes (Boffa et al., 1995), blocking of transcription factor binding (Vickers et al., 1995), genome cleavage
(Veselkov et al., 1996), biosensors (Wang et al., 1996), in situ hybridization (Thisted et al., 1996), and in a alternative to Southern blotting (Perry-O'Keefe, 1996). 4.6 ANTIBODY COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF MAKING
In particular embodiments, the inventors contemplate the use of antibodies, either monoclonal or polyclonal which bind to one or more of the polypeptides disclosed herein. Means for preparing and characterizing antibodies are well known in the art (See, e.g., Harlow and Lane, 1988; incorporated herein by reference). The methods for generating monoclonal antibodies (mAbs) generally begin along the same lines as those for preparing polyclonal antibodies. Briefly, a polyclonal antibody is prepared by immunizing an animal with an immunogenic composition in accordance with the present invention and collecting antisera from that immunized animal. A wide range of animal species can be used for the production of antisera. Typically the animal used for production of anti-antisera is a rabbit, a mouse, a rat, a hamster, a guinea pig or a goat. Because of the relatively large blood volume of rabbits, a rabbit is a preferred choice for production of polyclonal antibodies.
As is well known in the art, a given composition may vary in its immunogenicity. It is often necessary therefore to boost the host immune system, as may be achieved by coupling a peptide or polypeptide immunogen to a carrier. Exemplary and preferred carriers are keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH) and bovine serum albumin (BSA). Other albumins such as ovalbumin, mouse serum albumin or rabbit serum albumin can also be used as carriers. Means for conjugating a polypeptide to a carrier protein are well known in the art and include glutaraldehyde, ffϊ-maleimidobencoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester, carbodiimide and bis-biazotized benzidine.
As is also well known in the art, the immunogenicity of a particular immunogen composition can be enhanced by the use of non-specific stimulators of the immune response, known as adjuvants. Exemplary and preferred adjuvants include complete Freund's adjuvant (a non-specific stimulator of the immune response containing killed Mycobacterium tuberculosis), incomplete Freund's adjuvants and aluminum hydroxide adjuvant.
The amount of immunogen composition used in the production of polyclonal antibodies varies upon the nature of the immunogen as well as the animal used for immunization. A variety of routes can be used to administer the immunogen (subcutaneous, intramuscular, intradermal, intravenous and intraperitoneal). The production of polyclonal antibodies may be monitored by sampling blood of the immunized animal at various points following immunization. A second, booster, injection may also be given. The process of boosting and tittering is repeated until a suitable titer is achieved. When a desired level of immunogenicity is obtained, the immunized animal can be bled and the serum isolated and stored, and/or the animal can be used to generate mAbs. mAbs may be readily prepared through use of well-known techniques, such as those exemplified in U. S. Patent 4,196,265, incorporated herein by reference.
Typically, this technique involves immunizing a suitable animal with a selected immunogen composition, e.g., a purified or partially purified polypeptide or peptide. The immunizing composition is administered in a manner effective to stimulate antibody producing cells. Rodents such as mice and rats are preferred animals, however, the use of rabbit, sheep, or frog cells is also possible. The use of rats may provide certain advantages (Goding, 1986, pp. 60-61), but mice are preferred, with the BALB/c mouse being most preferred as this is most routinely used and generally gives a higher percentage of stable fusions.
Following immunization, somatic cells with the potential for producing antibodies, specifically B lymphocytes (B cells), are selected for use in the mAb generating protocol. These cells may be obtained from biopsied spleens, tonsils or lymph nodes, or from a peripheral blood sample. Spleen cells and peripheral blood cells are preferred, the former because they are a rich source of antibody-producing cells that are in the dividing plasmablast stage, and the latter because peripheral blood is easily accessible. Often, a panel of animals will have been immunized and the spleen of animal with the highest antibody titer will be removed and the spleen lymphocytes obtained by homogenizing the spleen with a syringe. Typically, a spleen
7 8 from an immunized mouse contains approximately 5 x 10 to 2 x 10 lymphocytes.
The antibody-producing B lymphocytes from the immunized animal are then fused with cells of an immortal myeloma cell, generally one of the same species as the animal that was immunized. Myeloma cell lines suited for use in hybridoma- producing fusion procedures preferably are non-antibody-producing, have high fusion efficiency, and enzyme deficiencies that render them incapable of growing in certain selective media which support the growth of only the desired fused cells (hybridomas).
Any one of a number of myeloma cells may be used, as are known to those of skill in the art (Goding, pp. 65-66, 1986; Campbell, pp. 75-83, 1984). For example, where the immunized animal is a mouse, one may use P3-X63/Ag8, X63-Ag8.653, NSl/l.Ag 4 1, Sp210-Agl4, FO, NSO/U, MPC-11, MPC11-X45-GTG 1.7 and S194/5XX0 Bui; for rats, one may use R210.RCY3, Y3-Ag 1.2.3, IR983F and 4B210; and U-266, GM1500-GRG2, LICR-LON-HMy2 and UC729-6 are all useful in connection with human cell fusions.
One preferred murine myeloma cell is the NS-1 myeloma cell line (also termed P3-NS-l-Ag4-l), which is readily available from the NIGMS Human Genetic Mutant Cell Repository by requesting cell line repository number GM3573. Another mouse myeloma cell line that may be used is the 8-azaguanine-resistant mouse murine myeloma SP2/0 non-producer cell line.
Methods for generating hybrids of antibody-producing spleen or lymph node cells and myeloma cells usually comprise mixing somatic cells with myeloma cells in a 2:1 ratio, though the ratio may vary from about 20:1 to about 1 :1, respectively, in the presence of an agent or agents (chemical or electrical) that promote the fusion of cell membranes. Fusion methods using Sendai virus have been described (Kohler and Milstein, 1975; 1976), and those using polyethylene glycol (PEG), such as 37% (vol./vol.) PEG, (Gefter et al., 1977). The use of electrically induced fusion methods is also appropriate (Goding, 1986, pp. 71-74).
Fusion procedures usually produce viable hybrids at low frequencies, about
1 x 10" to 1 x 10" . However, this does not pose a problem, as the viable, fused hybrids are differentiated from the parental, unfused cells (particularly the unfused myeloma cells that would normally continue to divide indefinitely) by culturing in a selective medium. The selective medium is generally one that contains an agent that blocks the de novo synthesis of nucleotides in the tissue culture media. Exemplary and preferred agents are aminopterin, methotrexate, and azaserine. Aminopterin and methotrexate block de novo synthesis of both purines and pyrimidines, whereas azaserine blocks only purine synthesis. Where aminopterin or methotrexate is used, the media is supplemented with hypoxanthine and thymidine as a source of nucleotides (HAT medium). Where azaserine is used, the media is supplemented with hypoxanthine.
The preferred selection medium is HAT. Only cells capable of operating nucleotide salvage pathways are able to survive in HAT medium. The myeloma cells are defective in key enzymes of the salvage pathway, e.g., hypoxanthine phosphoribosyl transferase (HPRT), and they cannot survive. The B-cells can operate this pathway, but they have a limited life span in culture and generally die within about two weeks. Therefore, the only cells that can survive in the selective media are those hybrids formed from myeloma and B-cells. This culturing provides a population of hybridomas from which specific hybridomas are selected. Typically, selection of hybridomas is performed by culturing the cells by single-clone dilution in microtiter plates, followed by testing the individual clonal supernatants (after about two to three weeks) for the desired reactivity. The assay should be sensitive, simple and rapid, such as radioimmunoassays, enzyme immunoassays, cytotoxicity assays, plaque assays, dot immunobinding assays, and the like.
The selected hybridomas would then be serially diluted and cloned into individual antibody-producing cell lines, which clones can then be propagated indefinitely to provide mAbs. The cell lines may be exploited for mAb production in two basic ways. A sample of the hybridoma can be injected (often into the peritoneal cavity) into a histocompatible animal of the type that was used to provide the somatic and myeloma cells for the original fusion. The injected animal develops tumors secreting the specific monoclonal antibody produced by the fused cell hybrid. The body fluids of the animal, such as serum or ascites fluid, can then be tapped to provide mAbs in high concentration. The individual cell lines could also be cultured in vitro, where the mAbs are naturally secreted into the culture medium from which they can be readily obtained in high concentrations. mAbs produced by either means may be further purified, if desired, using filtration, centrifugation and various chromatographic methods such as HPLC or affinity chromatography.
4.7 ELISAS
The techniques of ELI S As may be used in conjunction with the invention, when the product of interest to be detected is a polypeptide, and the substrate on the chip is an antibody. Alternatively, ELISA techniques may be utilized when the substrate on the chip is a polypeptide and the product of interest to be detected is an antibody. In either embodiment, the antibody or the polypeptide may be fluorescently labeled for detection by the biochip.
In an ELISA assay, proteins or peptides incorporating antigenic sequences are immobilized onto a selected surface, preferably a surface exhibiting a protein affinity such as the wells of a polystyrene microtiter plate. After washing to remove incompletely adsorbed material, it is desirable to bind or coat the assay plate wells with a nonspecific protein that is known to be antigenically neutral with regard to the test antisera such as bovine serum albumin (BSA), casein or solutions of milk powder. This allows for blocking of nonspecific adsorption sites on the immobilizing surface and thus reduces the background caused by nonspecific binding of antisera onto the surface.
After binding of antigenic material to the well, coating with a non-reactive material to reduce background, and washing to remove unbound material, the immobilizing surface is contacted with the antisera or clinical or biological extract to be tested in a manner conducive to immune complex (antigen/antibody) formation.
Such conditions preferably include diluting the antisera with diluents such as BSA, bovine gamma globulin (BGG) and phosphate buffered saline (PBS)/Tween®. These added agents also tend to assist in the reduction of nonspecific background. The layered antisera is then allowed to incubate for from about 2 to about 4 hr, at temperatures preferably on the order of about 25°C to about 27°C. Following incubation, the antisera-contacted surface is washed so as to remove non- immunocomplexed material. A preferred washing procedure includes washing with a solution such as PBS/Tween®, or borate buffer.
Following formation of specific immunocomplexes between the test sample and the bound antigen, and subsequent washing, the occurrence and even amount of immunocomplex formation may be determined by subjecting same to a second antibody having specificity for the first. To provide a detecting means, the second antibody will preferably have an associated enzyme that will generate a color development upon incubating with an appropriate chromogenic substrate. Thus, for example, one will desire to contact and incubate the antisera-bound surface with a urease or peroxidase-conjugated anti-human IgG for a period of time and under conditions which favor the development of immunocomplex formation (e.g., incubation for 2 hr at room temperature in a PBS -containing solution such as PBS Tween®). After incubation with the second enzyme-tagged antibody, and subsequent to washing to remove unbound material, the amount of label is quantified by incubation with a chromogenic substrate such as urea and bromocresol purple or 2,2'-azino-di-(3- ethyl-benzthiazoline)-6-sulfonic acid (ABTS) and H2O2, in the case of peroxidase as the enzyme label. Quantitation is then achieved by measuring the degree of color generation, e.g., using a visible spectra spectrophotometer.
4.8 METHODS FOR PREPARING MUTAGENIZED POLYNUCLEOTIDES
In certain circumstances, it may be desirable to modify or alter one or more nucleotides in one or more of the polynucleotide sequences disclosed herein for the purpose of altering or changing the insecticidal activity or insecticidal specificity of the encoded polypeptide. In general, the means and methods for mutagenizing a DNA segment are well-known to those of skill in the art. Modifications to such segments may be made by random, or site-specific mutagenesis procedures. The polynucleotides may be modified by the addition, deletion , or substitution of one or more nucleotides from the sequence encoding the insecticidally-active polypeptide. Mutagenesis may be performed in accordance with any of the techniques known in the art such as and not limited to synthesizing an oligonucleotide having one or more mutations within the sequence of a particular region. In particular, site- specific mutagenesis is a technique useful in the preparation of mutants, through specific mutagenesis of the underlying DNA. The technique further provides a ready ability to prepare and test sequence variants, for example, incorporating one or more of the foregoing considerations, by introducing one or more nucleotide sequence changes into the DNA. Site-specific mutagenesis allows the production of mutants through the use of specific oligonucleotide sequences which encode the DNA sequence of the desired mutation, as well as a sufficient number of adjacent nucleotides, to provide a primer sequence of sufficient size and sequence complexity to form a stable duplex on both sides of the deletion junction being traversed. Typically, a primer of about 17 to about 75 nucleotides or more in length is preferred, with about 10 to about 25 or more residues on both sides of the junction of the sequence being altered.
In general, the technique of site-specific mutagenesis is well known in the art, as exemplified by various publications. As will be appreciated, the technique typically employs a phage vector which exists in both a single stranded and double stranded form. Typical vectors useful in site-directed mutagenesis include vectors such as the Ml 3 phage. These phage are readily commercially available and their use is generally well known to those skilled in the art. Double stranded plasmids are also routinely employed in site directed mutagenesis which eliminates the step of transferring the gene of interest from a plasmid to a phage.
In general, site-directed mutagenesis in accordance herewith is performed by first obtaining a single-stranded vector or melting apart of two strands of a double stranded vector which includes within its sequence a DNA sequence which encodes the desired promoter region or peptide. An oligonucleotide primer bearing the desired mutated sequence is prepared, generally synthetically. This primer is then annealed with the single-stranded vector, and subjected to DNA polymerizing enzymes such as E. coli polymerase I Klenow fragment, in order to complete the synthesis of the mutation-bearing strand. Thus, a heteroduplex is formed wherein one strand encodes the original non-mutated sequence and the second strand bears the desired mutation. This heteroduplex vector is then used to transform or transfect appropriate cells, such as E. coli cells, and clones are selected which include recombinant vectors bearing the mutated sequence arrangement. A genetic selection scheme was devised by Kunkel et al., (1987) to enrich for clones incorporating the mutagenic oligonucleotide. Alternatively, the use of PCR™ with commercially available thermostable enzymes such as Taq polymerase may be used to incorporate a mutagenic oligonucleotide primer into an amplified DNA fragment that can then be cloned into an appropriate cloning or expression vector. The PCR™-mediated mutagenesis procedures of Tomic et al., (1990) and Upender et al., (1995) provide two examples of such protocols. A PCR™ employing a thermostable ligase in addition to a thermostable polymerase may also be used to incorporate a phosphorylated mutagenic oligonucleotide into an amplified DNA fragment that may then be cloned into an appropriate cloning or expression vector. The mutagenesis procedure described by Michael (1994) provides an example of one such protocol.
As used herein, the term "oligonucleotide directed mutagenesis procedure" refers to template-dependent processes and vector-mediated propagation which result in an increase in the concentration of a specific nucleic acid molecule relative to its initial concentration, or in an increase in the concentration of a detectable signal, such as amplification. As used herein, the term "oligonucleotide directed mutagenesis procedure" also is intended to refer to a process that involves the template-dependent extension of a primer molecule. The term template-dependent process refers to nucleic acid synthesis of an RNA or a DNA molecule wherein the sequence of the newly synthesized strand of nucleic acid is dictated by the well-known rules of complementary base pairing (Watson, 1987). Typically, vector mediated methodologies involve the introduction of the nucleic acid fragment into a DNA or RNA vector, the clonal amplification of the vector, and the recovery of the amplified nucleic acid fragment. Examples of such methodologies are provided by U. S. Patent No. 4,237,224, specifically incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. A number of template dependent processes are available to amplify the target sequences of interest present in a sample. One of the best known amplification methods is the polymerase chain reaction (PCR™) which is described in detail in U. S. Patent Nos. 4,683,195, 4,683,202 and 4,800,159, each of which is incoφorated herein by reference in its entirety. Briefly, in PCR™, two primer sequences are prepared which are complementary to regions on opposite complementary strands of the target sequence. An excess of deoxynucleoside triphosphates are added to a reaction mixture along with a DNA polymerase (e.g., Taq polymerase). If the target sequence is present in a sample, the primers will bind to the target and the polymerase will cause the primers to be extended along the target sequence by adding on nucleotides. By raising and lowering the temperature of the reaction mixture, the extended primers will dissociate from the target to form reaction products, excess primers will bind to the target and to the reaction products and the process is repeated. Preferably a reverse transcriptase PCR™ amplification procedure may be performed in order to quantify the amount of mRNA amplified. Polymerase chain reaction methodologies are well known in the art.
Another method for amplification is the ligase chain reaction (referred to as LCR), disclosed in Eur. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. 320,308, incoφorated herein by reference in its entirety. In LCR, two complementary probe pairs are prepared, and in the presence of the target sequence, each pair will bind to opposite complementary strands of the target such that they abut. In the presence of a ligase, the two probe pairs will link to form a single unit. By temperature cycling, as in PCR™, bound ligated units dissociate from the target and then serve as "target sequences" for ligation of excess probe pairs. U. S. Patent No. 4,883,750, incoφorated herein by reference in its entirety, describes an alternative method of amplification similar to
LCR for binding probe pairs to a target sequence.
Qbeta Replicase, described in Intl. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. PCT/US 87/00880, incoφorated herein by reference in its entirety, may also be used as still another amplification method in the present invention. In this method, a replicative sequence of RNA which has a region complementary to that of a target is added to a sample in the presence of an RNA polymerase. The polymerase will copy the replicative sequence which can then be detected.
An isothermal amplification method, in which restriction endonucleases and ligases are used to achieve the amplification of target molecules that contain nucleotide 5'-[α-thio]triphosphates in one strand of a restriction site (Walker et al.,
1992, incoφorated herein by reference in its entirety), may also be useful in the amplification of nucleic acids in the present invention.
Strand Displacement Amplification (SDA) is another method of carrying out isothermal amplification of nucleic acids which involves multiple rounds of strand displacement and synthesis, i.e. nick translation. A similar method, called Repair
Chain Reaction (RCR) is another method of amplification which may be useful in the present invention and is involves annealing several probes throughout a region targeted for amplification, followed by a repair reaction in which only two of the four bases are present. The other two bases can be added as biotinylated derivatives for easy detection. A similar approach is used in SDA.
Still other amplification methods described in Great Britain Pat. Appl. No. 2 202 328, and in Intl. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. PCT/US89/01025, each of which is incoφorated herein by reference in its entirety, may be used in accordance with the present invention. In the former application, "modified" primers are used in a PCR™ like, template and enzyme dependent synthesis. The primers may be modified by labeling with a capture moiety (e.g., biotin) and/or a detector moiety (e.g., enzyme). In the latter application, an excess of labeled probes are added to a sample. In the presence of the target sequence, the probe binds and is cleaved catalytically. After cleavage, the target sequence is released intact to be bound by excess probe. Cleavage of the labeled probe signals the presence of the target sequence.
Other nucleic acid amplification procedures include transcription-based amplification systems (TAS) (Kwoh et al, 1989; Intl. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. WO 88/10315, incoφorated herein by reference in its entirety), including nucleic acid sequence based amplification (NASBA) and 3SR. In NASBA, the nucleic acids can be prepared for amplification by standard phenol/chloroform extraction, heat denaturation of a sample, treatment with lysis buffer and minispin columns for isolation of DNA and RNA or guanidinium chloride extraction of RNA. These amplification techniques involve annealing a primer which has target-specific sequences. Following polymerization, DNA RNA hybrids are digested with RNase H while double stranded DNA molecules are heat denatured again. In either case the single stranded DNA is made fully double stranded by addition of second target polypeptide-specific primer, followed by polymerization. The double stranded DNA molecules are then multiply transcribed by a polymerase such as T7 or SP6. In an isothermal cyclic reaction, the RNAs are reverse transcribed into double stranded DNA, and transcribed once against with a polymerase such as T7 or SP6. The resulting products, whether truncated or complete, indicate target-specific sequences.
Eur. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. 329,822, incoφorated herein by reference in its entirety, disclose a nucleic acid amplification process involving cyclically synthesizing single-stranded RNA ("ssRNA"), ssDNA, and double-stranded DNA (dsDNA), which may be used in accordance with the present invention. The ssRNA is a first template for a first primer oligonucleotide, which is elongated by reverse transcriptase (RNA-dependent DNA polymerase). The RNA is then removed from resulting DNA:RNA duplex by the action of ribonuclease H (RNase H, an RNase specific for RNA in a duplex with either DNA or RNA). The resultant ssDNA is a second template for a second primer, which also includes the sequences of an RNA polymerase promoter (exemplified by T7 RNA polymerase) 5' to its homology to its template. This primer is then extended by DNA polymerase (exemplified by the large "Klenow" fragment of E. coli DNA polymerase I), resulting as a double-stranded DNA ("dsDNA") molecule, having a sequence identical to that of the original RNA between the primers and having additionally, at one end, a promoter sequence. This promoter sequence can be used by the appropriate RNA polymerase to make many RNA copies of the DNA. These copies can then re-enter the cycle leading to very swift amplification. With proper choice of enzymes, this amplification can be done isothermally without addition of enzymes at each cycle. Because of the cyclical nature of this process, the starting sequence can be chosen to be in the form of either DNA or RNA.
PCT Intl. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. WO 89/06700, incoφorated herein by reference in its entirety, disclose a nucleic acid sequence amplification scheme based on the hybridization of a promoter/primer sequence to a target single-stranded DNA
("ssDNA") followed by transcription of many RNA copies of the sequence. This scheme is not cyclic; i.e. new templates are not produced from the resultant RNA transcripts. Other amplification methods include "RACE" (Frohman, 1990), and "one-sided PCR™" (Ohara, et al. 1989) which are well-known to those of skill in the art.
Methods based on ligation of two (or more) oligonucleotides in the presence of nucleic acid having the sequence of the resulting "di-oligonucleotide", thereby amplifying the di-oligonucleotide (Wu and Dean, 1996, incoφorated herein by reference in its entirety), may also be used in the amplification of polynucleotide sequences of the present invention.
4.9 RIBOZYMES
Ribozymes are enzymatic RNA molecules which cleave particular mRNA species. In certain embodiments, the inventors contemplate the selection and utilization of ribozymes capable of cleaving RNA segments, and the resulting detection of such mRNAs or ribozymes utilizing the methods and biochips of the present invention.
Six basic varieties of naturally-occurring enzymatic RNAs are known presently. Each can catalyze the hydrolysis of RNA phosphodiester bonds in trans (and thus can cleave other RNA molecules) under physiological conditions. In general, enzymatic nucleic acids act by first binding to a target RNA. Such binding occurs through the target binding portion of a enzymatic nucleic acid which is held in close proximity to an enzymatic portion of the molecule that acts to cleave the target RNA. Thus, the enzymatic nucleic acid first recognizes and then binds a target RNA through complementary base-pairing, and once bound to the correct site, acts enzymatically to cut the target RNA. Strategic cleavage of such a target RNA will destroy its ability to direct synthesis of an encoded protein. After an enzymatic nucleic acid has bound and cleaved its RNA target, it is released from that RNA to search for another target and can repeatedly bind and cleave new targets. The enzymatic nature of a ribozyme is advantageous over many technologies, such as antisense technology (where a nucleic acid molecule simply binds to a nucleic acid target to block its translation) since the concentration of ribozyme necessary to affect a therapeutic treatment is lower than that of an antisense oligonucleotide. This advantage reflects the ability of the ribozyme to act enzymatically. Thus, a single ribozyme molecule is able to cleave many molecules of target RNA. In addition, the ribozyme is a highly specific inhibitor, with the specificity of inhibition depending not only on the base pairing mechanism of binding to the target RNA, but also on the mechanism of target RNA cleavage. Single mismatches, or base-substitutions, near the site of cleavage can completely eliminate catalytic activity of a ribozyme. Similar mismatches in antisense molecules do not prevent their action (Woolf et al, 1992).
Thus, the specificity of action of a ribozyme is greater than that of an antisense oligonucleotide binding the same RNA site.
The enzymatic nucleic acid molecule may be formed in a hammerhead, haiφin, a hepatitis δ virus, group I intron or RNaseP RNA (in association with an RNA guide sequence) or Neurospora VS RNA motif. Examples of hammerhead motifs are described by Rossi et al. (1992); examples of haiφin motifs are described by Hampel et al. (Eur. Pat. EP 0360257), Hampel and Tritz (1989), Hampel et al. (1990) and Cech et al. (U. S. Patent 5,631,359; an example of the hepatitis δ virus motif is described by Perrotta and Been (1992); an example of the RNaseP motif is described by Guerrier-Takada et al. (1983); Neurospora VS RNA ribozyme motif is described by Collins (Saville and Collins, 1990; Saville and Collins, 1991; Collins and Olive, 1993); and an example of the Group I intron is described by Cech et al. (U.S. Patent 4,987,071). All that is important in an enzymatic nucleic acid molecule of this invention is that it has a specific substrate binding site which is complementary to one or more of the target gene RNA regions, and that it have nucleotide sequences within or surrounding that substrate binding site which impart an RNA cleaving activity to the molecule. Thus the ribozyme constructs need not be limited to specific motifs mentioned herein.
The invention provides a method for producing a class of enzymatic cleaving agents which exhibit a high degree of specificity for the RNA of a desired target. The enzymatic nucleic acid molecule is preferably targeted to a highly conserved sequence region of a target mRNA such that specific treatment of a disease or condition can be provided with either one or several enzymatic nucleic acids. Such enzymatic nucleic acid molecules can be delivered exogenously to specific cells as required. Alternatively, the ribozymes can be expressed from DNA or RNA vectors that are delivered to specific cells.
Small enzymatic nucleic acid motifs (e.g., of the hammerhead or the haiφin structure) may be used for exogenous delivery. The simple structure of these molecules increases the ability of the enzymatic nucleic acid to invade targeted regions of the mRNA structure. Alternatively, catalytic RNA molecules can be expressed within cells from eukaryotic promoters (e.g., Scanlon et al., 1991 ; Kashani- Sabet et al., 1992; Dropulic et al., 1992; Weerasinghe et al., 1991; Ojwang et al., 1992; Chen et al., 1992; Sarver et al., 1990). Those skilled in the art realize that any ribozyme can be expressed in eukaryotic cells from the appropriate DNA vector. The activity of such ribozymes can be augmented by their release from the primary transcript by a second ribozyme (Int. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. WO 93/23569), and (Int. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. WO 94/02595), both hereby incoφorated in their totality by reference herein; Ohkawa et al., 1992; Taira et al., 1991; Ventura et al., 1993).
Ribozymes may be added directly, or can be complexed with cationic lipids, lipid complexes, packaged within liposomes, or otherwise delivered to target cells.
The RNA or RNA complexes can be locally administered to relevant tissues ex vivo, or in vivo through injection, aerosol inhalation, infusion pump or stent, with or without their incoφoration in biopolymers.
Ribozymes may be designed as described in (Int. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. WO 93/23569), or (Int. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. WO 94/02595) and synthesized to be tested in vitro and in vivo, as described. Such ribozymes can also be optimized for delivery. While specific examples are provided, those in the art will recognize that equivalent RNA targets in other species can be utilized when necessary.
Hammerhead or haiφin ribozymes may be individually analyzed by computer folding (Jaeger et al, 1989) to assess whether the ribozyme sequences fold into the appropriate secondary structure. Those ribozymes with unfavorable intramolecular interactions between the binding arms and the catalytic core are eliminated from consideration. Varying binding arm lengths can be chosen to optimize activity. Generally, at least 5 bases on each arm are able to bind to, or otherwise interact with, the target RNA.
Ribozymes of the hammerhead or haiφin motif may be designed to anneal to various sites in the mRNA message, and can be chemically synthesized. The method of synthesis used follows the procedure for normal RNA synthesis as described in Usman and Cedergren (1992) and in Scaringe et al. (1990) and makes use of common nucleic acid protecting and coupling groups, such as dimethoxytrityl at the 5'-end, and phosphoramidites at the 3'-end. Average stepwise coupling yields are typically >98%. Haiφin ribozymes may be synthesized in two parts and annealed to reconstruct an active ribozyme (Chowrira and Burke, 1992). Ribozymes may be modified extensively to enhance stability by modification with nuclease resistant groups, for example, 2'-amino, 2'-C-allyl, 2'-flouro, 2'-o-methyl, 2'-H (for a review see Usman and Cedergren, 1992). Ribozymes may be purified by gel electrophoresis using general methods or by high pressure liquid chromatography and resuspended in water.
Ribozyme activity can be optimized by altering the length of the ribozyme binding arms, or chemically synthesizing ribozymes with modifications that prevent their degradation by serum ribonucleases (see e.g., Int. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. WO
92/07065; Perreault et al, 1990; Pieken et al., 1991; Usman and Cedergren, 1992; Int. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. WO 93/15187; Int. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. WO 91/03162; Eur. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. 92110298.4; U.S. Patent 5,334,711; and Int. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. WO 94/13688, which describe various chemical modifications that can be made to the sugar moieties of enzymatic RNA molecules), modifications which enhance their efficacy in cells, and removal of stem II bases to shorten RNA synthesis times and reduce chemical requirements.
Int. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. WO 94/02595 describes the general methods for delivery of enzymatic RNA molecules. Ribozymes may be administered to cells by a variety of methods known to those familiar to the art, including, but not restricted to, encapsulation in liposomes, by iontophoresis, or by incoφoration into other vehicles, such as hydrogels, cyclodextrins, biodegradable nanocapsules, and bioadhesive microspheres. For some indications, ribozymes may be directly delivered ex vivo to cells or tissues with or without the aforementioned vehicles. Alternatively, the RNA/vehicle combination may be locally delivered by direct inhalation, by direct injection or by use of a catheter, infusion pump or stent. Other routes of delivery include, but are not limited to, intravascular, intramuscular, subcutaneous or joint injection, aerosol inhalation, oral (tablet or pill form), topical, systemic, ocular, intraperitoneal and or intrathecal delivery. More detailed descriptions of ribozyme delivery and administration are provided in (Int. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. WO 94/02595) and (Int. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. WO 93/23569) which have been incoφorated by reference herein.
Another means of accumulating high concentrations of a ribozyme(s) within cells is to incoφorate the ribozyme-encoding sequences into a DNA expression vector. Transcription of the ribozyme sequences are driven from a promoter for eukaryotic RNA polymerase I (pol I), RNA polymerase II (pol II), or RNA polymerase III (pol III). Transcripts from pol II or pol III promoters will be expressed at high levels in all cells; the levels of a given pol II promoter in a given cell type will depend on the nature of the gene regulatory sequences (enhancers, silencers, etc.) present nearby. Prokaryotic RNA polymerase promoters may also be used, providing that the prokaryotic RNA polymerase enzyme is expressed in the appropriate cells (Elroy-Stein and Moss, 1990; Gao and Huang, 1993; Lieber et al, 1993; Zhou et al, 1990). Ribozymes expressed from such promoters can function in mammalian cells (e.g. Kashani-Saber et al, 1992; Ojwang et al, 1992; Chen et al, 1992; Yu et al, 1993; L'Huillier et al, 1992; Lisziewicz et al, 1993). Such transcription units can be incoφorated into a variety of vectors for introduction into mammalian cells, including but not restricted to, plasmid DNA vectors, viral DNA vectors (such as adenovirus or adeno-associated vectors), or viral RNA vectors (such as retroviral, semliki forest virus, sindbis virus vectors). Ribozymes of this invention may be used as diagnostic tools to examine genetic drift and mutations within cell lines or cell types. They can also be used to assess levels of the target RNA molecule. The close relationship between ribozyme activity and the structure of the target RNA allows the detection of mutations in any region of the molecule which alters the base-pairing and three-dimensional structure of the target RNA. By using multiple ribozymes described in this invention, one may map nucleotide changes which are important to RNA structure and function in vitro, as well as in cells and tissues. Cleavage of target RNAs with ribozymes may be used to inhibit gene expression and define the role (essentially) of specified gene products in particular cells or cell types. A further method for identifying polynucleotides is through the use of oligonucleotide probes. These probes are nucleotide sequences having a detectable label. As is well known in the art, if the probe molecule and nucleic acid sample hybridize by forming a strong bond between the two molecules, it can be reasonably assumed that the probe and sample are essentially identical. The probe's detectable label provides a means for determining in a known manner whether hybridization has occurred. Such a probe analysis provides a rapid method for identifying related, homologous, or substantially homologous polynucleotides.
The nucleotide segments which are used as probes according to the invention can be synthesized by use of DNA synthesizers using standard procedures. In the use of the nucleotide segments as probes, the particular probe is labeled with any suitable label known to those skilled in the art, including radioactive and non-radioactive labels. Typical radioactive labels include 32P, 125I, 35S, or the like. A probe labeled with a radioactive isotope can be constructed from a nucleotide sequence complementary to the DNA sample by a conventional nick translation reaction, using a DNase and DNA polymerase. The probe and sample can then be combined in a hybridization buffer solution and held at an appropriate temperature until annealing occurs. Thereafter, the membrane is washed free of extraneous materials, leaving the sample and bound probe molecules typically detected and quantified by autoradiography and/or liquid scintillation counting. Non-radioactive labels include, for example, ligands such as biotin or thyroxin, as well as enzymes such as hydrolases or peroxidases, or the various chemiluminescers such as luciferin, or fluorescent compounds like fluorescein and its derivatives. The probe may also be labeled at both ends with different types of labels for ease of separation, as, for example, by using an isotopic label at the end mentioned above and a biotin label at the other end.
Duplex formation and stability depend on substantial complementarity between the two strands of a hybrid, and, as noted above, a certain degree of mismatch can be tolerated. Therefore, the probes of the subject invention include mutations (both single and multiple), deletions, insertions of the described sequences, and combinations thereof, wherein said mutations, insertions and deletions permit formation of stable hybrids with the target polynucleotide of interest. Mutations, insertions, and deletions can be produced in a given polynucleotide sequence in many ways, by methods currently known to an ordinarily skilled artisan, and perhaps by other methods which may become known in the future. The potential variations in the probes listed is due, in part, to the redundancy of the genetic code. Because of the redundancy of the genetic code, i.e., more than one coding nucleotide triplet (codon) can be used for most of the amino acids used to make proteins. Therefore different nucleotide sequences can code for a particular amino acid. Thus, amino acid sequences can be prepared by equivalent nucleotide sequences encoding the same amino acid sequence of the protein or peptide. Also, inverse or complement sequences are an aspect of the subject invention and can be readily used by a person skilled in this art. In addition it has been shown that proteins of identified structure and function may be constructed by changing the amino acid sequence if such changes do not alter the protein secondary structure (Kaiser and Kezdy, 1984). Thus, the subject invention includes mutants of the amino acid sequence depicted herein which do not alter the protein secondary structure, or if the structure is altered, the biological activity is substantially retained.
4.10 IMMOBILIZATION TECHNIQUES The DNA probes may be directly or indirectly immobilized onto a transducer detection surface to ensure optimal contact and maximum detection. When immobilized onto a substrate, the probes are stabilized and therefore may be used repetedly. In general terms, hybridization is performed on an immobilized nucleic acid target or a probe molecule is attached to a solid surface such as nitrocellulose, nylon membrane or glass. Numerous other matrix materials may be used, including reinforced nitrocellulose membrane, activated quartz, activated glass, polyvinylidene difiuoride (PVDF) membrane, polystyrene substrates, polyacrylamide-based substrate, other polymers such as poly(vinyl chloride), poly(methyl methacrylate), poly(dimethyl siloxane), photopolymers (which contain photoreactive species such as nitrenes, carbenes and ketyl radicals capable of forming covalent links with target molecules (Saiki et al., 1994).
Binding of the bioprobe to a selected support may be accomplished by any of several means. For example, DNA is commonly bound to glass by first silanizing the glass surface, then activating with carbodimide or glutaraldehyde. Alternative procedures may use reagents such as 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane (GOP) or aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (APTS) with DNA linked via amino linkers incoφorated either at the 3' or 5' end of the molecule during DNA synthesis. DNA may be bound directly to membranes using ultraviolet radiation. With nitrocellous membranes, the DNA probes are spotted onto the membranes. A UV light source (Stratalinker, from Stratagene, La Jolla, Ca.) is used to irradiate DNA spots and induce cross-linking. An alternative method for cross-linking involves baking the spotted membranes at 80°C for two hours in vacuum.
Specific bioprobes may first be immobilized onto a membrane and then attached to a membrane in contact with a transducer detection surface. This method avoids binding the bioprobe onto the transducer and may be desirable for large-scale production. Membranes particularly suitable for this application include nitrocellulose membrane (e.g., from BioRad, Hercules, CA) or polyvinylidene difluoride (PVDF) (BioRad, Hercules, CA) or nylon membrane (Zeta-Probe, BioRad) or polystyrene base substrates (DNA.BIND™ Costar, Cambridge, MA).
4.11 POLYNUCLEOTIDE HYBRIDIZATION PROBES AND PRIMERS
In addition to their use in directing homologous or substantially homologous nucleic acid sequences, the polynucleotides described herein also have a variety of other uses. For example, they have utility as probes or primers in nucleic acid hybridization embodiments. The invention provides a method for detecting a nucleic acid sequence encoding a particular polypeptide. The method generally involves obtaining sample nucleic acids suspected of encoding a polypeptide of interest; contacting the sample nucleic acids with an isolated nucleic acid segment substantially complementary to the sample nucleic acids, under conditions effective to allow hybridization of substantially complementary nucleic acids; and detecting the hybridized complementary nucleic acids thus formed.
Nucleic acid molecules having sequence regions consisting of contiguous nucleotide stretches of about 23 to about 50, or even up to and including sequences of about 100-200 nucleotides or so, identical or complementary to the target DNA sequence, are particularly contemplated as hybridization probes for use in, e.g.,
Southern blotting. Intermediate-sized fragments will also generally find use in hybridization embodiments, wherein the length of the contiguous complementary region may be varied, such as between about 25-30, or between about 30 and about 40 or so nucleotides, but larger contiguous complementarity stretches may be used, such as those from about 200 to about 300, or from about 300 to about 400 or 500 or so nucleotides in length, according to the length complementary sequences one wishes to detect. It is even possible that longer contigous sequence regions may be utilized including those sequences comprising at least about 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, or more contiguous nucleotides. Of course, fragments may also be obtained by other techniques such as, e.g., by mechanical shearing or by restriction enzyme digestion. Small nucleic acid segments or fragments may be readily prepared by, for example, directly synthesizing the fragment by chemical means, as is commonly practiced using an automated oligonucleotide synthesizer. Also, fragments may be obtained by application of nucleic acid reproduction technology, such as the PCR™ technology of U. S. Patents 4,683,195 and 4,683,202 (each incoφorated herein by reference), by introducing selected sequences into recombinant vectors for recombinant production, and by other recombinant DNA techniques generally known to those of skill in the art of molecular biology.
Accordingly, the nucleotide sequences of the invention may be used for their ability to selectively form duplex molecules with complementary stretches of DNA fragments. Depending on the application envisioned, one will desire to employ varying conditions of hybridization to achieve varying degrees of selectivity of probe towards target sequence. For applications requiring high selectivity, one will typically desire to employ relatively stringent conditions to form the hybrids. "High stringency" hybridization conditions, e.g., typically employ relatively low salt and/or high temperature conditions, such as provided by about 0.02 M to about 0.15 M NaCl at temperatures of about 50°C to about 70°C. Such selective conditions tolerate little, if any, mismatch between the probe and the template or target strand, and would be particularly suitable for isolating particular DNA segments. Detection of DNA segments via hybridization is well-known to those of skill in the art, and the teachings of U. S. Patents 4,965,188 and 5,176,995 (each incoφorated herein by reference) are exemplary of the methods of hybridization analyses. Teachings such as those found in the texts of Maloy et al. , 1990; Maloy 1994; Segal, 1976; Prokop, 1991 ; and Kuby,
1994, are particularly relevant.
Of course, for some applications, for example, where one desires to prepare mutants employing a mutant primer strand hybridized to an underlying template or where one seeks to isolate particular target polynucleotide sequences from related species, functional equivalents, or the like, less stringent hybridization conditions will typically be needed in order to allow formation of the heteroduplex. In these circumstances, one may desire to employ "low stringency" or "reduced stringency" hybridization conditions such as those employing from about 0.15 M to about 0.9 M salt, at temperatures ranging from about 20°C to about 55°C. Cross-hybridizing species can thereby be readily identified as positively hybridizing signals with respect to control hybridizations. In any case, it is generally appreciated that conditions can be rendered more stringent by the addition of increasing amounts of formamide, which serves to destabilize the hybrid duplex in the same manner as increased temperature. Thus, hybridization conditions can be readily manipulated, and thus will generally be a method of choice depending on the desired results. Regardless of what particular combination of salts (such as NaCl or NaCitrate and the like), organic buffers (including e.g., formamide and the like), and incubation or washing temperatures are employed, the skilled artisan will readily be able to employ hybridization conditions that are "high," "medium," or "low" stringency, and will be able to inteφret the results from hybridization analyses using such conditions to determine the relative homology of a target nucleic acid sequence to that of the particular polynucleotide sequence employed.
In certain embodiments, it will be advantageous to employ nucleic acid sequences of the present invention in combination with an appropriate means, such as a label, for determining hybridization. A wide variety of appropriate indicator means are known in the art, including fluorescent, radioactive, enzymatic or other ligands, such as avidin/biotin, which are capable of giving a detectable signal. In preferred embodiments, one will likely desire to employ a fluorescent label or an enzyme tag, such as urease, alkaline phosphatase or peroxidase, instead of radioactive or other environmentally undesirable reagents. In the case of enzyme tags, colorimetric indicator substrates are known that can be employed to provide a means visible to the human eye or spectrophotometrically, to identify specific hybridization with complementary nucleic acid-containing samples.
In general, it is envisioned that the hybridization probes described herein will be useful both as reagents in solution hybridization as well as in embodiments employing a solid phase. In embodiments involving a solid phase, the test DNA (or RNA) is adsorbed or otherwise affixed to a selected matrix or surface. This fixed, single-stranded nucleic acid is then subjected to specific hybridization with selected probes under desired conditions. The selected conditions will depend on the particular circumstances based on the particular criteria required (depending, for example, on the G+C content, type of target nucleic acid, source of nucleic acid, size of hybridization probe, etc. ). Following washing of the hybridized surface so as to remove nonspecifically bound probe molecules, specific hybridization is detected, or even quantitated, by means of the label.
4.12 DEVELOPMENT OF AN INTEGRATED CIRCUIT MICROCHIP (ICM) 4.12.1 ICM SYSTEM AND DESIGN
An important component of an ICM is the detection method and spectral range of sensing system. In the present work, several optical detection systems based on fluorescence of visible and near-infrared (NIR) dyes have been investigated for non- radioactive detection of tagged gene probes. Fluorescence detection means employing the integrated microchips of the present invention have been shown to selectively detect hybridized nucleic acids bound to the chip.. As shown previously, zeptomole
-21
(10" mole) detection limit using fluorescence detection of dyes with laser excitation is possible (Vo-Dinh et al, 1994). The miniaturization of optical biosensors is facilitated by the versatility of waveguide configurations. FIG. 3A shows one configuration of a nucleic acid detection biochip. Various configurations and uses of the DNA biochips are illustrated in FIG. 3B.
4.12.2 ICM SYSTEM USING INTEGRATED PHOTOTRANSISTORS
The instrumental system discussed herein includes the design of integrated electrooptic sensing photodetectors for the biosensor microchips. Highly integrated biosensors are made possible partly through the capability of fabricating multiple optical sensing elements and microelectronics on a single integrated circuit (IC). FIG. 3A, FIG. 3B, and FIG. 4A show an example of such integration. This figure schematically shows a two-dimensional array of optical detector-amplifiers integrated on a single IC chip. The insert in this figure shows that each optical detector is a phototransistor coupled to a transimpedence amplifier followed by an amplifier. This block is repeated several times on the IC chip and combined with other electronic elements such as filters and amplifiers, which can also be integrated on the same IC.
The operational amplifier used with the phototransistor is a two-stage, unbuffered amplifier. The circuit is compact, occupying an area of only 185 μm x 200 μm, yet has moderately high performance. It was designed to be useful for wideband amplification and low-level signals. The gain-bandwidth product is 70 Mhz and the amplifier is stable for gains greater than 10. Other typical characteristics include: input offset voltage less than 5 mV, DC gain of 220, positive slew rate of 80 V/μs and negative slew rate of 9V/μs. The circuit requires 2.5 mW from a single 5-V supply. In the preferred embodiement this IC chip performed the complete conversion from an optical signal to an electrical signal suitable for data digitization and capture by a computer.
FIG. 4B shows the physical layout of the phototransistor and amplifier circuit. The circuit was fabricated in a 2-μm, p-well CMOS process and occupied an area of 160,000 square microns. The phototransistor is composed of 220 phototransistor cells connected in parallel. An individual phototransistor cell occupied 760 square microns. The transimpedence amplifier had a gain of lOO kV/A. As the phototransistors were coupled with the 10-fold amplifier gain, the resulting gain was 10 V/A. The phototransistors had a conversion gain on the order of 10 μA/μW, so the entire chain had an approximate conversion gain of 10 V/μW. The exact gain generally depends on the spectral region of interest and, to some extent, on the signal level being monitored.
The above described elements may be modified to tailor the devices to specific applications. Since the phototransistor is made from basic photocell elements, it can be connected to as many cells as needed to create the desired geometry or required number of channels to adapt the detector to a specific application. Similarly, the gain and bandwidth of the amplifiers can be adjusted using simple resistor or capacitor changes as the application requires. Other light sensing structures in addition to the phototransistor may be fabricated using standard Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor (CMOS) processing steps. Several photodiode structures are possible using the p-n junctions that would ordinarily form wells or transistors.
4.12.3 ICM SYSTEM WITH INTEGRATED PHOTOTRANSISTORS
A biochip having multiple arrays of exciting light sources and detectors is shown in FIG. 3. A design of an ICM system for such a biochip with integrated light emitting diodes (LED) excitation sources is illustrated in FIG. 4. This ICM system contains both GaAs chips used as light sources and the phototransistor as the detector. The electrooptic circuit and layout of this device shown in FIG. 5 and FIG. 6 FIG.5 and FIG. 6 show the schematic diagram of the IC circuit and layout for the IR light source and the analog signal detection, respectively.
4.12.4 ICM SYSTEM WITH 4x4 N-WELL PHOTODIODE ARRAY
A second ICM system includes large-area, 4 x 4 «-well integrated amplifier- photodiode array that has been designed as a single, custom integrated circuit (IC), fabricated for the biochip. This IC device is coupled to the biosensor and is designed for monitoring very low light levels.
The physical layout of the IC array is illustrated in FIG. 7 shows the individual photodiodes have 0.9-mm square size and are arrayed on a 1-mm grid. The photodiodes and the accompanying electronic circuitry were fabricated using a standard 1.2-micron n-well CMOS process from Orbit Semiconductor (Sunnyvale,
Calif.). The use of this type of standard process allows the production of photodiodes, phototransistors as well as other numerous types of analog and digital circuitry in a single IC chip. The photodiodes themselves are produced using the n-well structure that is generally used to make resistors or as the body material for a PMOS transistor. FIG. 8 shows a schematic cross-sectional drawing of the n-well photodiode. Since the anode of the diode is the p-type substrate material, which is common to every circuit on the IC chip, only the cathode is available for monitoring the photocurrent and the photodiode is constrained to operate with a reverse bias.
FIG. 9 shows a one-diode version of the circuit. The operational amplifier and feedback resistor R](227) form a transimpedence amplifier that is used to convert the photocurrent into a voltage. The conversion gain (V/A) is determined by the value of rasistor 227. The feedback capacitor performs two functions: (a) it prevents the amplifier circuit from oscillating, and (b) it limits the bandwidth of the circuit. Generally, the bandwidth should be no more than that necessary for the desired measurement. Reduction of the bandwidth decreases the noise present at the amplifier's output, so if this reduction can be accomplished without attenuating the signal, a net gain in signal-to-noise ratio is achieved. For this circuit, the signal bandwidth is given by f=l/(2πR1C1), where R., is the resistance and Ci is the capacitance. The voltage applied to the non-inverting input of the operational amplifier determines the reverse bias applied to the photodiode. The IC can be operated with a single %-v supply. For example, if 2 V is applied to the non-inverting input, then the dc level of the other input and the output will also be 2 V, so the reverse bias on the diode will be 2 V. Photocurrents flowing into the diode will also flow through the feedback resistor, causing the amplifier output to become more positive. As the operational amplifier output cannot exceed the positive supply, the maximum output will be approximately 5 V, so the maximum signal excursion is 3 V, which corresponds to a maximum current of 3 V / Rl .
Alternative photodiode and integrated amplifier circuit block diagrams are shown in FIG. 10. Alternate to the transimpedence amplifier plus low-pass filter readout method is the use of an integrating amplifier as shown in FIG. 10. In this case, the amplifier integrates the current from the photodiode until the signal is converted to digital format. After conversion, the integrator is reset to its initial state and is capable of starting another measurement. This scheme has the advantage that the integration time can be controlled to allow adapting to various light (and therefore current) levels. The disadvantage of this scheme is that it requires coordination between the analog-to-digital conversion process and the integrator.
An analog multiplexer is designed to allow any of the elements in the array to be connected to an amplifier. In a specific embodiment, each photodiode could be supplied with its own amplifier. For this many applications, this feature is not necessary unless the additional data acquisition speed due to having parallel channels is required. The multiplexer is made from 16 cells as illustrated in FIG. 11. Each cell has two CMOS switches that are controlled by the output of the address decoder cell. Each cell has a unique 4-bit address. One switch is closed only when that particular cell is the one that is being addressed while the other switch is closed, except when that cell is the one being addressed. This process connects the addressed diode to one amplifier while all the others are connected in parallel to the other amplifier as shown in FIG. 12.
This arrangement allows connecting a 4 x 4 array of light sources (different fluorescent probes, for example) to the photodiode array and reading out the signal levels sequentially. With some modification, a parallel reading system can be designed. Using a single photodiode detector would require mechanical motion to scan the source array. The additional switches and amplifier serve to correctly bias and capture the charge generated by the other photodiodes. Failure to do this would result in erroneous measurements due to the addressed photodiode collecting current generated from elsewhere in the IC. Additionally, the additional amplifier and switches allow using the IC as a single, large area (nearly 4 mm square) photodetector (FIG. 32).
4.12.5 ALTERNATIVE PHOTODETECTORS
An avalanche photodiode (APD) provides an alternative solid-state method of detecting low light levels. Advantages of APD arrays over ordinarily used photodiode arrays include electron multiplication obtained by the avalanche process. This may improve the signal-to-noise ratio so that lower light levels are detected. The process of making an APD and/or APD arrays from silicon includes fabricating structures that are not compatible with steps used in standard CMOS processing. A fully integrated microchip including avalanche photodiodes requires special semiconductor fabricating processes. Such processes are known in the art (Geiger et al. , 1990; Aubert et al. , 1988).
4.12.6 ALTERNATE PHOTODIODE ARRAY READOUT SCHEMES
There are several alternate possibilities for reading out an array of photodiodes in addition to the multiplexed scheme that was implemented. For many applications, the low pass filter time constant is set to a large value to improve the signal-to-noise ratio. This requires a long time to acquire data for the whole array if each diode is read sequentially. For example, if the time constant is set to 1 second and the array is 4 x 4, then the minimum time to acquire data would be something 4 x 4 x 1 second x 5 = 80 seconds. The last factor of 5 allows for the amplifier and low pass filter to settle to better than 1% accuracy after its input is switched to another photodiode.
Partially Parallel Readout Scheme. According to one embodiement of the invention, the row of diodes are multiplexed into one amplifier/low pass filter circuit. Columns or other sub-units of the array could be used as well. The output of each filter is input to a multi-channel analog-to-digital converter (ADC), which can be implemented on the same IC as the photodiode array, amplifier and filter. Compared to the sequential or serial readout case, the time required is reduced by a factor of n for an n x n array. The schematic block diagram of this partially parallel readout system is shown in FIG. 13. Fully Parallel Readout Scheme. This provides the fastest readout speed. Each diode is provided with its own amplifier, low-pass filter and ADC input channel. Compared to the serial readout case, the time required is reduced by a factor of n for an n x n array. The block diagram at a fully parallel readout system is shown in FIG. 14. 4.12.7 PHOTODETECTOR ARRAY SIZES
One advantage of a custom biosensor IC is that the photodiodes can be made to physically match the probe. The prototype uses 0.9-mm square photodiodes on a 1 mm x 1 mm square grid, but arrays with a larger number of smaller photodiodes can be made. Using readily available 1.2-micron technology, photodiodes on a 20-micron grid could be made for a 10 x 10 array. This would give 100 photodiodes in an area
2 2 only 0.04 mm , i.e. 2500 photodiodes per mm . Even more density is possible using
0.5-micron processes that are commercially available.
Using the serial readout scheme allows most of the chip area to be used for the photodiode array. It is likely that a 1000 element array will fit on a 5 mm x 6 min IC, which would be considered a medium-sized die format. For large arrays using the fully parallel readout scheme, the limiting factor on IC area is most likely the area required by the wiring and the readout electronics. Future advances in IC technology could increase the density of elements on the chip. The partially parallel readout scheme is a compromise between the other two cases. Compared with the serial case for a large array, the die size might double to allow partially parallel readout.
4.12.8 ALTERNATIVE DETECTION CIRCUITS Previous examples have shown use of a transimpedence amplifier to convert the current to a voltage and low-pass filters to improve signal-to-noise ratio for very low frequency or dc signals. Such filters may be implemented as digital filters or for different types of signals, such as a fluorescence or phosphorescence decay. A filter matched to the signal could be used to give optimal identification of the signal. In another embodiment according to the invention, present low current levels may also be measured by other means such as integrating the current for a fixed time prior to measuring the voltage. Alternatively, one may integrate the current until a predetermined voltage level is reached and measure the time required for the integration. These methods use the following relations allowing the determination of current from measured voltages, capacitances and times. charge = current x time charge (on a capacitor) = capacitance x voltage
The circuit used to integrate current is similar to the transimpedence amplifier shown in FIG. 9, except that the feedback element of the amplifier is a capacitor shown as 241 in FIG 10 instead of a resistor.
Another integrating amplifier possibility is to make an amplifier that amplifies the voltage developed across a capacitor which receives the charge.
In yet another embodiment according to the present invention, another method of using an integrating amplifier is to employ an oscillator. The integrator integrates the unknown current to a preset voltage and then is reset by discharging the capacitor with a switch and the integrator is allowed to start again. This then cycles repeatedly. The frequency of oscillation is proportional to the input current. This common technique in circuit design may be used in the systems disclosed herein.
Several methods may be employed to implement the integrating capacitor for the described detection circuits. One may use a capacitor such as polysilicon that is compatible with CMOS technology. Or one may take advantage of the capacitance of the photodiode itself, using the amplifier to amplify the voltage across the photodiode. This has the advantage that fewer components are needed compared to using separate integrating capacitors. For an array of photodiodes, all photodiodes may be integrated simultaneously and one (fast) amplifier used to multiplex the outputs without depriving the circuit of significant measurement time.
4.12.9 EXCITATION LIGHT SOURCES
Light sources such as light-emitting diodes (LEDs) and semiconductor lasers may be used in connection with the integrated microchips herein described. One may also choose to employ alternative microlaser systems such as edge-emitting lasers and surface emitting lasers. Vertical-cavity surface-emitting (VCSELs) are particularly suitable light sources for integrated microchips. The linearity of laser arrays makes them ideal for compact 2-dimensional and 3-dimensional configurations in ICM systems. Quantum Cavity (CQ) lasers can also be used due to their small sizes. The QC lasers provide powerful mid-infrared semiconductor lasers that can be used in absoφtion and Raman mode.
The ability to shape the diverging beam form a surface-emitting laser or a light-emitting diode is important for micro-optic illumination in ICM systems. One may use diffractive optical elements (DOE) systems that can be integrated into the
ICBM devices. For example, a wide variety of optical elements may be designed and fabricated using current processing technologies. Compact DOEs and VCSELs can be integrated and fabricated on a single transparent substrate as illustrated in FIG 29. The DOEs can be etched directly into the substrate. Such a compact source- diffractive lens is ideal for miniature optical ICM array design.
4.13 EVALUATION OF VISIBLE AND NIR DYE LABELS FOR GENE PROBES
Many photodetectors used in IC chips operate in the red and near infrared (NIR) spectral region. It is therefore important to develop and evaluate DNA labels in the red and NIR region. The inventors have investigated gene probe sensing methods using both visible (350-700 nm) and NIR (700-1000 nm) spectral range fluorescent dye labels. Excitation and detection in the NIR range presents certain difficulties but also offers several advantages. Measurements in the NIR have less background fluorescence interference since very few species with NIR emission occur in samples such as sea water, tissue, serum and other body fluids. Since the intensity of scattered
4 light exhibits frequency (fourth-power) dependence, samples that appear opaque in the visible region may be more transparent in the NIR region. Finally, an important advantage associated with NIR measurements is the availability of low-cost, miniaturized diode lasers which usually have emission lines in the red and NIR regions.
Thus, NIR dye labels in gene probe biosensors offer the advantages mentioned. In one model example, a waveguide multiprobe system with CCD detector configuration was used. The diode laser line of 780 nm at 9.5 mW was used for excitation. FIG. 15 shows a calibration curve for a NIR dye-labeled single- stranded DNA (5'-CCTCCTCCTTCCCAGCAGGG-3'; SEQ ID NO:l) over a concentration range from 1 pmol/μL to 3 fmol/μL. Excitation light was provided by a pen-size 9.5-mW laser diode (780 nm) and measurement times ranged from 1 to 3 min. This calibration curve was linear over the full range of the dye concentration investigated. The limit of optical detection, based on a signal equal to three times the standard deviation of the noise, was estimated to be in the 100 attomole/μL.
FIG. 16 shows the results of measurements of gene probes tagged with fluorescein, a dye label emitting in the visible range. Measurement times ranged from 0.05 to 2 s. The results show that the calibration curve is linear even with concentrations as low as approximately 2 nmol/μl. The higher detection limit is attributed to an increase in background fluorescence of the waveguide in the visible region.
4.14 EVALUATION OF THE ICM BIOSENSOR SYSTEMS
The microchips designed and fabricated for this study were evaluated by measuring the fluorescence signal of a fluorescent dye spotted onto the detector.
FIG. 17 shows the performance of the specially designed ICM phototransistor and amplifier circuit (device No. ICI N551-CD2) which consisted of a 2-μm, p-well CMOS process and occupied an area of 160,000 square microns. As described in the experimental section, the phototransistor was actually composed of 220 phototransistor cells connected in parallel. The figure shows the signal output response for various concentration of the dye label Rhodamine-6G excited with a small helium-cadmium laser (8 mW, 325 nm). The results illustrate the linearity of the microchip detector with respect to the label concentration.
Measurements using an amplifier-phototransistor (APT) ICM device with 4 x 4 array of phototransistors (FIG. 18) have been performed. The photocurrent of each channel of the APT microchip was recorded using a digital photometer. The data from the photometer were transferred to a personal computer (PC) via an RS-232 link. The samples consisted of an array of microspots of fluorescein-labeled DNA on a membrane. The membrane was placed on a glass slide connected to a linear translation stage. The measurements were made while the translation stage moved the sample arrays over the stationary phototransistor device. Light from an argon ion laser at 488 nm was transmitted via an optical fiber and focused onto a sample spot. An appropriate optical filter placed between the sample substrate and the detector array was used to reject the laser radiation. The data obtained with this experimental set up showed four resolved signals as the sample spots moved over an APT microchip channel (FIG. 19). Four sample spots of 1-μL of fluorescein-labeled DNA probes were placed on a nitrocellulose membrane, which was translated over a detection channel of an AP-ICM biochip. As the DNA spot passed over the photodetector, a fluorescence signal is detected. The 4 peaks in FIG. 19 illustrate the detection of the 4 DNA spots on the substrate by the
ICM device. FIG. 20 shows the calibration curve of the fluorescein-labeled DNA using the APT microchip device. This demonstrates the possibility for quantitative measurements of the microchip device.
The photodiode array (PDA) microchip device using photodiode array was also evaluated and showed excellent sensitivity with the NIR dye labeled DNA. The results demonstrate the feasibility of the ICM technology for used in DNA biosensor applications.
5.0 EXAMPLES The following examples are included to demonstrate preferred embodiments of the invention. It should be appreciated by those of skill in the art that the techniques disclosed in the examples which follow represent techniques discovered by the inventors to function well in the practice of the invention, and thus can be considered to constitute preferred modes for its practice. However, those of skill in the art should, in light of the present disclosure, appreciate that many changes can be made in the specific embodiments which are disclosed and still obtain a like or similar result without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.
Preferred embodiments of the present invention are illustrated in FIGs. 1-29 of the drawings, like numerals being used to refer to like and corresponding parts of the various drawings. 5.1 EXAMPLE 1 - NUCLEIC ACID BIOCHIP INTEGRATED DEVICE
FIG. 1 shows an exploded, schematic, perspective view of an example of
DNA biochip 109 that combines optical and electrical components. The components shown include a light source 101, optical element 102, filter 103, reflective optic 104, sampling platform 105, for receiving and delivering sample 110 onto spot arrays 106 on a substrate 111, filter 107, and an array of photodetectors, 108.
The optical elements shown in FIG. 1 may be positioned separately from the biochip 109, but are preferably integral with the biochip. In the latter instance, a transparent shield or seal (e.g., plate made with glass or quartz or plastic which is optically transparent at the wavelengths of interest for deletion) isolates the optical component from the biochemical components. Light from light source 101 travels through self-imaging optical element 102 (e.g., detractive optics, binary optics or self- imaging optics systems that transform a point source into 2-dimensional array of light beams) and filter 103 to select and spectrally isolate the incident wavelength and is reflected by reflective optic 104 onto the sample platform 105. A signal from a hybridization event passes through filter 107, which blocks the light from the light source 101, and is detected by the phototransistor array 108.
5.2 EXAMPLE 2 - OPTICAL DETECTOR AND AMPLIFIER CIRCUIT
These optical detector and amplifier circuit shown in FIG. 2 may be implemented on an integrated circuit in order to convert an optical signal into an electrical signal suitable for data digitization and capture by a computer. The optical detector and amplifier includes a phototransistor 122 coupled to a transimpedence amplifier 120, which converts a current signal into a voltage signal and which is followed by an amplifier 121. The operational amplifier 127 in the transimpedence amplifier 120 is a two-stage, unbuffered amplifier.
In one embodiment, capacitor 125 has a value of 2 pF and resistor 126 has a value of 100 KΩ. The gain of amplifier 121 is equal to 1 + (Resistance 129 / Resistance 130). Thus, in one specific embodiment for which the gain of amplifier 121 is 10, resistors 129 and 130 are chosen so that their ratio is 9. The circuit is compact (185 μm x 200 μm), but has moderately high performance. It is designed to be useful for wide-band amplification and low-level signals. The gain-bandwidth product is 70 MHz, and the amplifier is stable for gains greater than 10. In addition, the circuit has an input offset voltage less than 5 mV, a DC gain of 220, a positive slew rate of 80 V/μs, and a negative slew rate of 9 V/μs. The circuit requires 2.5 mW from a single 5 V supply. The circuit of FIG. 2 may be fabricated in a 2 μm, P-well CMOS process.
In one embodiment of such a circuit, phototransistor 122 is composed of 220 phototransistor cells that are connected in parallel. Each phototransistor cell occupies an area of 760 square microns, and the entire circuit occupies an area of 160,000 square microns. The transimpedence amplifier has a gain of 100 kV/A and is followed by an amplifier with a gain of 10. Thus, the total gain is 106 V/A. The phototransistors have a conversion gain on the order of 10 μA/μW, and thus the entire circuit has an approximate conversion gain of 10 V/μW. The exact gain generally depends on the spectral region of interest and, to some extent, on the level of the signal being monitored.
The circuit described by FIG. 2 may be modified as required by specific applications. Since the phototransistor cell 122 is composed of basic photocell elements, it may be connected to as many cells as needed to create a desired geometry or a required number of channels needed to adapt the detector to a specific application. Other light sensing structures in addition to the phototransistor may be fabricated using standard CMOS processing steps. Several photodiode structures are possible using standard /?« junctions. An avalanche diode is an alternative solid-state device that is capable of detecting very low light levels. An advantage it has over an ordinary photodiode is the electron multiplication obtained by the avalanche process, which results in an improvement in the signal to noise ratio that enables smaller light levels to be detected. A disadvantage of this approach is that avalanche diodes require steps and structures that are not compatible with standard CMOS processing. A fully integrated microchip including avalanche photodiodes would require the development of a special semiconductor fabrication process. An APD differs from an ordinary photodiode in that the applied reverse bias is sufficient to cause electron multiplication. The most reliable way to cause this multiplication is by a large voltage (70-500V) to deplete a p-n junction where both the p- and n-type material is lightly doped. This results in a thick region of depleted material where the electric field is high enough to produce considerable electron multiplication, but not cause electrical breakdown. The applied voltage sets the gain (electron multiplication). In a standard low-voltage IC process, the doping levels are higher and breakdown voltages are lower. Voltages sufficient to cause considerable electron multiplication are too near the breakdown voltage to allow practical APDs. However, in a "high-voltage" process (50-100V breakdown) such as those used for some industrial electronics, it might be possible to fabricate a p-n junction that could be used as an APD while still allowing standard electronics to exist on the same IC. It might be necessary to add additional diffusion steps to the process to create the p-n junction for the APD while the standard process steps would be used to create signal processing electronics.
5.3 EXAMPLE 3 — BIOCHIP
FIG. 3 shows a biochip having multiple arrays of exciting light sources and detectors. The biochip includes a sampling stage layer 140, a filter and lens stage layer 141, and a silicon die stage layer 142. Light from light source 144 driven by a driver circuit 149, see FIG. 30, is reflected from mirror coating 150. The mirror surface is designated such that the light beam from 144 is focused and directed to cover the area of the microchamber surface which contain the DNA probe or DNA sample. If luminescence is the signal being detected, the resulting light travels through an optional filter and lens stage 147 and is detected by the photodetector 143 and the associated signal processing electronics 148 such as the system shown in FIG. 9. 5.4 EXAMPLE 4 - BIOCHIP II
FIG. 4 shows a design of an integrated circuit microchip (ICM) system for a biochip as shown in FIG. 3 with substrate 142 and integrated light emitting diode excitation sources 144. This ICM system contains both a Gallium Arsenide (GaAs) chip 151 used as a light source and a phototransistor 143 used as a detector. Light 153 from the sources 151 strikes luminescent tags, and light 152 from the tags strikes the phototransistor 143, activating electronics 148.
5.5 EXAMPLE 5 - INTEGRATED LED LIGHT SOURCE AND PHOTOTRANSISTOR DETECTION DEVICE
An LED 161 is driven by an LED driver 160 as shown in FIG. 5. The light is collected by the base 173 of phototransistor 162. In one embodiment, the emitter 163 of phototransistor 162 is connected to a 5 V source. The current from collector 164 is converted to a voltage by transimpedence amplifier 167 (consisting of operational amplifier 165 with non-inverting input 175 tied to a 2.5 V source and feedback resistor 166) and then amplified by a gain stage 169 and a power amplifier 172. AC coupling with capacitor 170 and resistor 171 tied to ground is used to block the dc component of the signal. This circuit includes an LED for excitation. The circuit also can operate to detect pulsed or modulated light signals due to its AC coupling scheme.
5.6 EXAMPLE 6 - LAYOUT OF AN INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FOR IMPLEMENTING LIGHT SOURCE AND DETECTION DEVICE
FIG. 6 illustrates an integrated circuit that may be used for implementing the light source and detection device of FIG. 1 or FIG. 5. Silicon die 183 with bonding pads 182 contains a GaAs infrared LED 161 that is driven by LED driver circuit 160.
LED array 180 is multiplexed by multiplexer 181 to amplifiers 167 and 168. Detector 162 signal is amplified and compared to a reference level by comparator 184. This may be used to give a simple indication of the total level of fluorescence present.
A second embodiment of the present invention includes a large-area, 4 χ 4 «- well integrated amplifier-photodiode array that is designed as a single, custom integrated circuit. This integrated circuit is coupled to a biosensor and is designed for monitoring very low light levels. FIG. 7 shows the physical layout of such an array. The sixteen individual photodiodes are 0.9 mm by 0.9 mm in size and are arranged on a 4 mm by 4 mm grid. FIG. 7 is an example of a 4 x 4 array of detectors which can be used in systems shown in FIG. 21, FIG. 23, FIG. 25 and FIG. 29. The light sources are not shown in FIG. 7. The photodiodes and the accompanying electronic circuitry may be fabricated using a standard 1.2 micron n-well CMOS process such as that available from Orbit Semiconductor. The use of this type of standard process allows the production of photodiodes and phototransistors, as well as many other types of analog and digital circuitry, in a single integrated circuit. The photodiodes are produced using the n-well structure generally used to make resistors or the body material for a PMOS transistor. Details are shown in FIG. 8.
5.7 EXAMPLE 7 - SCHEMATIC CROSS-SECTION OF AN /V-WELL PHOTODIODE FIG. 8 illustrates a schematic cross-section of an n-well photodiode that may be used in the photodiode array of FIG. 7. The light 203 travels through oxide layer 200. Since the anode 202 of the photodiode 190 is the/?-type substrate material that is common to each circuit on the chip, only the cathode 201 is available for monitoring the photocurrent, and the photodiode is constrained to operate with a reverse bias.
5.8 EXAMPLE 8 - DETECTION CIRCUIT
FIG. 9 shows a photodiode instead of phototransistor circuit that establishes reverse bias of photodiode includes adjustable gain 222. (Note that FIG. 2 and FIG. 5 show phototransistors instead of photodiodes.) The operational amplifier 225 and the feedback resistor 227 form a transimpedence amplifier 221 that converts the current from the photodiode 220 (with anode 230 tied to ground and cathode 229 tied to the inverting input of operational amplifier 225) into a voltage. The conversion gain (in volts per amp) is determined by the value of the feedback resistor 227. The feedback capacitor 226 prevents the amplifier 221 from oscillating and limits the bandwidth of the circuit, which should generally be no greater than required to obtain the desired measurement. Reduction of the bandwidth decreases the noise that is present at the amplifier's output and thus, if the signal is not attenuated by the decreased bandwidth, results in a net gain of signal to noise ratio. The signal bandwidth for the circuit in FIG. 9 is l/^πR.Q). In one embodiment, feedback resistor 227 has a value of 1 MΩ and feedback capacitor 226 has a value of 100 pF. A bias voltage may be applied to the non- inverting input 228 of operational amplifier 225 to decrease the response time of photodiode 220. A low pass filter 224 and an adjustable gain 222 precede the analog to digital converter 223 and are included to improve the signal to noise ratio for very low frequency or dc signals. The voltage applied to the non-inverting input of the operational amplifier determines the reverse bias applied to the photodiode. The integrated circuit may be operated with a single 5 V supply. If 2 V are applied to the non-inverting input, then the DC level of the other input and the output will also be 2 V, so the reverse bias on the photodiode will be 2 V. Current flowing into the photodiode will also flow through the feedback resistor, causing the amplifier output to become more positive. Since the output of the operational amplifier cannot exceed the value of the positive voltage supply, the maximum output will be approximately 5 V. Thus, the maximum signal excursion will be 3 V, which corresponds to a maximum current of 3/R] . Although this embodiment has illustrated one method for measuring low current levels, many other methods are possible and could be used without departing from the spirit and scope of the present invention. For example, one method of determining the current would be to integrate the current using an integrating amplifier for a fixed time and then measure the voltage or to integrate the current until a fixed voltage is reached and then measure the time. A second method to determine the current would be to use an oscillator. In particular, an integrator could continually integrate the unknown current until a preset a voltage was reached and then reset itself. The resulting frequency of oscillation would be proportional to the current. In addition to using standard CMOS capacitors, one could implement this second method using the capacitance of the photodiode itself. Initially, the switch is closed and the capacitance of the photodiode is discharged and there is zero voltage across the photodiode. When the switch is opened, light impinging on the photodiode creates charge which produces a voltage on the photodiode capacitance. More light increases the voltage which is amplified by the amplifier. When the output of the amplifier exceeds the reference voltage, the output of the comparator changes state, firing the one shot which in turn closes the switch and discharges the photodiode capacitance. This resets the amplifier input to the initial state and the comparator also returns to its initial state. When the one-shot times out, the switch opens and the process of charging can start again. A greater light level results in faster charging and therefore a higher frequency output of the oscillator. This results in an array of integrators that could be multiplexed to a single fast amplifier without the loss of significant measurement time.
5.9 EXAMPLE 9 - ALTERNATIVE DETECTION CIRCUIT FIG. 10 shows an alternative detection circuit that may be used in conjunction with the photodiode array of FIG. 7. The circuit in FIG. 10 uses an integrating amplifier 240 in place of the transimpedence amplifier 221 in FIG. 9. The low pass filter 224 in FIG. 9 is not required since the integrator 240 in FIG. 10 is an automatically tracking low pass filter during each sample period. In FIG. 10, the integrator 240 integrates the current from the photodiode 220 until the signal is sampled, at which point the integrator 240 is cleared by closing reset switch 242. An advantage of this approach is that the integration time may be adapted to various light (and therefore current) levels. This approach requires coordination between the analog to digital conversion process and the integrator. The analog-to-digital converter must sample the output of the programmable gain amplifier when the integration time is completed and before the integrator is reset.
5.10 EXAMPLE 10 - ANALOG MULTIPLEX
FIG. 11 shows an analog multiplexer 265 that may be used to allow any single element 266 in the photodiode array of FIG. 7 to be connected through output 267 to an amplifier 260. One possible implementation of this multiplexer for use with 16 elements is shown in FIG. 12. Each element 266 has a unique four bit address and two CMOS switches 286 and 287 that are controlled by the output of the cell's address decoder 280. Switch 286 is closed only when that particular cell is being addressed, and switch 287 is closed except when that particular cell is being addressed. In this way, the addressed photodiode is connected to one amplifier 260 through output 267 and the non-addressed photodiodes are connected in parallel to another amplifier 261 through output 268. Switch 286 is composed of parallel CMOS switches 282 and 283, and switch 287 is composed of parallel CMOS switches 284 and 285. One gate in each pair is controlled by the output of the address decoder and the other gate is controlled by the inverse 281 of the output of the address decoder. This configuration allows the switching of signals that range from the ground potential to the supply voltage. (The individual CMOS gates are not forward biased at the peak of the signal swing).
5.11 EXAMPLE 11 - LIGHT SOURCE ARRAY
Using the multiplexer in FIG. 11, FIG. 12 shows use of a 4 x 4 array of light sources (such as luminescent probes, for example) to be connected to a photodiode array from which signal levels are read sequentially. Using a single photodiode detector instead would require mechanical motion to scan the source array. The amplifier for the non-addressed photodiodes allows the charges from these photodiodes to be correctly biased and captured. Failure to use this amplifier may result in an erroneous measurement from the addressed photodiode due to its collection of currents from non-addressed photodiodes. Further, this multiplexed, dual amplifier approach allows the chip to function as a single, large area (nearly 4 mm square) photodetector.
For many applications, the low pass filter time constant is large in order to improve the signal to noise ratio. If the data are read sequentially, a large time constant can greatly increase the time needed to read the entire array. For example, if the time constant is set to 1 second and the array is 4 x 4, then the minimum time to acquire data would be 80 seconds, where a factor of 5 has been included to allow the amplifier and low pass filter to settle after their input is switched to another photodiode.
5.12 EXAMPLE 12 - PARTIAL PARALLEL METHOD
As an alternative to the multiplexed method shown in FIG. 11 and FIG. 12, a partially parallel method may be used to obtain data from the photodiode array shown in FIG. 7. Such a partially parallel method is illustrated by FIG. 13. In this case, a row 310 of photodiodes 300 is multiplexed by multiplexer 301 into an amplifier 302 and a low pass filter 303. Columns or other sub-units of the array may be used in place of rows. The output of each low pass filter is input into a multi-channel analog to digital converter 304, which may be implemented on the same integrated circuit as the photodiode array, amplifier, and low pass filter. The A/D converter 304 produces output 305. For an n x n array, such a partially parallel method reduces the time required for a sequential method by a factor of n.
5.13 EXAMPLE 13 - FULLY PARALLEL READOUT
Yet another method that may be used to obtain data from the photodiode array shown in FIG. 7 is the fully parallel readout scheme shown in FIG. 14. In this case, each photodiode 320 is provided with its own amplifier 321, low pass filter 322, and analog to digital converter input 328. For an « χ « array, such a fully parallel method reduces the time required for a sequential method by a factor of n .
One advantage of a custom biosensor integrated circuit is that the photodiodes may be made to physically match the probe. The embodiment of FIG. 7 uses 0.9 mm square photodiodes on a 1 mm by 1 mm square grid, but arrays with a larger number of smaller photodiodes are also possible. Using the readily available 1.2 micron technology, a 10 by 10 array may be made using photodiodes on a 20 micron grid, thereby providing 100 photodiodes in an area of only 0.04 mm2, which is a density of 2500 photodiodes per mm . An even greater density is possible using 0.5 micron processes or 0.25-micron (or less) processes, which are also commercially available. These processes use lithographic methods to fabricate these submicron structures to allow greater density of photodetector and light source arrays.
5.14 EXAMPLE 14 - NIR DYE-LABELED NUCLEIC ACIDS FIG. 15 shows a calibration curve for an NIR dye-labeled, single-stranded
DNA (sequence: 5'-CCTCCTCCTTCCCAGCAGGG-3'; SEQ ID NO: l) over a concentration range from 1 pmol/μL to 3 fmol/μL. Excitation light was provided by a pen-size 9.5 mW laser diode (780 nm), and measurement times ranged from 1 to 3 minutes. Data were collected using a waveguide multiprobe system with a charge- coupled device (CCD) detector. This calibration curve was linear over the full range of the dye concentration investigated. The limit of optical detection, based on a signal equal to three times the standard deviation of the noise, was estimated to be in the range of 100 attomole/μL.
5.15 EXAMPLE 15 - FLUORESCENCE MEASUREMENTS ON TAGGED GENE PROBES
FIG. 16 shows the results of measurements of gene probes tagged with fluorescein, a dye label emitting in the visible range. Measurement times ranged from 0.05 to 2 s. The results show that the calibration curve is linear down to a concentration of approximately 2 nmol/μL. The higher detection limit is attributable to an increase in background fluorescence of the waveguide in the visible region. The measurements were performed using the CCD detection system. The results demonstrate the possibility for quantitative analysis of fluorescein-labeled DNA probes.
5.16 EXAMPLE 16 » SIGNAL OUTPUT RESPONSE FOR FLUORESCENT DYE
The present invention has been evaluated by measuring the fluorescence signal of a fluorescent dye spotted into the detector. FIG. 17 shows the performance of an ICM phototransistor and amplifier circuit consisting of a 2 μm, p-well CMOS process occupying an area of 160,000 square microns and 220 phototransistor cells connected in parallel. Shown in FIG. 17 is the signal output response for various concentrations of the dye label Rhodamine-6G excited with a small helium-cadmium laser (8 mW, 325 nm) illustrating the linearity of the microchip detector with respect to label concentration.
5.17 EXAMPLE 17 - EVALUATION OF A 4 x 4 ARRAY INTEGRATED CHIP
FIG. 18 illustrates a setup for the evaluation of a 4 x 4 array amplifier/phototransistor integrated circuit microchip (AP-ICM) device. The current in each channel was recorded using a digital photometer. The data from the photometer was transferred to a personal computer via a serial RS-232 line. The samples consisted of an array of microspots 343 of fluorescein-labeled DNA on a membrane. The membrane was placed on a glass slide 341 connected to a linear translation stage 340. The measurements were made while the translation stage moved the sample arrays over the stationary phototransistor device 342. Light from an argon ion laser 348 at 488 nm was transmitted via an optical fiber 346 through focusing optics 345 and 347 and was focused onto a sample spot. An appropriate optical filter 344 was placed between the sample substrate 343 and the detector array 342 in order to reject the laser radiation. The set-up described here was designed to evaluate the response of each individual photodetector on the chip. Application or systems are contemplated where multiple samples are scanned over individual detectors.
5.18 EXAMPLE 18 - DETECTION OF DNAs USING THE AP-ICM
FIG. 19 shows the results when four sample spots of 1 μL of fluorescein labeled DNA were placed on a nitrocellulose membrane that was translated over a detection channel of the AP-ICM device shown in FIG. 18. As the DNA spot passed over the photodetector, a fluorescence signal was detected. The four peaks in FIG. 19 illustrate the detection of the four DNA spots on the substrate by the AP-ICM device. FIG. 20 shows the calibration curve of fluorescein-labeled DNA using the AP- ICM device shown in FIG. 18. The results demonstrate the capability of the AP-ICM chips to produce quantitative measurements of fluorescein-labeled DNA.
5.19 EXAMPLE 19 - ABSORPTION AND REFLECTION MEASUREMENTS
FIG. 21 shows an embodiment of the present invention that is used for absoφtion and reflection measurements. Light from LED or diode laser 366 passes through an optional optical filter or lens stage 365 and the sample 363, which can be accessed through an optional sample inlet 364. Light from the sample 363 passes through an optical filter or lens stage 362 and impinges upon photodetector 361.
Signal processor 360 receives the output from photodetector 361.
5.20 EXAMPLE 20 - SIMULTANEOUS DETECTION OF FLUORESCENCE AND RAMAN FIG. 22 shows an embodiment of the present invention that uses two photodetectors for simultaneous fluorescence and Raman measurements. Light from an excitation source 385 impinges upon sample 384. Light from sample 384 passes through the lens stage and optical filter 380 for fluorescence measurement and through the lens stage and optical filter 383 for Raman measurement. Light passing through lens stage and optical filter 380 is measured by photodetector 381 and processed by signal processor 386. Light passing through lens stage and optical filter 383 is measure by photodetector 382 and processed by signal processor 387.
5.21 EXAMPLE 21 ~ MULTI-DETECTION APPARATUS FIG. 23 shows an embodiment of the present invention that uses three photodetectors for simultaneous absoφtion, fluorescence, and Raman measurements. A sample enters the sample chamber 414 through sample inlet 401 and exits through sample outlet 400. An LED or diode laser 412 receives power from a power supply 413 and directs light through an excitation filter 411 into sample chamber 414. Fluorescence measurements are made by optical filter and lens 402, photodetector 403, and signal processor 404. Absoφtion measurements are made by optical filter and lens 405, photodetector 406, and signal processor 407. Raman measurements are made by optical filter and lens 410, photodetector 409, and signal processor 408.
5.22 EXAMPLE 22 - APPARATUS FOR MICROFLUIDIC DEVICES
FIG. 24 shows an embodiment of the present invention that is used to detect samples from a microfluidic device such as a capillary electrophoresis array, a liquid chromatography array, a gas chromatography array, or a Lab-on-chip system. A microfluidic array 420 of microfluidic devices 422 direct samples through microfluidic channels 423 to the ICM chip 421.
FIG. 25 Shows a detailed drawing of the ICM chip 421 used in the embodiment depicted by FIG. 24. The sample from the microfluidic device 422 enters sample chamber 445 through inlet 441 and exits through outlet 440. Light from LED 444 enters sample chamber 445, and the results are detected by photodetector 443 and signal processor 442.
FIG. 26 shows an embodiment of the present invention that is used to detect samples from a microfluidic device using an imaging lens, binary optics, or a lens array to image each microfluidic channel onto a detector element of the ICM. Samples are directed from the microfluidics system 460 into sample chambers 461. Light from the sample chambers 461 is directed through imaging lens, binary optics, or lens array 465 and through an optical filter 462 onto photodetectors 463 on an ICM chip 464.
5.23 EXAMPLE 23 - MICRO-ELECTROMECHANICAL SYSTEMS FIG. 27 shows a micro-electromechanical system (MEMS) that is used to construct an ICM with Random Access Microsensing. Light 483 from laser 485 is directed toward an electrically positionable MEMs mirror 482, which then selectively directs the light onto DNA coated substrate 484 in a sample microchamber 480. The results are detected by a photodiode 481. FIG. 28 shows an overview of an ICM system that uses the MEMS depicted in FIG. 27. Light 503 from laser 504 is selectively redirected by column select mirrors 500 onto a particular cell select mirror 501, which then directs the light into the corresponding biosensor cell 502. The mirrors as well as the diodes are etched and formed from silicon. The general fabrication steps for MEMs are similar to IC fabrication procedures using lithographic techniques. For MEMs, additional etching steps are performed to free to movage devices (e.g., mirrors) from the substrate. The mirrors allow the light from the laser 504 to be directed toward any individual biosensor cell.
5.24 EXAMPLE 24 - VERTICAL-CAVITY SURFACE-EMITTING LASER APPARATUS
FIG. 29 shows an embodiment of the present invention that uses individually addressable, integrated vertical-cavity surface-emitting lasers (VCSEL) and on-axis and/or off-axis diffractive lenses. The linearity of VCSEL arrays make them ideal for compact two-dimensional and three-dimensional configuration in ICM systems. The ability to shape a diverging beam from a surface-emitting laser or an LED is important for micro-optic illumination in ICM systems. The diffractive optical element (DOE) system shown in FIG. 29 allows for this ability and, as shown, may be integrated and fabricated with a VCSEL onto a single transparent substrate. Such a compact source- diffractive lens is ideal for a miniature optical ICM array. Note, as shown in FIG. 29, that a DOE system can be constructed to produce either on-axis or off-axis beams. An on-axis configuration is suitable for absoφtion measurements, whereas an off-axis configuration is suitable for emission measurements. The off-axis beam can be constructed so that it does not impinge the detector, thus minimizing scattered light. Light from the VCSEL array 520 is directed through beam waists 522 constructed on the GaAs substrate 523 and then through either an on-axis diffractive lens 521 or an off-axis diffractive lens 524. The results from sample chamber 525 are detected by photodetector 526. 5.25 EXAMPLE 25 - DEVELOPMENT OF A DNA BIOCHIP FOR
GENE DIAGNOSIS Rapid, simple, cost-effective medical devices for screening multiple medical diseases and infectious pathogens are essential for early diagnosis and improved treatments of many illnesses. An important factor in medical diagnostics is rapid, selective, and sensitive detection of biochemical substances (proteins, metabolites, nucleic acids), biological species or living systems (bacteria, virus or related components) at ultratrace levels in biological samples (e.g., tissues, blood and other bodily fluids). To achieve the required level of sensitivity and specificity in detection, it is often necessary to use a biosensor that is capable of identifying and differentiating a large number of biochemical constituents in complex samples. Living systems possess exquisite recognition elements (e.g., antibody, enzyme, gene probes, etc.), often referred to as bioreceptors, which allow specific identification and detection of complex chemical and biological species. Biosensors exploit this powerful molecular recognition capability of bioreceptors. Due to the exquisite specificity of the DNA hybridization process, there is an increasing interest in the development of DNA bioreceptor-based analytical systems (Vo-Dinh et al., 1994; Isola et al., 1996; Alarie et al., 1992; Vo-Dinh et al., 1987; Vo-Dinh et al., 1991; Stevenson et al., 1994). Gene probes using a novel detection scheme based on surface-enhanced Raman scattering (SERS) labels were recently developed in the inventors' laboratory to enhance both the selectivity and sensitivity of DNA biosensors (Vo-Dinh et al., 1994). A fluorescence-based fiberoptic genosensor for Mycobacterium tuberculosis was reported (Isola et al. , 1996).
This work involves the development of a new generation of biosensors based on integrated circuit (IC) microchips using DNA bioreceptors designed to detect sequence-specific genetic constituents in complex samples. The design of the integrated electro-optic system on IC microchips, photodetector elements with amplifier circuitry, and their integration and use in DNA biosensor applications are discussed. The use of IC technology could lead to the development of extremely low-cost diagnostic biochips for medical applications. Measurements using the HIV1 sequence-specific probes on the biochip device illustrate the application of the DNA biochip to the detection of a gene segment of the AIDS virus.
5.25.1 DEVELOPMENT OF THE INTEGRATED CIRCUIT OF THE PHOTODIODE ARRAY MICROCHIP
The biochip investigated in this example includes a large-area, 4 x 4 n-well integrated amplifier-photodiode array that has been designed as a single, custom integrated circuit (IC), fabricated for the biochip. This IC device is coupled to the multiarray sampling platform and is designed for monitoring very low light levels. The individual photodiodes have 900-μm square size and are arrayed on a 1-mm spacing grid. The photodiodes and the accompanying electronic circuitry were fabricated using a standard 1.2-micron n-well CMOS process. The use of this type of standard process allows the production of photodiodes and phototransistors as well as other numerous types of analog and digital circuitry in a single IC chip. The photodiodes themselves are produced using the n-well structure that is generally used to make resistors or as the body material for transistors. Since the anode of the diode is the p-type substrate material, which is common to every circuit on the IC chip, only the cathode is available for monitoring the photocurrent and the photodiode is constrained to operate with a reverse bias. An analog multiplexer is designed to allow any of the elements in the array to be connected to an amplifier. In the final device, each photodiode could be supplied with its own amplifier. The multiplexer is made from 16 cells. Each cell has two CMOS switches that are controlled by the output of the address decoder cell. Each cell has a unique 4-bit address. One switch is open only when it is being addressed while the other switches are closed. This process connects the addressed diode to one amplifier while all the others are connected in parallel to the other amplifier.
This arrangement allows connecting a 4 x 4 array of light sources (different fluorescent probes, for example) to the photodiode array and reading out the signal levels sequentially. With some modification, a parallel reading system can be designed. Using a single photodiode detector would require mechanical motion to scan the source array. The additional switches and amplifier serve to correctly bias and capture the charge generated by the other photodiodes. The additional amplifier and switches allow the IC to be used as a single, large area (nearly 4 mm square) photodetector.
5.25.2 APPLICATION OF THE BIOCHIP TO HIV GENE FRAGMENT DETECTION
The inventors performed measurements using the biochip device with 4 x 4 photodiode array for detection of the HIVl gene. The signals from the photodiode microchip were directly recorded without the need of any electronic interface system or signal amplification device. The photocurrent of each sensing of the microchip was transmitted directly into a digital photometer or a strip chart recorder. The data from the photometer were linked to a personal computer (PC) via an RS-232 link. The sampling platform of the biochip contained a 4 x 4 array of microspots of NIR-labeled DNA on a nitrocellulose membrane. The HIVl gene probe is the 18-base oligonucleotide sequence complementary to the gag gene region. For this study, the inventors bound cDNA of specific sequences of the HIVl virus onto the nitrocellulose membrane and hybridized them with Cy5 dye-labeled DNA strands having complementary sequences. The HIVl measurements on the nitrocellulose was performed by spotting the HIVl probe DNA in a 4 x 4 array onto the nitrocellulose sampling platform. The DNA was then crosslinked to the nitrocellulose using either a UV crosslinker or baked in vacuum at 80 degrees C for two h. With nitrocellulose membranes, the DNA solutions were spotted directly onto the membranes. The spots were subsequently subjected to either UV crosslinking using a Stratalinker (Stratagene, La Jolla, CA) or were baked in vacuum at 80°C for two h. The first step in membrane hybridization involved immobilization of single-stranded target nucleic acids to the selected surface of the probe. The probes were then treated with hybridization buffer to block nonspecific nucleic acid binding sites. The probe was introduced to samples containing labeled probe DNA and allowed to hybridize by reestablishing a double-stranded molecule with the complementary target sequences. After hybridization, excess unbound labeled probe was washed off, and the hybrid target sequences detected. In this work, the nitrocellulose membranes were prehybridized for one h at 37°C in 5 mL of 6X SSC (IX SSC=15 mM Sodium citrate, 150 mM sodium chloride pH 7.0) containing 1% BSA, 0.2% SDS (sodium dodecyl sulfate). After pre-hybridization, the hybridization probe was added to a final concentration of 100 ng/ml and hybridizations performed. After hybridization the membranes were washed in 5X SSC containing 0.1%) SDS at room temperature for 10-15 min to reduce the background fluorescence levels.
Hybridization occurs between complementary DNA sequences was demonstrated by the fluorescence signals detected by the biochip. Only fluorescence signals were detected on the biochip channels where hybridization of labeled DNA HIVl gene probes with complementary bound-DNA fragments had occurred. The 4 x 4 array signals of the 3-dimensional plot demonstrated positive hybridization with the HIVl probes used in this study. A reference system of negative blank samples (consisting of DNA probes which did not have the sequence of the HIVl gene) did not show fluorescent signals. This result illustrates the usefulness of the DNA biochip for detection of the HIV gene probe.
5.26 EXAMPLE 26 - DEVELOPMENT OF A DNA BIOCHIP 5.26.1 PREPARATION OF OLIGONUCLEOTIDES
The inventors synthesized desired strands of oligonucleotides and labeled them with fluorescent labels (e.g., fluorescein and Cy5 dyes) using procedures previously described (Vo-Dinh et al., 1994; Isola et al., 1998). All oligonucleotides were synthesized using an Expedite 8909 DNA synthesizer (Millipore, Bedford, MA). Fluorescein-labeled oligonucleotides were prepared with fluorescein CPG columns
(for 3' labeling) or fluorescein phosphoramidite (for 5' labeling) using modified synthesis protocols as recommended by the manufacturers. Oligonucleotides with amino linkers were synthesized using either C3 aminolink CPG for 3' labeling or 5' amino modifier C6 (Glenn Research, Sterling, VA) for Y labeling. All oligonucleotides were synthesized using Expedite reagents (Millipore) and were deprotected and cleaved from the glass supports using ammonium hydroxide. The deprotected oligonucleotides were concentrated by evaporating the ammonium hydroxide in a Speedvac evaporator (Savant Instruments, Farmingdale, NY) and resuspended in 100 μl distilled H2O. Further purification was performed by isopropanol precipitation of the DNA as follows: 10 μl of 3 M sodium acetate pH 7.0 and 110 μl isopropanol was added to 100 μl solution of DNA. The solution was then frozen at -70°C. Sodium acetate was used instead of ammonium acetate since the residual ammonium ions interfere with Cy5 linkage as well as with binding of DNA to solid supports through the amino linkers. The precipitate was collected by centrifugation at room temperature for 15 min and was washed three times with 50%> isopropanol. Residual isopropanol was removed by vacuum drying in the Speedvat and the DNA resuspended in sterile distilled water at a final concentration of 10 μg μl" . These stock solutions were diluted in the appropriate buffer at a 1 :10 dilution to give a DNA concentration of 1 μg μl"1. For labeling DNA with Cy5 dye (Amersham Life Sciences, Arlington
Heights, IL), modified oligonucleotides containing alkyl amino groups were derivatized as follows (Vo-Dinh et al, 1994) 30 pmol of the DNA was dissolved in 250 μl 0.5 M sodium chloride and passed through a Sephadex G10 (1 cm diameter, 10 cm long) (Pharmacia, Piscataway, NJ) column equilibrated with 5 mM borate buffer (pH 8.0). The void volume containing the oligonucleotide was collected and concentrated by evaporation. This was dissolved in 100 μl 0.1 M carbonate buffer (pH 9.0). Cy5 (1 mg in carbonate buffer) was added to the oligonucleotide and the conjugation reaction was performed at room temperature for 60 min with occasional mixing. The conjugated oligonucleotide was separated from the free dye using a Sephadex G10 column as described above. The fractions containing the labeled DNA were collected and concentrated using a Speedvac evaporator. 5.26.2 RESULTS
5.26.2.1 DEVELOPMENT OF BIOCHIP INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
An important element in the development of the biochip involves the design and development of an IC electro-optic system for the microchip detection elements using the CMOS technology. With this technology, highly integrated biosensors are made possible partly through the capability of fabricating multiple optical sensing elements and microelectronics on a single IC. A two-dimensional array of optical detector amplifiers was integrated on a single IC chip. Such an integrated microchip system is not currently available commercially. Two exemplary biochip IC systems based on photodiode circuitry were constructed, one system having 16 channels (4 x 4 array), and the other having 100 channels (10 x 10 array). The biochips include a large-area, n-well integrated amplifier-photodiode array that has been designed as a single, custom integrated circuit (IC), fabricated for the biochip. This IC device is coupled to the multiarray sampling platform and is designed for monitoring very low light levels. The individual photodiodes have 900 μm square size and are arrayed on a 1 mm spacing grid. The photodiodes and the accompanying electronic circuitry were fabricated using a standard 1.2 μ n-well CMOS process. The use of this type of standard process allows the production of photodiodes and phototransistors as well as other numerous types of analog and digital circuitry in a single IC chip. This feature is the main advantage of the CMOS technology in comparison to other detector technologies such as charge-coupled devices or charge-injection devices. The photodiodes themselves are produced using the n-well structure that is generally used to make resistors or as the body material for transistors. Since the anode of the diode is the p-type substrate material, which is common to every circuit on the IC chip, only the cathode is available for monitoring the photocurrent and the photodiode is constrained to operate with a reverse bias.
An analog multiplexer was designed that allows any of the elements in the array to be connected to an amplifier. In the final device, each photodiode could be supplied with its own amplifier. The multiplexer is made from 16 cells for the 4 x 4 array device. Each cell has two CMOS switches that are controlled by the output of the address decoder cell. Each cell has a unique 4-bit address. One switch is open only when it is being addressed while the other switches are closed. This process connects the addressed diode to one amplifier while all the others are connected in parallel to the other amplifier.
This arrangement allows connecting a 4 x 4 (or 10 x 10) arcay of light sources (different fluorescent probes, for example) to the photodiode arcay and reading out the signal levels sequentially. With some modification, a parallel reading system can be designed. Using a single photodiode detector would require mechanical motion to scan the source array. The additional switches and amplifier serve to correctly bias and capture the charge generated by the other photodiodes. The additional amplifier and switches allow the IC to be used as a single, large area (nearly 4 mm square) photodetector.
5.26.3 ILLUSTRATIVE APPLICATIONS INVOLVING BIOCHIP DEVICES
The human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) gag gene sequence was selected as a model template to evaluate the biochip sensing system. Infection with the human immunodeficiency virus Type 1 (HIV 1) results in a uniformly fatal disease. Unfortunately standard HIV serologic tests, including the enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay and the Western blot assay, are not useful in the diagnosis of
HIV infection during early infancy because of the confounding presence of transplacentally derived maternal antibody in the infants blood. There is a need for a direct nucleic acid based test which detects the presence of HIV viral sequences. The inventors have utilized synthetic DNA templates (Isola et al., 1998) from the gag gene region of HIV 1 as a model system to illustrate the application of the biochip system for HIV gene detection.
The biochip device with 4 x 4 photodiode array was evaluated for the detection of HIV 1 gene fragments. The signals from the photodiode microchip were directly recorded without the need of any electronic interface system or signal amplification device. The photocunent of each sensing of the microchip was transmitted directly into a digital photometer or a strip chart recorder. The data from the photometer were linked to a personal computer (PC) via an RS-232 link. The sampling platform of the biochip contained a 4 x 4 array of microspots of NIR-labeled DNA on a nitrocellulose membrane. To illustrate the usefulness of the biochip in hybridization applications, an
18-base oligonucleotide sequence complementary to the gag gene was used region-of the HIV 1 gene (Isola et al., 1998). The inventors used various probe sequences selected in this region to design DNA probes for hybridization and detection using a novel technique based on surface-enhanced Raman scattering (Isola et al., 1998). For this study, the inventors have bound cDNA of specific sequences of the HIV 1 virus onto the nitrocellulose membrane used as the sampling platform, and hybridized them with Cy5 dye-labeled DNA strands having complementary sequences. The HIV 1 measurements on the nitrocellulose was performed by binding the HIV 1 probe DNA in a 4 x 4 array onto the nitrocellulose sampling platform. The DNA was then crosslinked to the nitrocellulose using either a UV crosslinker or baked in vacuum at
80°C for 2 h. The spots were subsequently subjected to either UV crosslinking using a Stratalinker (Stratagene, La Jolla, CA) or were baked in vacuum at 80°C for 2 h. The first step in membrane hybridization involved immobilization of single-stranded target nucleic acids to the selected surface of the probe. The probes were then treated with hybridization buffer to block nonspecific nucleic acid binding sites. The probe was introduced to samples containing labeled probe DNA and allowed to hybridize by reestablishing a double-stranded molecule with the complementary target sequences. After hybridization, excess unbound labeled probe was washed off, and the hybrid target sequences detected. In this work, the nitrocellulose membranes were prehybridized for 1 h at 37°C in 5 ml of 6 x SSC (IX SSC = 15 mM sodium titrate,
150 mM sodium chloride pH 7.0) containing 1% BSA, 0.2% SDS (sodium dodecyl sulfate). After pre-hybridization, the hybridization probe was added to a final concentration of 100 ng ml" and hybridizations performed. Following hybridization under appropriate conditions, the membranes were washed in 5X SSC containing 0.1 % SDS at room temperature for 10-15 min to reduce the background fluorescence levels.
Hybridization occurs between complementary DNA sequences was demonstrated by the fluorescence signals detected by the biochip. Data showed that fluorescence signals higher than the background were detected on the biochip channels where hybridization of labeled DNA HIV 1 gene probes with complementary bound-DNA fragments had occurred (FIG. 33). The 4 4 arcay signals of the 3-dimensional plot demonstrated positive hybridization with the HIV 1 probes used in this study. A reference system of negative blank samples (consisting of DNA probes which did not have the sequence of the HIV 1 gene) showed only weak background fluorescent signals. This result is an illustration the usefulness of the DNA biochip for detection of a specific HIV gene sequence. Detection of the HIV virus itself may also require simultaneous detection of multiple gene sequence regions of the virus. It has been observed that progression of the AIDS disease causes increase in the genotype diversity in HIV viruses. It has been reported that the HIV viruses appear to defeat the immune system by producing and accumulating these gene mutations as the disease progresses (Wolinsdy and Korber, 1996). In addition to the exemplary sequences used in this example, other sequence fragments of the HIV viruses could be used to detect particular genes or regions of the HIV genome. Likewise, the polynucleotide probes used for hybridization applications of the biochip apparatus need not be necessarily DNA probes, nor do the particular polynucleotide targets to be detected need necessarily be DNA molecules. Because DNA:DNA, DNA:RNA, DNA:PNA, RNA:RNA, RNA:PNA, and PNA:PNA duplexes may be formed under the appropriate hybridization conditions and depending upon the degree of homology of the two strands, the inventors contemplate that a variety of hybridization biochips may be designed which will utilize either RNAs, DNAs, or PNAs in the detection of other homologous polynucleotide molecules. The preparation, synthesis, and use of ribozymes, RNAs, and PNAs as polynucleotide probes is described herein in Section 4. As discussed, it is not necessary that bioprobes may be employed that are limited only to nucleic acids. Clearly there are numerous probes that could be considered for immobilization on the disclosed biochip. For example, Erdeniz et al. (1997) report cloning-free PCR™ based allele replacement methods. Allele transfer between yeast strains is described in which the desired allele is amplified by PCR™ with a pair of adaptamers. Adaptamers are chimeric oligonucleotides that used to amplify the selected allele and differentially tag its 5' and 3' ends. Such adaptamers depending upon the desired amplification, could be attached to the biochip and employed to track the amplification reaction. Molecular imprinting is a technique used for creating selective recognition sites in synthetic polymers. A template molecule used in polymerization reactions of selected monomers. Many polymers obtained by this method show stereo and regio- specific selectivity, thus, enabling chiral separation of bioactive molecules, Mosbach (1994). It is contemplated that selected imprinted polymers could be designed to include one or more detectable labels that optionally may change their emission signal upon binding of a cognate molecule.
Cyclodextrins are well known for their utility in delivery of certain drugs particularly peptide and protein drugs. The cyclodextrins are also known for their ability to incoφorate numerous types of compounds as guest molecules. Modified cyclodextrins such as those obtained by polymerization of ethylene oxide around a core of cyclodextrin have been employed as drug delivery systems. Polyethylene oxide modified cyclodextrins have been described by Topchieva et al (1998) as a new family of bouquet-like molecules with properties similar to the course cyclodextrins. Appropriately tagged cyclodextrins or modified cyclodextrins are also contemplated as having utility as bioprobes useful in connection with the disclosed biochip.
Lipiphilic polyamide dendrimers comprise another class of symmetrical macromolecules that are though to be potential drug carriers, Sakthivel et al. (1998). Because of their lipifilic properties, they have been investigated as gene transfer agents. Qin et al. (1998) have reported the use of Starburst dendrimers to increase plasmid-mediated gene transfer and efficiency. Polyamidoamine subunits assembled into Starburst dendrimers were used to augment plasmid-mediated gene transfer. Starburst dendrimers therefore may be useful in monitoring efficiency of gene transfer in vivo monitoring prolongation of allograft survival or other events in vivo where the detection of labeled tracers in biological fluids might be desirable. In addition to Starburst dendrimers, radio labeled dendrimers have been described which are macromolecular T2 contrast agents. Tagged dendrimers could be detected by choosing the appropriate bioprobe on the chip to pick up these agents and presence detected by measuring radioactivity. Bulte, et al (1998) have described Dysprosium- DOTA-PAMAM dendrimers which illustrate a particular example of AT2 contrast agent. Additional probes include biotentilated Starburst dendrimers might be used in antibody pretargeting as described by Wilbur et al. (1998).
Moreover, in addition to the illustrative embodiments described herein, the inventors contemplate the use of the biochip devices in the detection, quantitation, or identification of a variety of organisms and macromolecules of biological or medical interest. For example, the chips may be used to detect or quantitate or identify pathogens of medical interest. Such pathogens may be viral (such as EBV, HIV, FIV, parvoviruses, retroviruses, and the like), rickettsial, fungal (including organisms such as Candida and other yeast genera, dermatomycotic fungi (including Epidermophyton spp., Microsporum spp., and Trichophyton spp., and the like), systemic fungi (including Blastomyces, Histoplasma, Coccidioides, Cryptococcus, Geotrichum,
Histoplasma, Sporotrichum, and the like); bacterial (such as Mycobacteria including Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Vibrio including V. cholerae; Salmonella, including S. choleraesius, S. paratyphi, S. schottmulleri, and S. typhimurium; Treponema, including T. pallidum; Shigella, including S. dysenteriae and S. flexneri, Serratia, including S marcescens; Yersinia, including Y. pestis and Y. pseudotuberculosis;
Proteus, including P. mirabilis, Morganella, including M. morganii; Streptococcus, including S. faecalis, S. pneumoniae, S. salivarius, S. pyogenes, and S. sanguis; Staphylococcus, including S. aureus; Bacillus, including B. anthracis, B. coagulans, B. pasteurii, B. cereus and B. subtilis, or other disease-causing bacteria including those of the genera Leptospira, Clostridium, Neisseria, Brucella, Francisella,, Hemophilus, Corynebacterium, and the like); or eukaryotic microorganisms such as Giardia, including G. lamblia and G. intestinalis; Chlamydia.m' cluding C. psittaci and C. trachomatis, and the like.
Alternatively, the detection of particular genes, such as the p53 cancer gene (Vo-Dinh et al, 1998), could also be performed using a single biochip or a plurality of individual biochips.
Another area of application of biochip technology is in functional genomics analysis. Provided that a reasonable degree of base complementarity exists, two nucleic acid strands from different sources (DNA and RNA) will undergo molecular hybridization under the proper conditions. This feature allows the biochip technology to be used also in the analysis of gene expression and function. Furthermore, the biochip can be also used to monitor the extent of genetic variation between individuals and their susceptibility to diseases.
The DNA biochip system offers a unique combination of performance capabilities and analytical features of merit not available in any other DNA analysis system currently available. With its multichannel capability, the DNA biochip technology described herein is the first system described to date based on an optical sensing microchip system having integrated an signal amplifier and data treatment onboard. The DNA biochip device allows simultaneous detection of multiple DNA targets simultaneously. The present DNA biochip offers several advantages in size, performance, fabrication, analysis and production cost due to its integrated optical sensing microchip. The small sizes of the probes (microliter to nanoliter) minimize sample requirement and reduce reagent and waste requirement. Highly integrated systems lead to a reduction in noise and an increase in signal due to the improved efficiency of sample collection and the reduction of interfaces. The capability of large-scale production using low-cost IC technology is an important advantage. The assembly process of various components is simplified by integration of several elements on a single chip. For medical applications, this cost advantage will allow the development of extremely low cost, disposable biochips that can be used for in-home medical diagnostics of diseases without the need of sending samples to a laboratory for analysis.
5.27 EXAMPLE 27 - DNA BIOCHIPS USING A PHOTOTRANSISTOR IC
Recently, there is an increasing interest in the development of DNA bioreceptor-based analytical systems (Vo-Dinh et al, 1994; Isola et al, 1996; Schena et al, 1995; Piunno et al, 1995; Kumar et al, 1994; Eggers et al, 1994). An important area in biological monitoring is the sensitive diagnosis of diseases, biological species or living systems (bacteria, virus or related components) at ultratrace levels in biological samples (e.g., tissues, blood and other bodily fluids) and environmental samples (e.g., air, soil and water samples). To detect a compound in a "real life" sample, a biosensor must be able to recognize and differentiate various biochemical constituents of these systems in order to provide unambiguous identification and accurate quantification. Living systems possess exquisite recognition elements (e.g., antibody, enzyme, gene probes, etc.), often referred to as bioreceptors, which allow specific identification and detection of complex chemical and biological species
This example describes a biosensor based on integrated circuit (IC) microchips using DNA bioreceptors designed to detect genetic constituents in complex samples of biomedical and environmental interest. In this system, phototransistors were used which are devices that can be miniaturized and fabricated on an integrated circuit. A phototransistor was developed that was composed of 220 phototransistor cells connected in parallel. This miniaturization technology is useful not only for the DNA probe substrates described here, but also for the integrated detector system that could be employed to produce microchip biosensor devices, i.e., "biosensor-on-a-chip". The device has sensors, amplifiers, discriminators and logic circuitry on board. These highly integrated biosensors were produced using the capability of fabricating multiple optical sensing elements and microelectronics on a single IC. Biosensors combine two important concepts that integrate "biological recognition" and "sensing". The basic principle of an optical biosensor is to detect this molecular recognition and to transform it into an optical signal using a transducer. As illustrated schematically in FIG. 1 , the DNA biochip involves the combination of integrated circuit elements, electro-optics excitation/detection system, and DNA- based bioreceptor probes into a self-contained and integrated microdevice. A basic DNA biochip includes: 1) excitation light source with related optics, 2) a bioprobe, 3) a sampling element with sample platform and delivery system, 4) an optical detector with associated optics and dispersive device, and 5) a signal amplification/treatment system.
Construction of a DNA biochip involves integration of several basic elements of very different natures. The basic steps include: a) selection or development of the bioreceptor, b) selection of the excitation source, c) selection or development of the transducer, and d) integration of the excitation source-bioreceptor-transducer system. The development of the DNA biochip in this example comprises three major elements. The first element involves the development of a bioreceptor probe system: a microarray of DNA probes on nitrocellulose sampling platform. The second element is focused on the development of non-radioactive methods for optical detection: the fluorescence technique. The third element involves the development of an integrated electro-optic IC system on a single chip for biosensing: phototransistor- amplifier microchip technology.
The design of the gene probe immobilization techniques on the biosensor substrates as well as the development of integrated electro-optic systems on IC biochips using a phototransistor multiarray system was demonstrated. Measurements of fluorescent-labeled DNA probes and hybridization studies with a HIVl sequence- specific probe on the nitrocellulose sampling platform system illustrate the analytical figures of merit of this exemplary biochip device. 5.27.1 EXPERIMENTAL AND MATERIALS 5.27.1.1 DEVELOPMENT OF OLIGONUCLEOTIDES
Strands of oligonucleotides were synthesized and labeled with fluorescent labels (e.g., fluorescein and Cy5 dyes). Oligonucleotides were synthesized using an Expedite 8909 DNA synthesizer (Millipore, Bedford, MA). Fluorescein-labeled oligonucleotides were prepared with fluorescein CPG columns (for 3' labeling) or fluorescein phosphoramidite (for 5' labeling) using modified synthesis protocols as recommended by the manufacturers. Oligonucleotides with amino linkers were synthesized using either C3 aminolink CPG for 3' labeling or 5' amino modifier C6 (Glenn Research, Sterling, VA) for 5' labeling. All oligonucleotides were synthesized using Expedite reagents (Millipore) and were deprotected and cleaved from the glass supports using ammonium hydroxide. The deprotected oligonucleotides were concentrated by evaporating the ammonium hydroxide in a Speedvac evaporator (Savant, Farmington, NY) and resuspended in 100 μL distilled H2O. Further purification was performed by isopropanol precipitation of the DNA as follows:
10 μL of 3 M sodium acetate pH 7.0 and 110 μL isopropanol was added to 100 μL solution of DNA. The solution was then frozen at -70°C. Sodium acetate was used instead of ammonium acetate since the residual ammonium ions interfere with Cy3 and Cy5 linkage as well as with binding of DNA to solid supports through the amino linkers. The precipitate was collected by centrifugation at room temperature for 15 min and was washed 3 times with 50% isopropanol. Residual isopropanol was removed by vacuum drying in the Speedvac and the DNA resuspended in sterile distilled water at a final concentration of lO μg/μL. These stock solutions were diluted in the appropriate buffer at a 1 :10 dilution to give a DNA concentration of 1 μg/μL.
For labeling DNA with Cy5 dye (Amersham Life Sciences, Arlington Heights, IL), modified oligonucleotides containing alkyl amino groups were derivatized as follows: 30 pmoles of the DNA was dissolved in 250 μL 0.5 M sodium chloride and passed through a Sephadex G10 (1 cm diameter, 10 cm long) (Pharmacia, Piscataway, NJ) column equilibrated with 5 mM borate buffer (pH = 8.0). The void volume containing the oligonucleotide was collected and concentrated by evaporation. This was dissolved in 100 μL 0.1 M carbonate buffer (pH = 9.0). Cy5 (1 mg in carbonate buffer) was added to the oligonucleotide and the conjugation reaction was performed at room temperature for 60 min with occasional mixing. The conjugated oligonucleotide was separated from the free dye using a Sephadex G10 column as described above. The fractions containing the labeled DNA were collected and concentrated using a Speedvac evaporator.
5.27.1.2 IMMOBILIZATION OF DNA PROBES AND THE SAMPLING SUBSTRATES Biologically active DNA probes can be directly or indirectly immobilized onto a transducer detection surface to ensure optimal contact and maximum detection. When immobilized onto a substrate, the gene probes are stabilized and, therefore, can be reused repetitively. In one procedure, hybridization is performed on an immobilized target or a probe molecule attached on a solid surface such as nitrocellulose, or a nylon membrane, or a glass plate. Several methods can be employed to bind DNA to different supports. One method commonly used for binding DNA to glass involves silanization of the glass surface followed by activation with carbodiimide or glutaraldehyde.
Another approach consists of immobilizing the gene probe onto a membrane and subsequently attaching the membrane to the transducer detection surface. This approach has the advantage of avoiding a need to binding the bioreceptor onto the transducer. Several types of membranes are available for DNA binding: nitrocellulose, charge-modified nylon, etc. The gene probe was bound to the membrane using ultraviolet activation. With nitrocellulose membranes, the DNA solutions were spotted directly onto the membranes. The spots were subsequently subjected to either UV crosslinking using a Stratalinker (Stratagene, La Jolla, CA) or were baked in vacuum at 80°C for two hours. 5.27.1.3 HYBRIDIZATION ON NITROCELLULOSE-BASED SAMPLING PLATFORM
The first step in membrane hybridization involved immobilization of single- stranded DNA (ss-DNA) onto the selected surface of the sensor probe (e.g., membrane or surface). The probes were then treated with hybridization buffer to block nonspecific nucleic acid binding sites. Samples containing fluorescent-labeled
DNA were delivered to the sensor probe and allowed to hybridize by reestablishing a double-stranded molecule with the complementary target sequences. After hybridization, excess unbound labeled DNA was washed off, and the hybrid target sequences detected. In this work, the nitrocellulose membranes were pre-hybridized for one hour at 37°C in 5 mL of 6X SSC (IX SSC = 15 mM Sodium citrate, 150 mM sodium chloride pH 7.0) containing 1%> BSA and 0.2%> SDS (sodium dodecyl sulfate). After pre-hybridization, the hybridization probe was added to a final concentration of 100 ng/ml and hybridizations performed for 16 h. After hybridization the membranes were washed in 5X SSC containing 0.1 %> SDS at room temperature for 10-15 min and at higher temperatures if necessary to reduce the background fluorescence levels.
5.27.1.4 INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM OF THE MICROARRAY PROBES
In addition to the integrated phototransistor IC device described in this example, an instrumental system was developed to evaluate the performance of the gene probes. A two-dimensional multianay detection system using a charge-coupled device (CCD) was used with the initial system. The CCD experimental set-up consisted of a laser source, optical filters, lenses, the multiprobe waveguide and the CCD detector. For this evaluation, several lasers were used: a krypton ion laser (647.1 nm) was used for the Cy5 dye-labeled DNA probe, and an argon ion laser with the 514-nm line was used for a visible fluorescein-labeled DNA probe. The laser beam was focused into a 600 μm diameter fiber and transmitted to the sample substrate. The laser radiation was passed through a laser bandpass filter to remove unwanted laser lines or background fluorescence emission from the optical fiber. The fluorescence was passed through a Raman holographic filter to remove any remaining laser light, and was focused with a 1 :2 50-mm lens and 2x macro focusing teleconverter onto the surface of a CCD detector. A 514.5-nm Raman holographic filter (Kaiser) was used to pass the fluorescence and block the laser light for fluorescence measurements. A 670-nm longpass filter was used to block laser excitation and pass the Cy5 fluorescence. Several CCD systems were evaluated including those from: Photometries, Ltd. (e.g., Model PM-512) (Tucson, AZ),
Princeton Instrument, (e.g., Model RE-ICCD) (Princeton, NJ) and Santa Barbara Instruments Group (e.g., Model ST-6) (Santa Barbara, CA).
5.27.2 RESULTS 5.27.2.1 DEVELOPMENT AND EVALUATION OF DNA MICROARRAYS
Extensive measurements were performed to evaluate the process of developing microarrays of DNA probes. A nitrocellulose membrane was used as the substrate for its ease in handling and its efficiency to bind DNA. Multiarrays of sample spots were produced using the device illustrated in FIG. 31. Liquid solutions of ss-DNA sequences were dispensed onto the nitrocellulose (Zeta Probe®, Bio Rad, Hercules,
CA) using a pV 830 pneumatic Picopump™ (World Precision Instruments, Sarasota, FL). The Picopump™ was capable of producing regular microspots with diameter size range of 500-800 μm, which can be selected to match the size of detector elements. The DNA sample was loaded into a small diameter glass capillary, which was held a few mm above the cellulose membrane. The membrane was held in place on a vacuum flask fitted with a metal mesh frit. The vacuum procedure served two important puφoses. First, the vacuum applied to the membrane improves the reproducibility of the spotting by maintaining the membrane flat against the metal mesh surface. The vacuum procedure also had a shortening effect on the sample drying process, which decreased the sample spot size by preventing the spread of sample though the membrane.
The Photometries CCD (model CH 210) detection system was used to evaluate the DNA sample arrays since this system provides a 2-dimensional image of the probe array (Picard and Vo-Dinh, 1991). The results showed the image obtained using the CCD system of fluorescein-labeled DNA samples designed as a 4 x 4 array onto the nitrocellulose membrane.. The sample was illuminated with the 514.5-nm line of the argon laser. A Kaiser 514.5-nm holographic filter was used to block the laser excitation from the CCD. The results illustrated the efficiency of the Picopump™ spotting system developed to produce DNA arrays on the nitrocellulose sampling platform. The diameter of the sample spot can be regulated by varying the sampling volumes, and can be reproduced with 5-10 %> relative standard deviation. The amount of sample can be estimated by the intensity of the spot. For example, one spot on the anay (location 1 :3) indicated a higher amount of fluorescent materials than all the other sample spot arrays. The process of gene probe sensing using both visible and NIR (700-1000 nm spectral range) fluorescent dye labels was also evaluated. Excitation and detection in the NIR range present certain difficulties but also offer several advantages. Measurements in the NIR are less interfered by background fluorescence of the nitrocellulose substrate since very few species with NIR emission occur. An important advantage associated with NIR measurements is the availability of low- cost, miniaturized diode lasers which usually have emission lines in the red and NIR regions. The DNA probes were labeled with the Cy5 NIR dye following the procedure described above. The diode laser line of 780 nm at 9.5 mW was used for excitation. The calibration curve for the NIR dye-labeled single-stranded DNA over a concentration range from 1 pmol/μL to 3 fmol/μL. Excitation light was provided by a pen-size 9.5-mW laser diode (780 nm) and measurement times ranged from 1 to 3 min. This calibration curve was linear over the full range of the dye concentration investigated. The limit of optical detection, based on a signal equal to three times the standard deviation of the noise, was estimated to be in the 100 attomole/μL. Hybridization studies were conducted to demonstrate the usefulness of the
DNA anay probes on the nitrocellulose sampling platform. The DNA probe's role is to identify the target compounds via molecular recognition. The operation of gene probes is based on the hybridization process. Hybridization involves the joining of a single strand of nucleic acid with a homologous complementary probe sequence. Hybridization of a nucleic acid probe to DNA biotargets (e.g., gene sequences, bacteria, viral DNA) offers a very high degree of accuracy for identifying DNA sequences complementary to that of the probe. Nucleic acids strands tend to be paired to their complements in the conesponding double-stranded structure. Therefore, a single-stranded DNA molecule will seek out its complement in a complex mixture of DNA containing large numbers of other nucleic acid molecules. Hence, nucleic acid probe (i.e. gene probe) detection methods are very specific to DNA sequences. cDNAs of specific sequences of the HIVl virus were bound onto the nitrocellulose membrane and hybridized them with Cy5-labeled DNA strands having complementary sequences. The HIVl measurements on the nitrocellulose was performed by spotting the HIVl probe DNA onto the nitrocellulose. The HIVl gene probe is the 18-base oligonucleotide sequence complementary to the gag gene region (Clewley, 1989). Hybridization occunence between complementary DNA sequences was demonstrated by positive detection of the fluorescence signals. The imaging system used the Photometries CCD. The data showed the fluorescence signal obtained with the CCD detector resulting from the hybridization of HIVl labeled gene probe with complementary DNA bound on the nitrocellulose membrane. The 3 x 3 anay signal of the 3-dimensional plot demonstrated positive hybridization with the HIVl probe. A reference system consisting of an anay of control DNA probes, which do not have the sequence of the HIVl gene, did not exhibit fluorescent signals. This result illustrates the capability of the nitrocellulose membrane as the sampling platform for in-situ hybridization studies on the DNA biochip.
5.27.2.2 DEVELOPMENT AND EVALUATION OF THE PHOTOTRANSISTOR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT SYSTEM An important element in the development of the biochip involves the design and development of an IC electro-optic system for the microchip detection elements using the phototransistor-amplifier technology. With this technology, highly integrated biosensors are made possible partly through the capability of fabricating multiple optical sensing elements and microelectronics on a single IC. A two- dimensional anay of optical detector-amplifiers was integrated on a single IC chip. Each optical detector was a phototransistor coupled to a transimpedence amplifier followed by an amplifier. This block was repeated several times on the IC chip and combined with other electronic elements such as filters and amplifiers, which were also integrated on the same IC. The operational amplifier used with the phototransistor is a two-stage, unbuffered amplifier. The circuit is very compact, occupying an area of only 185 μm x 200 μm. It was designed to be useful for wideband amplification and low-level signals. The gain-bandwidth product is 70 MHz and the amplifier is stable for gains greater than 10. Other typical characteristics include: input offset voltage less than 5 mV, dc gain of 220, positive slew rate of 80 V/μs and negative slew rate of 9 V/μs. The circuit requires 2.5 mW from a single 5-V supply.
This IC chip performed the complete conversion from an optical signal to an electrical signal suitable for data digitization and capture by a computer.
The circuit was fabricated in a 2-μm, p-well complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS) process and occupied an area of 160,000 square microns. Detector elements using single phototransistors are not sufficiently sensitive for trace detection. Therefore, the phototransistor was actually composed of 220 phototransistor cells connected in parallel. An individual phototransistor cell occupied 760 square microns. The transimpedence amplifier had a gain of 100 kV/A. As the phototransistors were coupled with the 10-fold amplifier gain, the resulting gain was 10 V/A. The phototransistors had a conversion gain on the order of
10 μA/μW, so the entire chain had an approximate conversion gain of 10 V/μW. The exact gain generally depends on the spectral region of interest and, to some extent, on the signal level being monitored.
The above described elements may be modified to tailor the devices to specific applications. Since the phototransistor is made from basic photocell elements, it can be connected to as many cells as needed to create the desired geometry or required number of channels to adapt the detector to a specific application. Similarly, the gain and bandwidth of the amplifiers can be adjusted using simple resistor or capacitor changes as the application requires. The microchips designed and fabricated were evaluated by measuring the fluorescence signal of a fluorescein-labeled DNA sample spotted onto the membrane probe. FIG. 20 shows the performance of the integrated phototransistor and amplifier circuit (device No. ICI N551-CD2). The figure shows the signal output response for various concentration of the fluorescein-labeled DNA excited with the Argon ion laser. The results illustrate the linearity of the microchip detector with respect to the fluorescein-labeled DNA concentrations and demonstrate the possibility for quantitative analysis.
5.27.2.3 EVALUATION OF THE BIOCHIP USING FLUORESCENT-LABELED DNA PROBES
In this example the inventors developed and performed measurements using an amplifier-phototransistor (APT) device with 4 x 4 anay of phototransistors. Whereas the CCD instrument was used to obtain an image of the microanay sample spots and to record a plot of the intensity, the signals from the APT microchip were directly recorded without the need of any electronic interface system or signal amplification device. The photocurrent of each sensing element of the APT microchip was transmitted directly into a digital photometer. The data from the photometer were linked to a personal computer (PC) via an RS-232 link. The samples consisted of an anay of microspots of fluorescein-labeled DNA on a nitrocellulose membrane. In the study of the probe anays on nitrocellulose membranes described in previous sections, the inventors used the CCD system to obtain a two-dimensional image of the fluorescence signals. Since the sensing elements of the phototransistor chip provide only a signal intensity and not a signal profile, the inventors devised a device to record the response of the phototransistor detection elements as the sample spots were passed over the sensing elements. In this study, a nitrocellulose membrane having a series of fluorescein-labeled DNA sample spots was placed on a glass slide connected to a linear translation stage. The measurements were made while the translation stage moved the sample anays over the stationary phototransistor device. The measurement system is schematically depicted in FIG. 18. Light from an argon ion laser at 488 nm was transmitted via an optical fiber and focused onto a sample spot. An appropriate optical filter placed between the sample substrate and the detector anay was used to reject the laser radiation. The data showed four resolved signals as the sample spots moved over an APT microchip channel (FIG. 19). Four sample spots of 1-μL of fluorescein-labeled DNA were placed on a nitrocellulose membrane, which was translated over a detection channel of an APT biochip. As the DNA spot passed over the photodetector, a fluorescence signal is detected. The four peaks in FIG. 19 illustrates the detection of the four resolved DNA sample spots on the substrate by the APT biochip device.
6.0 REFERENCES
The following references, to the extent that they provide exemplary procedural or other details supplementary to those set forth herein, are specifically incoφorated herein by reference.
Affymetrix http://www.affymetrix.com; July 23, 1997.
Alarie, Stokes, Sutherland, Edwards, Vo-Dinh, "Intensified charge coupled device-based fiber-optic monitor for rapid remote surface-enhanced Raman scattering sensing, Appl. Spectrosc, 46:1608-1612, 1992. Anderson, McGall, Lipshutz, "Polynucleotide arrays for genetic sequence analysis,"
Ln: Microsystem Technology in Chemistry and Life Science, A. Manz, H. Becket (Eds.), Springer- Verlag, Berlin, pp 117-129, 1998. Armitage et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 94(23): 12320-12325, 1997. Aubert, Oguey, Vuillcumier, "Monolithic Optical Position Encoder with On-Chip Photodiodes," IEEE J. Solid State Circuits, 23(2):465-73, 1988.
Boffa, Caφaneto, Allfrey, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 92:1901-1905, 1995. Boffa, Mo is, Caφaneto, Louissaint, Allfrey, J. Biol. Chem., 271 :13228-13233, 1996. Bulte, C. Wu, M. W. Brechbiel, R.A. Brooks, J. Vymazal, M. Holla and J.A. Frank, "Dysprosium-DOTA-PAMAM dendrimers as macromolecular T2 contrast agents. Preparation and relaxometry", Invest Radio, 33(11):841-5, 1998. Campbell, In: Monoclonal Antibody Technology, Laboratory Techniques in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, Burden and Von Knippenberg, Eds.,
Vol. 13, pp. 75-83, Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1984. Carlsson et al, Nature, 380:207, 1996. Chen et al, Nucl Acids Res., 20:4581-4589, 1992. Chowrira and Burke, Nucl Acids Res., 20:2835-2840, 1992. Christensen et al, J. Pept. Sci., 1(3):175-183, 1995.
Clewley, J. Virol. Methods, 25:179-194,1989. Collins and Olive, Biochem., 32:2795-2799, 1993. Corey, Trends Biotechnol, 15(6):224-229, 1997. Dropulic et al, J. Virol, 66:1432-41, 1992. Dueholm et al, J. Org. Chem., 59:5767-5773, 1994.
Eggars, Hogan, Reich, Lamture, Ehrlich, Hollis, Kosicki, Powdrill, Beattie, Smith, Narma, Gangadharam, Mallik, Burke, Wallace, "A microchip for quantitative detection of molecules utilizing luminescent and radioisotope reporter groups," Biotechniques, 17:516-523, 1994. Egholm et al, Nature, 365:566-568, 1993.
Elroy-Stein and Moss, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA , 87:6743-7, 1990.
Erdeniz, U.H. Mortensen and R. Rothstein, "Cloning-free PCR-based allele replacement methods", Genome Res, 7(12):1174-83, 1997. Fodor, Read, Pirrung, Stryer, Lu, Solas, "Light directed, spatially addressable parallel chemical synthesis," Science, 251 -.161-169, 1991.
Footer, Engholm, Kron, Coull, Matsudaira, Biochemistry, 35:10673-10679, 1996. Frohman, M.A., In "PCR Protocols: A Guide to Methods and Applications,"
Academic Press, New York, 1990. Gambacorti-Passerini et al, Blood, 88:1411-1417, 1996. Gao and Huang, Nucl. Acids Res. , 21 :2867-2872, 1993. Gefter, Margulies, Scharff, "A simple method for polyethylene glycol-promoted hybridization of mouse myeloma cells," Somat. Cell Genet., 3(2):231-236, 1977. Geiger, Allen, Strader, In: VLSI Design Techniques for Analog and Digital Circuits, McGraw-Hill Publishing Co., New York, 1990.
Goding, "Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Practice," pp. 60-74. 2nd Edition,
Academic Press, Orlando, FL, 1986. Good and Nielsen, Antisense Nucleic Acid Drug Dev., 7(4):431 -437, 1997. Graham, Leslie, Squinell, "Gene probe assay on a fibre-optic evanescent wave biosensor," Biosensors Bioelectronics, 7:487—493, 1992.
Griffith et al, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 117:831-832, 1995. Guenier-Takada et α/., Cell, 35:849, 1983.
Haaima, Lohse, Buchardt, Nielsen, Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl, 35:1939-1942, 1996. Hacia, Brody, Chee, Fodor, Collins, Nature Genetics, \A:A \ 1, 1996.
Hampel and Tritz, Biochem., 28:4929, 1989. Hampel et al, Nucl. Acids Res., 18:299, 1990. Hanvey et al, Science, 258:1481-1485, 1992.
Harlow. and Lane, In: Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor, NY, 1988.
Hyrup and Nielsen, Bioorg. Med. Chem., 1996.
Isola, Alarie, Griffin, No-Dinh, "Development of a genosensor for Mycobacterium tuberculosis," In: Biomedical Sensing, Imaging and Tracking Technologies, Lieberman, Podbielska, Vo-Dinh, eds, SPIE Publishers, Bellingham, WA, Vol. 2676:228-240, 1996.
Isola, Stokes, Vo-Dinh, "Surface-enhanced Raman gene probe for HIV detection,"
Anal. Chem., 70:1352-1356, 1998. Jaeger et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA , 86:7706-7710, 1989. Jensen et al, Biochemistry, 36(16):5072-5077, 1997. Kaiser and Kezdy, "Amphiphilic secondary structure design of peptide hormones,"
Science, 223(4633):249-255, 1984. Kashani-Saber et al, Antisense Res. Dev., 2:3-15, 1992. Koch et al, Tetrahedron Lett., 36:6933-6936, 1995. Kohler and Milstein, "Derivation of specific antibody-producing tissue culture and tumor lines by cell fusion," Ewr. J. Immunol., 6(7):511-519, 1976. Koppelhus, Nucleic Acids Res., 25(11):2167-2173, 1997. Kremsky et al, Tetrahedron Lett., 37:4313-4316, 1996.
Kuby, In: Immunology, 2nd Edition. W.H. Freeman & Company, New York, 1994. Kumar, Wilson, Valdes, Chambers, "Monitoring oligonucleotide hybridization using light-addressable potentiometric and evanescent wave fluorescence sensing,"
Mat. Sci. Eng, Cl : 187-192, 1994. Kunkel, Roberts, and Zakour, "Rapid and efficient site-specific mutagenesis without phenotypic selection," Methods Enzymol , 154:367-382, 1987. Kwoh et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci, USA , 86(4):1173-1177, 1989.
L'Huillier et tf/., E EOJ, 11 :4411-4418, 1992. Landsdoφ et al, Hum. Mol. Genet, 5:685-691, 1996. Lieber et al, Methods Enzymol, 217:47-66, 1993. Lisziewicz et al, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. U S. A., 90:8000-8004, 1993. Maloy et al, In: Microbial Genetics, 2nd Edition. Jones and Barlett Publishers,
Boston, MA, 1994. Maloy, "Experimental Techniques in Bacterial Genetics" Jones and Bartlett
Publishers, Boston, MA, 1990.McGall, Barone, Diggelmann, Fodor, Gentalen,
Ngo, "The efficiency of light-directed synthesis of DNA anays on glass substrates," J. Am. Chem. Soc, 119:5081-5090, 1997.
Marttin, J.C. Verhoef and F.W. Merkus, "Efficacy, safety and mechanism of cyclodextrins as absoφtion enhancers in nasal delivery of peptide and protein drugs", J. Drug Target, 6(l):17-36, 1998 Mellors, Rinaldo, Gupta, White, "Prognosis in HIV-1 infection predicted by the quantity of virus in plasma," Science, 272 : 1167- 1169, 1996. Michael, Biotechniques, 16:410-412, 1994.
Mollegaard, Buchardt, Egholm, Nielsen, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 91 :3892-3895,
1994. Mosbach, "Molecular imprinting", Trends Biochem. Sci., 19(1):9-14, 1994. Neilsen, In: Perspectives in Drug Discovery and Design 4, Escom Science Publishers, pp. 76-84, 1996. Nielsen, P. E., Egholm, M., Berg, R. H., and Buchardt, O, "Peptide nucleic acids
(PNAs): Potential antisense and anti-gene agents," Anti-Cancer Drug Design,
8(l):53-63, 1993. Nielsen, P. E., Egholm, M., Berg, R. H., and Buchardt, O, "Sequence-selective recognition of DNA by strand displacement with a thymine-substituted polyamide," Science 254, 1497-1500, 1991. Norton, Piatyszek, Wright, Shay, Corey, Nat. Biotechnol, 14:615-620, 1996. Norton, Waggenspack, Narnum, Corey, Bioorg. Med. Chem., 3:437-445, 1995. Ohara et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA , 86(15):5673-5677, 1989.
Ohkawa et al, Nucl Acids Symp. Ser., 27:15-6, 1992. Ojwang et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U. S. A., 89:10802-10806, 1992. Orum, Nielsen, Egholm, Berg, Buchardt, Stanley, Nucl. Acids Res., 21:5332-5336,
1993. Orum, Nielsen, Jorgensen, Larsson, Stanley, Koch, BioTechniques, 19:472-480, 1995.
Pardridge, Boado, Kang, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 92:5592-5596, 1995. Penotta and Been, Biochem., 31 :16, 1992. Perry-O'Keefe, Yao, Coull, Fuchs, Egholm, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA, 93:14670-
14675, 1996. Petersen, Jensen, Egholm, Nielsen, Buchardt, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett., 5:1119-1124,
1995. Picard and Vo-Dinh, "A multi-optical fiber anay with charge-coupled device image detection for parallel processing of light signals and spectra," Rev. Sci. Instr.,
62:584, 1991. Piunno, Krull, Hudson, Damha, Cohen, "Fiber optic biosensor for fluorimetric detection of DNA hybridization," Anal. Chim. Acta, 228:205-214, 1995. Prokop and Bajpai, "Recombinant DNA Technology I," Conference on Progress in
Recombinant DNA Technology Applications, Potosi, MI, June 3-8, 1990, Ann. N Y. Acad. Sci., 646:1-383, 1991.
Qin, D.R. Pahud, Y. Ding, A.U.Bielinska, J.F. Kukowska-Latallo, J.R. Baker, Jr., and
J.S. Bromberg, "Efficient transfer of genes into murine cardiac grafts by
Starburst polyamidoamine dendrimers", Hum. Gene Ther., 9(4):553-60, 1998. Rose, Anal. Chem., 65(24):3545-3549, 1993. Rossi et al, Aids Res. Hum. Retrovir., 8:183, 1992.
Ruskowski et al, Cancer, 80(12 Suppl):2699-2705, 1997.
Saiki, Gelfand, Stoffel, Scharf, Higuchi, Horn, Mullis, Erlich, "Prime-directed enzymatic amplification of DNA with a thermostable DNA polymerase,"
Science, 239:487-491, 1988. Sakthivel, I. Toth and A.T. Florence, "Synthesis and physicochemical properties of lipophilic polyamide dendrimers", Pharm. Res., 15(5):776-82, 1998. Sarver et al, Science, 247:1222-1225, 1990. Saville and Collins, Cell, 61 :685-696, 1990.
Saville and Collins, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA , 88:8826-8830, 1991. Scanlon et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA , 88:10591-10595, 1991.
Scaringe et al, Nucl. Acids Res., 18:5433-5441, 1990. Schena, Shalon, Davis, Brown, "Quantitative monitoring of gene expression patterns with a complementary DNA microarray," Science, 270:467-470, 1995. Segal, "Biochemical Calculations" 2nd Edition. John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1976.
Shoemaker, Lashkari, Deval, Morris, Mittman, and Davis, "Quantitative phenotypic analysis of yeast deletion mutants using a highly parallel molecular bar-coding strategy," Nat. Genet., 14(4):450-456, 1996. Sigust et al, "Surface Immobilization of Biomolecules by Light," Opt. Eng., 34:2338, 1995. Stetsenko, Lubyako, Potapov, Azhikina, Sverdlov, Tetrahedron Lett., 37:3571-3574,
1996. Stevenson, Johnson, Vo-Dinh, "Synchronous luminescence: a new detection technique for multiple probes used for DNA sequencing," Biotechniques, 16:1104-1 110, 1994.
Taira et al, Nucl. Acids Res., 19:5125-5130, 1991.
Thiede, Bayerdorffer, Blasczyk, Wittig, Neubauer, Nucleic Acids Res., 24:983-984,
1996. Thisted, Just, Petersen, Hyldig-Nielsen, Godtfredsen, Cell Vision, 3:358-363, 1996. Thomson et al, Tetrahedron, 51:6179-6194, 1995.
Tomic et al, Nucl. Acids Res., 12:1656, 1990.
Topchieva, P. Mischnick, G. K hn, V.A. Polyakov, S.V. Elezkaya, G.I. Bystryzky and K.I. Karezin, "Novel Derivatives of Cyclodextrins, Modified with Poly (ethylene Oxide and Their Complexation Properties, Bioconjug. Chem., 9(6):976-682, 1998.
Ulmann, Will, Breipohl, Langner, Ryte, Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl, 35:2632-2635,
1996. Upender et al, Biotechniques, 18:29-31, 1995. Usman and Cedergren, TIBS, 17:34, 1992. Ventura et al, Nucl. Acids Res., 21 :3249-3255, 1993.
Veselkov, Demidov, Nielsen, Frank-Kamenetskii, Nucl. Acids Res., 24:2483-2487,
1996. Nickers, Griffith, Ramasamy, Risen, Freier, Nucl. Acids Res., 23:3003-3008, 1995. No-Dinh, Griffin, Sepaniak, "Fiber optic fluoroimmunosensors," In: Fiber Optic Chemical Sensors and Biosensors, O. S. Wolfbeis (Ed.), CRC Press, Boca
Raton, FL, 1991. Vo-Dinh, Houck, Stokes, "Surface-enhanced Raman gene probes," Anal. Chem.,
66:3379-3383, 1994. Vo-Dinh, In: Room Temperature Phosphorimetry for Chemical Analysis, Wiley, New York, 1989. Vo-Dinh, Isola, Alarie, Landis, Griffin, Allison, "Development of a multiarray biosensor for DNA diagnostics," Instrum. Sci. Tech., 1998 (IN PRESS). Vo-Dinh, Tromberg, Griffin, Ambrose, Sepaniak, Gardenhire, "Antibody-based fiberoptics biosensor for the carcinogen benzo[a]pyrene," Appl. Spectrosc, 5:735-738, 1987.
Vo-Dinh, Wintenberg, Erickson, Isola, Alarie, "Development of a DNA biochip for gene diagnosis," Proceedings of the Conference on Biomedical Sensing and
Imaging Technologies, San Jose, CA, Jan 26-29, 1998. Walker et al, Proc Natl. Acad. Sci. USA , 89(l):392-396, 1992. Wang, Stacy, Binder, Marin-Padilla, Shaφe, Speck, "Disruption of the Cbfa2 gene causes necrosis and hemonhaging in the central nervous system and blocks definitive hematopoiesis," Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA, 93:3444-3449, 1996a. Wang, Stacy, Miller, Lewis, Gu, Huang, Bushweller, Bories, Alt, Ryan, Liu,
Wynshaw-Boris, Binder, Marin-Padilla, Shaφe, Speck, "The CbfJ3 subunit is essential for CBFα2 (AML1) function in vivo," Cell, 87:697-708, 1996b.
Watson, J. D. et al., Molecular Biology of the Gene, 4th Ed., W. A. Benjamin, Inc.,
Menlo Park, CA, 1987. Webb and Hurskainen, J. Biomol Screen., 1 :119-121, 1996. Weerasinghe et α/., J. Virol, 65:5531-5534, 1991. Wilbur, P.M. Pathare, D.K. Hamlin, K.R. Buhler and R. L. Vessella, "Biotin Reagents for Antibody Pretargeting. 3. Synthesis, Radioiodination, and Evaluation of
Biotinylated Starburst Dendrimers" , Bioconjug. Chem., 9(6):813-825,
1998.Seeger et a/., Biotechniques, 23(3):512-517, 1997. Wolinsdy, Korber, Neumann et al. , "Adaptive evolution of human immunodeficiency virus-type I during natural course of infection," Science, 272:537-542, 1996.
Woolf et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA , 89:7305-7309, 1992. Wu, S. J. and Dean, D. H., "Functional significance of loops in the receptor binding domain of Bacillus thuringiensis CrylllA δ-endotoxin," J. Mol. Biol.
255(4):628-640, 1996. Yu et al, Proc Natl. Acad. Sci. USA , 90:6340-6344, 1993. Z ou et al, Mol. Cell Biol, 10:4529-4537, 1990.
Although the present invention has been described in detail, it should be understood that various changes, substitutions, and alterations can be made hereto by one skilled in the art without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention as defined by the appended claims.

Claims

CLAIMS:
1. An integrated circuit comprising:
(a) a detector capable of detecting an electromagnetic signal;
(b) a source of electromagnetic radiation;
(c) at least one sensing element operably associated with the integrated circuit wherein said sensing element selectively combines with a target molecule; and
(d) means for generating a signal.
The integrated circuit of claim 1 wherein the signal is in the visible, ultraviolet, infrared, near-infrared, x-ray or radiofrequency range.
3. An integrated circuit that comprises:
(a) a sampling element;
(b) a signal amplification and processing system;
(c) a molecular probe; and
(d) a detector.
4. The integrated circuit of claim 3 wherein the molecular probe is a chemical receptor, a bioreceptor, a polymer, a biopolymer, a molecular imprint polymer or a biomimetic.
The integrated circuit of claim 3, further comprising a light source.
6. The integrated circuit of claim 5, wherein the light source provides light at frequencies in the visible, ultraviolet, infrared, near infrared, x-ray or radio frequency range.
7. The integrated circuit of claim 3, wherein the molecular probe comprises a nucleic acid.
8. The integrated circuit of claim 3, wherein the molecular probe comprises an antibody.
9. The integrated circuit of claim 3, wherein the molecular probe comprises an enzyme.
10. The integrated circuit of claim 3, wherein the molecular probe comprises a cell receptor.
11. The integrated circuit of claim 3, wherein the molecular probe comprises a molecular imprint assay.
12. The integrated circuit of claim 3, wherein the molecular probe comprises one or more cells.
13. The integrated circuit of claim 3, wherein the molecular probe comprises a biomimetic probe.
14. The integrated circuit of claim 3, wherein the detector is a photodiode.
15. The integrated circuit of claim 3, wherein the signal amplification and processing system comprises a microprocessor and an amplifier..
16. The integrated circuit of claim 1, wherein the source of electromagnetic radiation is a light emitting diode.
17. The integrated circuit of claim 1, wherein the source of electromagnetic radiation is a laser.
18. An integrated circuit that comprises: (a) a plurality of sources of electromagnetic radiation having a first frequency;
(b) a plurality of probes tagged with a label that responds to said electromagnetic radiation from said sources by emitting electromagnetic responses having a different frequency; and,
(c) a plurality of detectors that detect said electromagnetic responses.
19. The integrated circuit of claim 18, wherein said sources of electromagnetic radiation are light emitting diodes.
20. The integrated circuit of claim 18, wherein said sources of electromagnetic radiation are lasers.
21. The integrated circuit of claim 18, wherein said electromagnetic responses are detectable responses.
22. The integrated circuit of claim 18, wherein said electromagnetic responses are luminescence scattering.
23. The integrated circuit of claim 18, wherein said electromagnetic responses are infrared absoφtion.
24. The integrated circuit of claim 18, wherein said electromagnetic responses are ultraviolet absoφtion.
25. The integrated circuit of claim 18, wherein said probes are polynucleotide probes.
26. The integrated circuit of claim 18, wherein said probes are polypeptide/ nucleic acid probes.
27. The integrated circuit of claim 18, which includes one or more devices to direct electromagnetic radiation from said sources to said labels.
28. The integrated circuit of claim 24, wherein said detectors comprise an optical device.
29. The integrated circuit of claim 18, wherein said detectors comprise photodetectors.
30. The integrated circuit of claim 29, wherein said photodetectors comprise photodiodes.
31. The integrated circuit of claim 29, wherein said photodetectors comprise phototransistors.
32. The integrated circuit of claim 29, wherein said detectors further comprise one or more transimpedence amplifiers and low pass filters.
33. The integrated circuit of claim 29, wherein said detectors further comprise integrators.
34. The integrated circuit of claim 18, further comprising a filter between said label and said detectors to filter said electromagnetic radiation.
35. The integrated circuit of claim 34, wherein said filter comprises an optical filter.
36. The integrated circuit of claim 18, further comprising a lens between said label and said detectors.
37. A integrated circuit comprising:
(a) a plurality of sources of light;
(b) a plurality of materials that respond to said light from said sources by emitting luminous responses;
(c) means for directing said light through said material; and (d) a plurality of detectors that detect said luminous responses.
38. The integrated circuit of claim 37, wherein said source of light comprises a light emitting diode.
39. The integrated circuit of claim 37, wherein said source of light comprises a laser.
40. The integrated circuit of claim 37, wherein said materials comprise DNA probes.
41. The integrated circuit of claim 37, wherein said materials comprise antibody probes.
42. The integrated circuit of claim 37, wherein said materials comprise enzyme probes.
43. The integrated circuit of claim 37, wherein said materials comprise bioreceptor probes.
44. The integrated circuit of claim 37, wherein said directing means comprises a minor.
45. The integrated circuit of claim 37, wherein said detectors comprise photodetectors.
46. The integrated circuit of claim 45, wherein said detectors comprise photodiodes.
47. The integrated circuit of claim 45, wherein said detectors comprise phototransistors.
48. The integrated circuit of claim 45, wherein said detectors further comprise one or more transimpedence amplifiers and one or more low pass filters.
49. The integrated circuit of claim 45, wherein said detectors further comprise integrators.
50. The integrated circuit of claim 37, further comprising one or more optical filters between said materials and said detectors.
51. The integrated circuit of claim 37, further comprising one or more lenses between said materials and said detectors.
52. The integrated circuit of claim 37, wherein said luminous responses are in the visible spectral region.
53. The integrated circuit of claim 37, wherein said luminous responses are in the near infrared spectral region.
54. An integrated circuit comprising:
(a) a source of light;
(b) a probe capable of hybridizing with a particular nucleic acid sequence and including a label capable of responding to light received from the light source; and
(c) a phototransducer operable to generate an electrical signal in response to emitted, absorbed or scattered light.
55. The integrated circuit of claim 54, wherein said source of light comprises a light emitting diode.
56. The integrated circuit of claim 54, wherein said source of light comprises a laser.
57. The integrated circuit of claim 54, wherein said phototransducer comprises one or several photodiodes.
58. The integrated circuit of claim 54, wherein said phototransducer comprises one or several phototransistors.
59. The integrated circuit of claim 54, wherein said phototransducer comprises a transimpedence amplifier and a low pass filter.
60. The integrated circuit of claim 54, wherein said phototransducer comprises an integrator.
61. An apparatus for detecting a polynucleotide, said apparatus comprising:
(a) an integrated circuit;
(b) a source of light on the integrated circuit;
(c) a phototransducer on the integrated circuit operable to generate an electrical signal in response to a light; and
(d) a surface adapted to hold a sample of a material that may contain the particular nucleic acid sequence, said material containing a probe which has a tag that emits said light in response to light received from the source of light, said surface positioned on the integrated circuit to enable light from the source to be received by said material and light emitted by said tag to be received by said transducer.
62. The apparatus of claim 61, wherein said source of light comprises a light emitting diode.
63. The apparatus of claim 61, wherein said source of light comprises a laser.
64. The apparatus of claim 61, wherein said phototransducer comprises one or several photodiodes.
65. The apparatus of claim 61, wherein said phototransducer comprises one or several phototransistors.
PCT/US1998/025294 1997-11-26 1998-11-25 Integrated circuit biochip microsystem WO1999027140A1 (en)

Priority Applications (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU16093/99A AU1609399A (en) 1997-11-26 1998-11-25 Integrated circuit biochip microsystem
DE69812158T DE69812158T2 (en) 1997-11-26 1998-11-25 MICROSYSTEM WITH INTEGRATED BIOCHIP CIRCUIT
AT98960509T ATE234367T1 (en) 1997-11-26 1998-11-25 MICROSYSTEM WITH INTEGRATED BIOCHIP CIRCUIT
EP98960509A EP1034305B1 (en) 1997-11-26 1998-11-25 Integrated circuit biochip microsystem
CA002311466A CA2311466C (en) 1997-11-26 1998-11-25 Integrated circuit biochip microsystem

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US08/979,672 1997-11-26
US08/979,672 US6197503B1 (en) 1997-11-26 1997-11-26 Integrated circuit biochip microsystem containing lens

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO1999027140A1 true WO1999027140A1 (en) 1999-06-03

Family

ID=25527057

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US1998/025294 WO1999027140A1 (en) 1997-11-26 1998-11-25 Integrated circuit biochip microsystem

Country Status (8)

Country Link
US (2) US6197503B1 (en)
EP (2) EP1034305B1 (en)
AT (1) ATE234367T1 (en)
AU (1) AU1609399A (en)
CA (1) CA2311466C (en)
DE (1) DE69812158T2 (en)
ES (1) ES2194377T3 (en)
WO (1) WO1999027140A1 (en)

Cited By (49)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2000012759A1 (en) * 1998-08-26 2000-03-09 Alpha Innotech Corporation Biochip detection system
WO2000043552A2 (en) * 1999-01-25 2000-07-27 Ut-Battelle, Llc Multifunctional and multispectral biosensor devices and methods of use
FR2794861A1 (en) * 1999-06-11 2000-12-15 Commissariat Energie Atomique Device for reading a biochip comprises a light source for illuminating the biochip in the form of a strip covering at least one line of discrete zones
FR2795426A1 (en) * 1999-06-22 2000-12-29 Commissariat Energie Atomique Support for genetic analysis comprising reservoir(s) for a medium to be analyzed connected by passage(s) having temperature control device(s) to a test strip with analysis sites having biological probes
WO2001000869A2 (en) * 1999-06-23 2001-01-04 Intelligene Ltd. Arrays of catalytic or pre-catalytic nucleic acids
WO2001007895A1 (en) * 1999-07-27 2001-02-01 Commissariat A L'energie Atomique Biochip reading device
US6197503B1 (en) 1997-11-26 2001-03-06 Ut-Battelle, Llc Integrated circuit biochip microsystem containing lens
WO2001032935A2 (en) * 1999-11-02 2001-05-10 Celine Hu Molecular microarrays and methods for production and use thereof
WO2001051658A1 (en) * 2000-01-14 2001-07-19 The University Court Of The University Of Glasgow Improved analytical chip
WO2001066796A1 (en) * 2000-03-07 2001-09-13 Mario Raimondo Caria Method and system for the simultaneous and multiple detection and quantification of the hybridization of molecular compounds such as nucleic acids, dna, rna, pna and proteins
WO2001075152A2 (en) * 2000-03-30 2001-10-11 Infineon Technologies Ag Sensor for detecting macromolecular biopolymers, sensor arrangement, method for detecting macromolecular biopolymers and a method for producing a sensor for detecting macromolecular biopolymers
US6325977B1 (en) * 2000-01-18 2001-12-04 Agilent Technologies, Inc. Optical detection system for the detection of organic molecules
WO2002008458A1 (en) * 2000-07-26 2002-01-31 Michael Giesing Use of an imaging photoelectric flat sensor for evaluating biochips and imaging method therefor
WO2002073158A2 (en) 2001-03-09 2002-09-19 Apollo Biotechnology, Inc. Conjugate probes and optical detection of analytes
DE10133844A1 (en) * 2001-07-18 2003-02-06 Biochip Technologies Gmbh Method and device for the detection of analytes
DE10161529A1 (en) * 2001-12-14 2003-07-03 Infineon Technologies Ag Biosensor, e.g., to register and identify DNA molecules, comprises a hollow for the sample which is immobilized and illuminated where optical signals are detected by a shaded photo diode
WO2003072825A1 (en) * 2002-02-27 2003-09-04 Celltek Co., Ltd Apparatus for automatically analyzing genetic and protein materials using photodiodes
DE10219560C1 (en) * 2002-04-26 2003-10-23 Siemens Ag Sample carrier comprises a sample plate having one side with receiving regions for samples to be optically investigated and illuminated using illuminating diodes connected to the sample plate from the other side of the sample plate
DE10215319A1 (en) * 2002-04-02 2003-10-30 Siemens Ag Light source, for examination of sample on glass slide, is illuminated by array of light emitting diodes via lens system for charge coupled device camera
EP1125598A3 (en) * 2000-02-19 2004-02-04 BIOTRONIK Mess- und Therapiegeräte GmbH & Co Ingenieurbüro Berlin Medical therapy device with a sensor for obtaining molecular genetic information for the device
EP1388587A1 (en) * 2001-05-11 2004-02-11 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Biomolecular substrate and method and apparatus for examination and diagnosis using the same
DE10236433A1 (en) * 2002-08-06 2004-02-19 Förderverein Institut für Medizintechnik Dresden e.V. Device for optically detecting liquid samples in droplet form formed discretely on planar substrate or in cavities of substrate comprises optical detector arranged in optical axis of light beam, and optical element
EP1646841A2 (en) * 2003-07-18 2006-04-19 Chemimage Corporation Method and apparatus for multiwavelength imaging spectrometer
US7049073B2 (en) 2002-10-30 2006-05-23 The University Of Chicago Double stranded nucleic acid biochips
US7097974B1 (en) 1998-08-28 2006-08-29 Febit Biotech Gmbh Support for a method for determining an analyte and a method for producing the support
US7163822B2 (en) * 2002-05-14 2007-01-16 Hitachi, Ltd. Apparatus and method for luminometric assay
WO2008062479A3 (en) * 2006-11-21 2008-07-10 Jawaharlal Nehru Ct For Advanc A high sensitivity assay for molecular typing of biological sample, probes and a kit thereof
CN100424186C (en) * 2006-02-28 2008-10-08 宋家武 High sensitivity biosensor gene chip and clinical diagnosis technology
US7440096B2 (en) 2003-07-18 2008-10-21 Chemimage Corporation Method and apparatus for compact spectrometer for fiber array spectral translator
US7470540B2 (en) 2000-10-17 2008-12-30 Febit Ag Method and device for the integrated synthesis and analysis of analytes on a support
WO2009007294A1 (en) 2007-07-06 2009-01-15 Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der angewandten Forschung e.V. Membrane electrode assembly
US7548310B2 (en) 2003-07-18 2009-06-16 Chemimage Corporation Method and apparatus for compact spectrometer for multipoint sampling of an object
EP2073007A1 (en) * 2002-10-29 2009-06-24 Micronas GmbH Device for detecting a ligand in a sample
US7608458B2 (en) 2004-02-05 2009-10-27 Medtronic, Inc. Identifying patients at risk for life threatening arrhythmias
US7622303B2 (en) 2004-02-05 2009-11-24 Medtronic, Inc. Methods for identifying patients at risk for life threatening arrhythmias
US7738095B2 (en) 2003-07-18 2010-06-15 Chemimage Corporation Method and apparatus for compact spectrometer for detecting hazardous agents
EP2256478A2 (en) 2004-05-06 2010-12-01 CLONDIAG GmbH Device and method for detecting molecular interactions
EP2266699A1 (en) 2003-04-02 2010-12-29 CLONDIAG GmbH Device for the amplification and detection of nucleic acids
EP2330215A1 (en) 2005-11-04 2011-06-08 CLONDIAG GmbH Method and device for the detection of molecular interactions
US8027791B2 (en) 2004-06-23 2011-09-27 Medtronic, Inc. Self-improving classification system
CN102353659A (en) * 2011-06-09 2012-02-15 北京工业大学 Detector for biochip fluorescent microspectrum and manufacture method thereof
WO2012112832A1 (en) 2011-02-17 2012-08-23 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Compositions and methods for altering tissue specificity and improving aav9-mediated gene transfer
US8313904B2 (en) * 2002-09-16 2012-11-20 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Biological analysis arrangement and approach therefor
US8335652B2 (en) 2004-06-23 2012-12-18 Yougene Corp. Self-improving identification method
EP2548647A1 (en) 2006-10-20 2013-01-23 CLONDIAG GmbH Assay devices and methods for the detection of analytes
EP2818849A4 (en) * 2012-02-16 2015-10-07 Terumo Corp Fluorescent sensor and sensor system
US9408564B2 (en) 2010-11-01 2016-08-09 University College Cardiff Consultants Limited In-vivo monitoring with microwaves
EP2302367B1 (en) * 2000-08-21 2017-03-29 Genewave Device for supporting chromophoric elements
EP3572789A1 (en) 2005-11-04 2019-11-27 Alere Technologies GmbH Device and method for the detection of particles

Families Citing this family (216)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6048734A (en) 1995-09-15 2000-04-11 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Thermal microvalves in a fluid flow method
US7267948B2 (en) * 1997-11-26 2007-09-11 Ut-Battelle, Llc SERS diagnostic platforms, methods and systems microarrays, biosensors and biochips
US6979728B2 (en) * 1998-05-04 2005-12-27 Baylor College Of Medicine Articles of manufacture and methods for array based analysis of biological molecules
US6908770B1 (en) * 1998-07-16 2005-06-21 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Fluid based analysis of multiple analytes by a sensor array
US6489096B1 (en) * 1998-10-15 2002-12-03 Princeton University Quantitative analysis of hybridization patterns and intensities in oligonucleotide arrays
JP3442327B2 (en) 1998-12-15 2003-09-02 日立ソフトウエアエンジニアリング株式会社 Hybridization detection method and biochip
US6347708B1 (en) * 1999-03-22 2002-02-19 Cedarapids Inc. Wheel case for a vibratory apparatus
US7109024B2 (en) * 1999-11-15 2006-09-19 Dr. Chip Biotechnology Inc. Biomolecule-bound substrates
US6392257B1 (en) * 2000-02-10 2002-05-21 Motorola Inc. Semiconductor structure, semiconductor device, communicating device, integrated circuit, and process for fabricating the same
US6693033B2 (en) 2000-02-10 2004-02-17 Motorola, Inc. Method of removing an amorphous oxide from a monocrystalline surface
JP2001244454A (en) * 2000-02-29 2001-09-07 Horiba Ltd Molecule recognition type electrochemical ccd device
US6407395B1 (en) * 2000-02-29 2002-06-18 The University Of Chicago Portable biochip scanner device
AU2001264987A1 (en) * 2000-06-30 2002-01-14 Motorola, Inc., A Corporation Of The State Of Delware Hybrid semiconductor structure and device
US6555946B1 (en) 2000-07-24 2003-04-29 Motorola, Inc. Acoustic wave device and process for forming the same
US6590236B1 (en) 2000-07-24 2003-07-08 Motorola, Inc. Semiconductor structure for use with high-frequency signals
US6638838B1 (en) 2000-10-02 2003-10-28 Motorola, Inc. Semiconductor structure including a partially annealed layer and method of forming the same
US6692700B2 (en) 2001-02-14 2004-02-17 Handylab, Inc. Heat-reduction methods and systems related to microfluidic devices
US6673646B2 (en) 2001-02-28 2004-01-06 Motorola, Inc. Growth of compound semiconductor structures on patterned oxide films and process for fabricating same
US6852287B2 (en) 2001-09-12 2005-02-08 Handylab, Inc. Microfluidic devices having a reduced number of input and output connections
US7829025B2 (en) 2001-03-28 2010-11-09 Venture Lending & Leasing Iv, Inc. Systems and methods for thermal actuation of microfluidic devices
US8895311B1 (en) 2001-03-28 2014-11-25 Handylab, Inc. Methods and systems for control of general purpose microfluidic devices
US7323140B2 (en) 2001-03-28 2008-01-29 Handylab, Inc. Moving microdroplets in a microfluidic device
US7010391B2 (en) 2001-03-28 2006-03-07 Handylab, Inc. Methods and systems for control of microfluidic devices
KR100442838B1 (en) * 2001-12-11 2004-08-02 삼성전자주식회사 Method for detecting immobilization of probes and method for detecting binding degree between the probes and target samples
US6709989B2 (en) 2001-06-21 2004-03-23 Motorola, Inc. Method for fabricating a semiconductor structure including a metal oxide interface with silicon
US6662091B2 (en) * 2001-06-29 2003-12-09 Battelle Memorial Institute Diagnostics/prognostics using wireless links
US6646293B2 (en) 2001-07-18 2003-11-11 Motorola, Inc. Structure for fabricating high electron mobility transistors utilizing the formation of complaint substrates
US6693298B2 (en) 2001-07-20 2004-02-17 Motorola, Inc. Structure and method for fabricating epitaxial semiconductor on insulator (SOI) structures and devices utilizing the formation of a compliant substrate for materials used to form same
US6667196B2 (en) 2001-07-25 2003-12-23 Motorola, Inc. Method for real-time monitoring and controlling perovskite oxide film growth and semiconductor structure formed using the method
DE10137342A1 (en) * 2001-07-31 2003-03-06 Infineon Technologies Ag Biosensor and method for detecting macromolecular biopolymers using at least one unit for immobilizing macromolecular biopolymers
US6589856B2 (en) 2001-08-06 2003-07-08 Motorola, Inc. Method and apparatus for controlling anti-phase domains in semiconductor structures and devices
US6639249B2 (en) 2001-08-06 2003-10-28 Motorola, Inc. Structure and method for fabrication for a solid-state lighting device
ITTO20010801A1 (en) * 2001-08-07 2003-02-07 Silicon Biosystems S R L METHOD AND DEVICE FOR INTEGRATED BIOMOLECULAR ANALYSIS.
US6673667B2 (en) 2001-08-15 2004-01-06 Motorola, Inc. Method for manufacturing a substantially integral monolithic apparatus including a plurality of semiconductor materials
US20030036217A1 (en) * 2001-08-16 2003-02-20 Motorola, Inc. Microcavity semiconductor laser coupled to a waveguide
WO2003021939A1 (en) * 2001-09-05 2003-03-13 Canesta Inc. Electromagnetic wave detection arrangement with improved performance and reproducibility
US6852492B2 (en) * 2001-09-24 2005-02-08 Intel Corporation Nucleic acid sequencing by raman monitoring of uptake of precursors during molecular replication
WO2003046144A2 (en) * 2001-11-26 2003-06-05 Molecular Reflections, Inc. Microscale immobilization of molecules using a hydrogel and methods of use thereof
US20060147905A1 (en) * 2001-11-26 2006-07-06 Mirzabekov Andrei D Method for the specific identification of orthopoxvirus with the aid of a miniature biological chip
US7524459B2 (en) * 2002-01-24 2009-04-28 California Institute Of Technology In Pasadena Optoelectronic and microfluidic integration for miniaturized spectroscopic devices
US7604981B1 (en) * 2002-03-08 2009-10-20 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Excitable target marker detection
DE10211900A1 (en) * 2002-03-18 2003-10-16 Infineon Technologies Ag Biosensor for detecting macromolecular biopolymers and method for producing a biosensor for detecting macromolecular biopolymers
US6916621B2 (en) * 2002-03-27 2005-07-12 Spectral Genomics, Inc. Methods for array-based comparitive binding assays
EP1495326A1 (en) * 2002-04-12 2005-01-12 Micronas GmbH Method for immobilizing molecules on surfaces
US6916717B2 (en) * 2002-05-03 2005-07-12 Motorola, Inc. Method for growing a monocrystalline oxide layer and for fabricating a semiconductor device on a monocrystalline substrate
US6946286B2 (en) * 2002-05-09 2005-09-20 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for detecting DNA hybridization
US6657235B1 (en) * 2002-05-22 2003-12-02 Agilent Technologies, Inc. Optical excitation/detection device using discrete photoemitter devices
AU2003249681A1 (en) * 2002-05-31 2003-12-19 Diversa Corporation Multiplexed systems for nucleic acid sequencing
US6867420B2 (en) * 2002-06-03 2005-03-15 The Regents Of The University Of California Solid-state detector and optical system for microchip analyzers
US7560239B2 (en) * 2002-06-04 2009-07-14 Lin-Zhi International Inc. Homogeneous enzyme immunoassay for simultaneous detection of multiple analytes
US7361313B2 (en) * 2003-02-18 2008-04-22 Intel Corporation Methods for uniform metal impregnation into a nanoporous material
US6952651B2 (en) * 2002-06-17 2005-10-04 Intel Corporation Methods and apparatus for nucleic acid sequencing by signal stretching and data integration
US20070030481A1 (en) * 2002-07-10 2007-02-08 E2V Technologies (Uk) Limited Molecular detector arrangement
DE10231684A1 (en) * 2002-07-12 2004-02-12 Micronas Holding Gmbh Process for determining the number of receptors on a support and biosensor can be produced by this process
US7384742B2 (en) * 2002-08-16 2008-06-10 Decision Biomarkers, Inc. Substrates for isolating reacting and microscopically analyzing materials
US20060127946A1 (en) * 2002-08-16 2006-06-15 Montagu Jean I Reading of fluorescent arrays
US20040115830A1 (en) * 2002-09-25 2004-06-17 Igor Touzov Components for nano-scale Reactor
US20040142484A1 (en) * 2002-09-30 2004-07-22 Intel Corporation Spectroscopic analysis system and method
US8088628B2 (en) * 2002-09-30 2012-01-03 Intel Corporation Stimulated and coherent anti-stokes raman spectroscopic methods for the detection of molecules
JP3640388B2 (en) * 2002-10-29 2005-04-20 独立行政法人農業生物資源研究所 Method for producing labeled nucleic acid or protein
DE10251757B4 (en) * 2002-11-05 2006-03-09 Micronas Holding Gmbh Device for determining the concentration of ligands contained in a sample to be examined
KR20040043890A (en) * 2002-11-20 2004-05-27 안도열 Electrical connection method for nano-meter scale electronic device using conducting DNA
US20040101861A1 (en) * 2002-11-27 2004-05-27 Little Roger G. Resonant cavity photodiode array for rapid DNA microarray readout
AU2003290429A1 (en) * 2002-12-25 2004-07-22 Casio Computer Co., Ltd. Optical dna sensor, dna reading apparatus, identification method of dna and manufacturing method of optical dna sensor
WO2004065000A1 (en) 2003-01-21 2004-08-05 Illumina Inc. Chemical reaction monitor
US6965431B2 (en) 2003-02-28 2005-11-15 Ut-Battelle, Llc Integrated tunable optical sensor (ITOS) system
KR100700126B1 (en) * 2003-03-10 2007-03-28 가시오게산키 가부시키가이샤 Dna analyzing apparatus, dna sensor, and analyzing method
JP4586329B2 (en) * 2003-03-10 2010-11-24 カシオ計算機株式会社 DNA analyzer and analysis method
US7388247B1 (en) * 2003-05-28 2008-06-17 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Navy High precision microelectromechanical capacitor with programmable voltage source
EP1494007B8 (en) * 2003-06-30 2014-09-24 Tecan Trading AG Apparatus and method for analysing samples
TW594006B (en) * 2003-07-04 2004-06-21 Veutron Corp Biosensor with multi-channel A/D conversion and a method thereof
EP2402089A1 (en) 2003-07-31 2012-01-04 Handylab, Inc. Processing particle-containing samples
US8078408B2 (en) 2003-08-06 2011-12-13 The Procter & Gamble Company Bridged element for detection of a target substance
US7459713B2 (en) 2003-08-14 2008-12-02 Microptix Technologies, Llc Integrated sensing system approach for handheld spectral measurements having a disposable sample handling apparatus
US7057156B2 (en) * 2003-08-14 2006-06-06 Microspectral Sensing Llc System and method for integrated sensing and control of industrial processes
WO2005019822A1 (en) * 2003-08-19 2005-03-03 Micronas Gmbh Method and device for detecting analytes
JP3824233B2 (en) * 2003-09-01 2006-09-20 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Biosensor and biosensor manufacturing method
WO2005073407A1 (en) * 2003-10-07 2005-08-11 Ut-Battelle, Llc Advanced integrated circuit biochip
US20050074784A1 (en) * 2003-10-07 2005-04-07 Tuan Vo-Dinh Integrated biochip with continuous sampling and processing (CSP) system
US8306607B1 (en) 2003-10-30 2012-11-06 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Implantable sensing arrangement and approach
WO2005081707A2 (en) 2003-11-20 2005-09-09 Biowarn, Llc Methodology and apparatus for the detection of biological substances
US20050112587A1 (en) * 2003-11-25 2005-05-26 Sherrill James V. Analyzing biological probes
US7651868B2 (en) * 2003-12-11 2010-01-26 The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas System Method and system for the analysis of saliva using a sensor array
TWM253011U (en) * 2004-01-30 2004-12-11 King House Technology Co Ltd Luminous credit card
EP1711824A1 (en) * 2004-02-03 2006-10-18 SPHERE Medical Limited Sensor
KR101050468B1 (en) * 2004-02-14 2011-07-19 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 Biochip and Biomolecule Detection System Using the Same
US8101431B2 (en) * 2004-02-27 2012-01-24 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Integration of fluids and reagents into self-contained cartridges containing sensor elements and reagent delivery systems
US8105849B2 (en) * 2004-02-27 2012-01-31 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Integration of fluids and reagents into self-contained cartridges containing sensor elements
US7527977B1 (en) 2004-03-22 2009-05-05 Sandia Corporation Protein detection system
DE102004015272A1 (en) * 2004-03-29 2005-11-03 Infineon Technologies Ag Biosensor to determine the presence of DNA comprises trap molecules that hybridize with the target molecules over photo diode detector
US20050244953A1 (en) * 2004-04-30 2005-11-03 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Techniques for controlling the optical properties of assay devices
US7796266B2 (en) * 2004-04-30 2010-09-14 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Optical detection system using electromagnetic radiation to detect presence or quantity of analyte
US7815854B2 (en) 2004-04-30 2010-10-19 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Electroluminescent illumination source for optical detection systems
US8852862B2 (en) 2004-05-03 2014-10-07 Handylab, Inc. Method for processing polynucleotide-containing samples
WO2005108620A2 (en) 2004-05-03 2005-11-17 Handylab, Inc. Processing polynucleotide-containing samples
US20050261839A1 (en) * 2004-05-18 2005-11-24 Shinde Ninad A Smart substance processing device and a system and method of monitoring thereof
US7128264B2 (en) * 2004-07-23 2006-10-31 Symbol Technologies, Inc: Electro-optical reader with improved performance in high intensity ambient light
US20080258086A1 (en) * 2004-09-03 2008-10-23 Alan Mathewson Optical Detector
US7102747B2 (en) * 2004-10-13 2006-09-05 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. In situ excitation for Surface Enhanced Raman Spectroscopy
US7585664B2 (en) * 2004-10-14 2009-09-08 The Hong Kong University Of Science And Technology Integrated circuit optical detector for biological detection
US20070121113A1 (en) * 2004-12-22 2007-05-31 Cohen David S Transmission-based optical detection systems
US7609376B2 (en) * 2005-01-05 2009-10-27 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Method and apparatus for pixel display and SERS analysis
ITBO20050142A1 (en) * 2005-03-11 2006-09-12 Alma Mater Studiorum Uni Di Bologna MICROARRAY DEVICE FOR RECOGNITION OF DNA, DEVICE USING THE MICROARRAY DEVICE AND ITS FUNCTIONING METHOD
DE502005002994D1 (en) * 2005-04-04 2008-04-10 Micronas Holding Gmbh Method and apparatus for determining the concentrations of at least two ligands
DE102005018337A1 (en) * 2005-04-20 2006-11-02 Micronas Gmbh Micro-optical detection system and method for determining temperature-dependent parameters of analytes
US8355767B2 (en) * 2005-04-27 2013-01-15 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Raman spectroscopy for non-invasive glucose measurements
US7738086B2 (en) * 2005-05-09 2010-06-15 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Active CMOS biosensor chip for fluorescent-based detection
US20070097364A1 (en) * 2005-05-09 2007-05-03 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Active CMOS biosensor chip for fluorescent-based detection
GB0509773D0 (en) * 2005-05-13 2005-06-22 Iti Scotland Ltd An optical system for laser excitation and collection of fluorescence emissions
US20070048731A1 (en) * 2005-05-20 2007-03-01 Neurosilicon High throughput use-dependent assay based on stimulation of cells on a silicon surface
US8377398B2 (en) 2005-05-31 2013-02-19 The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas System Methods and compositions related to determination and use of white blood cell counts
US20070017530A1 (en) * 2005-06-10 2007-01-25 Syed Naweed I Detecting electrical activity and assessing agents for the ability to influence electrical activity
US20060287660A1 (en) * 2005-06-15 2006-12-21 Syed Naweed I Electrically Stimulating Nerve Regeneration
US20060292549A1 (en) * 2005-06-15 2006-12-28 Neurosilicon Psychotropic drug screening device based on long-term photoconductive stimulation of neurons
US7710127B2 (en) * 2005-07-08 2010-05-04 Fcc, Llc Test strip reader system and method
US7423250B2 (en) * 2005-07-14 2008-09-09 Kla-Tencor Technologies Corp. Systems, circuits and methods for extending the detection range of an inspection system by avoiding circuit saturation
US7436508B2 (en) 2005-07-14 2008-10-14 Kla-Tencor Technologies Corp. Systems, circuits and methods for reducing thermal damage and extending the detection range of an inspection system
US7414715B2 (en) * 2005-07-14 2008-08-19 Kla-Tencor Technologies Corp. Systems, circuits and methods for extending the detection range of an inspection system by avoiding detector saturation
WO2007009235A1 (en) * 2005-07-15 2007-01-25 Neurosilicon (1145990 Alberta Ltd.) Method and apparatus for guiding growth of neurons
US9103793B2 (en) * 2005-07-22 2015-08-11 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Intrinsic Raman spectroscopy
CN100414288C (en) * 2005-07-27 2008-08-27 北京工业大学 Miniature millimeter laser induced fluorescent detector for biological chip
EP1957962A2 (en) * 2005-11-29 2008-08-20 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Bio chip device with a sample compartment and a light sensitive element, method for the detection of fluorescent particles within at least one sample compartment of a bio chip device
ATE393390T1 (en) * 2005-12-30 2008-05-15 Fiat Ricerche CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL DEVICE FOR DISPLAY AND LIGHT EMISSION
EP2522989A1 (en) 2006-03-10 2012-11-14 Corning Incorporated Optimized method for lid biosensor resonance detection
EP2001990B1 (en) 2006-03-24 2016-06-29 Handylab, Inc. Integrated system for processing microfluidic samples, and method of using same
US7998708B2 (en) 2006-03-24 2011-08-16 Handylab, Inc. Microfluidic system for amplifying and detecting polynucleotides in parallel
US8088616B2 (en) 2006-03-24 2012-01-03 Handylab, Inc. Heater unit for microfluidic diagnostic system
US10900066B2 (en) 2006-03-24 2021-01-26 Handylab, Inc. Microfluidic system for amplifying and detecting polynucleotides in parallel
US11806718B2 (en) 2006-03-24 2023-11-07 Handylab, Inc. Fluorescence detector for microfluidic diagnostic system
EP1845377A1 (en) 2006-04-10 2007-10-17 Micronas GmbH Method and device for determining ligand concentrations
US20100007444A1 (en) * 2006-04-20 2010-01-14 Anis Nurashikin Nordin GHz Surface Acoustic Resonators in RF-CMOS
US8143681B2 (en) * 2006-04-20 2012-03-27 The George Washington University Saw devices, processes for making them, and methods of use
WO2007144797A1 (en) 2006-06-15 2007-12-21 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Integrated biosensing device having photo detector
US7586602B2 (en) 2006-07-24 2009-09-08 General Electric Company Method and apparatus for improved signal to noise ratio in Raman signal detection for MEMS based spectrometers
US8236244B2 (en) * 2006-10-06 2012-08-07 Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. Micro-pixelated fluid-assay structure with on-board addressable, pixel-specific functionalization
US8232109B2 (en) * 2006-10-06 2012-07-31 Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. Micro-pixelated active-matrix fluid-assay performance
US8232108B2 (en) * 2006-10-06 2012-07-31 Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. Method of making micro-pixelated fluid-assay structure
US8236571B2 (en) * 2006-10-06 2012-08-07 Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. Method of making micro-pixelated fluid-assay precursor structure
US8231831B2 (en) * 2006-10-06 2012-07-31 Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. Micro-pixelated fluid-assay structure
US8236245B2 (en) * 2006-10-06 2012-08-07 Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. Micro-pixelated fluid-assay precursor structure
DE102006048346A1 (en) * 2006-10-12 2008-04-17 Eppendorf Ag Method for the device for the quantitative real-time analysis of fluorescent samples
US7652767B2 (en) * 2006-10-19 2010-01-26 Sporian Microsystems, Inc. Optical sensor with chemically reactive surface
US7602496B2 (en) * 2006-10-19 2009-10-13 Sporian Microsystems, Inc. Optical sensor with biologically reactive surface
DE502006005987D1 (en) * 2006-10-20 2010-03-11 Micronas Holding Gmbh Method and apparatus for determining the concentrations of ligands
US7922976B2 (en) * 2006-10-23 2011-04-12 Banpil Photonics, Inc. High sensitivity sensor device and manufacturing thereof
WO2008061165A2 (en) 2006-11-14 2008-05-22 Handylab, Inc. Microfluidic cartridge and method of making same
WO2008060604A2 (en) 2006-11-14 2008-05-22 Handylab, Inc. Microfluidic system for amplifying and detecting polynucleotides in parallel
DE102006056949B4 (en) * 2006-11-30 2011-12-22 Ruprecht-Karls-Universität Heidelberg Method and device for detecting at least one property of at least one object with a microchip
US7989396B2 (en) * 2006-12-05 2011-08-02 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Biomolecule immobilization on biosensors
EP1930716A1 (en) 2006-12-08 2008-06-11 Micronas GmbH Method and device for detecting a ligand in a fluid
US8999724B2 (en) * 2006-12-28 2015-04-07 Intel Corporation Method and apparatus for match quality analysis of analyte binding
US8018010B2 (en) * 2007-04-20 2011-09-13 The George Washington University Circular surface acoustic wave (SAW) devices, processes for making them, and methods of use
US20090124513A1 (en) * 2007-04-20 2009-05-14 Patricia Berg Multiplex Biosensor
TW200844437A (en) * 2007-05-02 2008-11-16 Nat Univ Tsing Hua Portable optical detection chip and its manufacturing method thereof
DE102007021544A1 (en) * 2007-05-08 2008-11-13 Siemens Ag Measuring unit and method for optically examining a liquid for an analyte concentration
KR100822672B1 (en) 2007-06-27 2008-04-17 (주)실리콘화일 Diagnosis device using image sensor and method of manufacturing the diagnosis device
US9186677B2 (en) 2007-07-13 2015-11-17 Handylab, Inc. Integrated apparatus for performing nucleic acid extraction and diagnostic testing on multiple biological samples
US8105783B2 (en) 2007-07-13 2012-01-31 Handylab, Inc. Microfluidic cartridge
EP3741869A1 (en) 2007-07-13 2020-11-25 Handylab, Inc. Polynucleotide capture materials and methods of using same
US8133671B2 (en) 2007-07-13 2012-03-13 Handylab, Inc. Integrated apparatus for performing nucleic acid extraction and diagnostic testing on multiple biological samples
US9618139B2 (en) 2007-07-13 2017-04-11 Handylab, Inc. Integrated heater and magnetic separator
USD621060S1 (en) 2008-07-14 2010-08-03 Handylab, Inc. Microfluidic cartridge
US8287820B2 (en) 2007-07-13 2012-10-16 Handylab, Inc. Automated pipetting apparatus having a combined liquid pump and pipette head system
US20090136385A1 (en) 2007-07-13 2009-05-28 Handylab, Inc. Reagent Tube
US8182763B2 (en) 2007-07-13 2012-05-22 Handylab, Inc. Rack for sample tubes and reagent holders
WO2009027102A2 (en) * 2007-08-29 2009-03-05 Eppendorf Ag Device and method for radiometric measurement of a plurality of samples
US20090075843A1 (en) * 2007-09-14 2009-03-19 Iii-N Technology, Inc. Biological Sensor System
DE102008019712B4 (en) 2008-04-18 2012-09-13 Holger Klapproth Biochip and method of making such
USD618820S1 (en) 2008-07-11 2010-06-29 Handylab, Inc. Reagent holder
USD787087S1 (en) 2008-07-14 2017-05-16 Handylab, Inc. Housing
US8926906B2 (en) 2008-07-21 2015-01-06 Concordia University Microfluidic device and method for fabricating the microfluidic device
ES2581774T3 (en) 2008-08-29 2016-09-07 Janssen Biotech, Inc. Markers and methods of evaluation and treatment of ulcerative colitis and related disorders using a panel of 20 genes
KR101022769B1 (en) * 2008-10-20 2011-03-17 삼성전자주식회사 Optical dectecting apparatus for bio-chip
US7999944B2 (en) 2008-10-23 2011-08-16 Corning Incorporated Multi-channel swept wavelength optical interrogation system and method for using same
KR101045206B1 (en) * 2008-10-31 2011-06-30 삼성전자주식회사 Integrated bio-chip and method of fabricating the same
US20120052066A1 (en) 2008-11-07 2012-03-01 Cesar Calderon Markers and methods for assessing and treating lupus patients susceptible to photoprovocation
US8414755B2 (en) * 2009-05-29 2013-04-09 Ondavia, Inc. Microfluidic separation device
KR101258878B1 (en) * 2009-08-28 2013-04-30 한국전자통신연구원 The light addressing bio sensor chip and the driving method thereof
TWI437222B (en) * 2009-09-07 2014-05-11 Univ Nat Central Fluorescence detection system, method, and device for measuring biomolecules
US9678055B2 (en) 2010-02-08 2017-06-13 Genia Technologies, Inc. Methods for forming a nanopore in a lipid bilayer
US9605307B2 (en) 2010-02-08 2017-03-28 Genia Technologies, Inc. Systems and methods for forming a nanopore in a lipid bilayer
EP2375242A1 (en) 2010-04-06 2011-10-12 FOM Institute for Atomic and Moleculair Physics Integrated plasmonic nanocavity sensing device
US8960004B2 (en) 2010-09-29 2015-02-24 The George Washington University Synchronous one-pole surface acoustic wave resonator
FR2967818B1 (en) * 2010-11-22 2016-04-01 Soc Fr Detecteurs Infrarouges Sofradir DETECTION CIRCUIT WITH ANTI-GLOW MODULE
US8962242B2 (en) 2011-01-24 2015-02-24 Genia Technologies, Inc. System for detecting electrical properties of a molecular complex
CN103502798A (en) 2011-04-05 2014-01-08 集成等离子光子学公司 Integrated plasmonic sensing device and apparatus
CA2833262C (en) 2011-04-15 2020-08-18 Becton, Dickinson And Company Scanning real-time microfluidic thermocycler and methods for synchronized thermocycling and scanning optical detection
JP2013033008A (en) * 2011-08-03 2013-02-14 Sony Corp Optical analysis apparatus and optical analysis method
KR102121853B1 (en) 2011-09-30 2020-06-12 벡톤 디킨슨 앤드 컴퍼니 Unitized reagent strip
USD692162S1 (en) 2011-09-30 2013-10-22 Becton, Dickinson And Company Single piece reagent holder
CN104040238B (en) 2011-11-04 2017-06-27 汉迪拉布公司 Polynucleotides sample preparation apparatus
CA2863637C (en) 2012-02-03 2021-10-26 Becton, Dickinson And Company External files for distribution of molecular diagnostic tests and determination of compatibility between tests
US8986629B2 (en) 2012-02-27 2015-03-24 Genia Technologies, Inc. Sensor circuit for controlling, detecting, and measuring a molecular complex
US8906320B1 (en) 2012-04-16 2014-12-09 Illumina, Inc. Biosensors for biological or chemical analysis and systems and methods for same
US9759711B2 (en) 2013-02-05 2017-09-12 Genia Technologies, Inc. Nanopore arrays
US9551697B2 (en) 2013-10-17 2017-01-24 Genia Technologies, Inc. Non-faradaic, capacitively coupled measurement in a nanopore cell array
AT14051U1 (en) 2013-10-23 2015-03-15 Tecsense Gmbh Optochemical sensor
MX360883B (en) * 2013-12-10 2018-11-21 Illumina Inc Biosensors for biological or chemical analysis and methods of manufacturing the same.
US10258991B2 (en) 2014-02-14 2019-04-16 Elements S.R.L. High sensitivity multichannel detection device
JP2015194409A (en) * 2014-03-31 2015-11-05 株式会社ジャパンディスプレイ Specimen detection device and specimen detection chip
DE102014108143A1 (en) * 2014-06-10 2015-12-10 Kist Europe-Korea Institute of Science and Technologie Europe Forschungsgesellschaft mbh An optical system for detecting fluorescent or luminescent signals of at least two samples
WO2016094459A2 (en) * 2014-12-09 2016-06-16 Berkeley Lights, Inc. Automated detection and repositioning of micro-objects in microfluidic devices
JP2016133510A (en) * 2015-01-16 2016-07-25 パーソナル ジェノミクス タイワン インコーポレイテッドPersonal Genomics Taiwan,Inc. Optical sensor having light guiding function, and manufacturing method of the same
WO2016170670A1 (en) * 2015-04-24 2016-10-27 株式会社島津製作所 Optical analysis device
DE102016200271A1 (en) * 2016-01-13 2017-07-13 Institut Dr. Foerster Gmbh & Co. Kg Device for generating and measuring an emission
US9643181B1 (en) 2016-02-08 2017-05-09 International Business Machines Corporation Integrated microfluidics system
US10656088B2 (en) 2016-08-12 2020-05-19 Silanna UV Technologies Pte Ltd Ultraviolet biosensor
EP3711095B1 (en) 2017-12-26 2024-03-06 Illumina, Inc. Sensor system
JP7008653B2 (en) * 2019-02-07 2022-01-25 株式会社東芝 Molecule detector
US20230001412A1 (en) * 2020-01-21 2023-01-05 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Microfluidic reaction chamber with a reaction chamber circuit
CN111337331B (en) * 2020-03-11 2022-12-06 桂林医学院 Operation method of automatic dyeing and decoloring device
WO2021188435A1 (en) * 2020-03-17 2021-09-23 Becton, Dickinson And Company Gain matched amplifiers for light detection
CN111610177B (en) * 2020-06-11 2023-03-24 北京大学 Raman enhancement detection method and device for micro LED chip
AU2020267255A1 (en) * 2020-11-12 2022-05-26 Ellume Limited Assay device employing fluorescent labels
CN112326619A (en) * 2020-11-12 2021-02-05 中国计量大学 Micro-fluidic pesticide residue detection method based on double-spectrum technology
CN112986215B (en) * 2021-04-20 2022-08-02 江南大学 Method for detecting benzoic acid in milk based on surface enhanced Raman spectroscopy

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1993022678A2 (en) * 1992-04-23 1993-11-11 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Optical and electrical methods and apparatus for molecule detection
WO1997012225A1 (en) * 1995-09-29 1997-04-03 Georgia Tech Research Corporation Integrated optic interferometric sensor
WO1997012030A1 (en) * 1995-09-27 1997-04-03 Nanogen, Inc. Apparatus and methods for active programmable matrix devices

Family Cites Families (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS57132038A (en) * 1981-02-10 1982-08-16 Olympus Optical Co Ltd Photometric device
US5156728A (en) 1987-02-12 1992-10-20 Terumo Kabushiki Kaisha Ion sensor
JP2897027B2 (en) * 1988-10-27 1999-05-31 スズキ株式会社 Immunological agglutination detector
US5073029A (en) * 1990-02-16 1991-12-17 Eqm Research, Inc. Multisource device for photometric analysis and associated chromogens
US5605662A (en) 1993-11-01 1997-02-25 Nanogen, Inc. Active programmable electronic devices for molecular biological analysis and diagnostics
US5631734A (en) 1994-02-10 1997-05-20 Affymetrix, Inc. Method and apparatus for detection of fluorescently labeled materials
US5578832A (en) 1994-09-02 1996-11-26 Affymetrix, Inc. Method and apparatus for imaging a sample on a device
JP2675532B2 (en) 1994-12-20 1997-11-12 株式会社バイオセンサー研究所 Chemiluminescence measuring device
US5814516A (en) * 1995-10-13 1998-09-29 Lockheed Martin Energy Systems, Inc. Surface enhanced Raman gene probe and methods thereof
US6060327A (en) * 1997-05-14 2000-05-09 Keensense, Inc. Molecular wire injection sensors
US6197503B1 (en) 1997-11-26 2001-03-06 Ut-Battelle, Llc Integrated circuit biochip microsystem containing lens

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1993022678A2 (en) * 1992-04-23 1993-11-11 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Optical and electrical methods and apparatus for molecule detection
WO1997012030A1 (en) * 1995-09-27 1997-04-03 Nanogen, Inc. Apparatus and methods for active programmable matrix devices
WO1997012225A1 (en) * 1995-09-29 1997-04-03 Georgia Tech Research Corporation Integrated optic interferometric sensor

Cited By (76)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6197503B1 (en) 1997-11-26 2001-03-06 Ut-Battelle, Llc Integrated circuit biochip microsystem containing lens
US6271042B1 (en) 1998-08-26 2001-08-07 Alpha Innotech Corporation Biochip detection system
WO2000012759A1 (en) * 1998-08-26 2000-03-09 Alpha Innotech Corporation Biochip detection system
US7737088B1 (en) 1998-08-28 2010-06-15 Febit Holding Gmbh Method and device for producing biochemical reaction supporting materials
US7097974B1 (en) 1998-08-28 2006-08-29 Febit Biotech Gmbh Support for a method for determining an analyte and a method for producing the support
WO2000043552A2 (en) * 1999-01-25 2000-07-27 Ut-Battelle, Llc Multifunctional and multispectral biosensor devices and methods of use
US6743581B1 (en) 1999-01-25 2004-06-01 Ut-Battelle, Lc Multifunctional and multispectral biosensor devices and methods of use
WO2000043552A3 (en) * 1999-01-25 2000-11-02 Ut Battelle Llc Multifunctional and multispectral biosensor devices and methods of use
FR2794861A1 (en) * 1999-06-11 2000-12-15 Commissariat Energie Atomique Device for reading a biochip comprises a light source for illuminating the biochip in the form of a strip covering at least one line of discrete zones
FR2795426A1 (en) * 1999-06-22 2000-12-29 Commissariat Energie Atomique Support for genetic analysis comprising reservoir(s) for a medium to be analyzed connected by passage(s) having temperature control device(s) to a test strip with analysis sites having biological probes
WO2001000869A2 (en) * 1999-06-23 2001-01-04 Intelligene Ltd. Arrays of catalytic or pre-catalytic nucleic acids
WO2001000869A3 (en) * 1999-06-23 2001-05-10 Intelligene Ltd Arrays of catalytic or pre-catalytic nucleic acids
FR2797054A1 (en) * 1999-07-27 2001-02-02 Commissariat Energie Atomique DEVICE FOR READING A BIOLOGICAL CHIP
WO2001007895A1 (en) * 1999-07-27 2001-02-01 Commissariat A L'energie Atomique Biochip reading device
WO2001032935A2 (en) * 1999-11-02 2001-05-10 Celine Hu Molecular microarrays and methods for production and use thereof
WO2001032935A3 (en) * 1999-11-02 2002-05-02 Celine Hu Molecular microarrays and methods for production and use thereof
WO2001051658A1 (en) * 2000-01-14 2001-07-19 The University Court Of The University Of Glasgow Improved analytical chip
US6325977B1 (en) * 2000-01-18 2001-12-04 Agilent Technologies, Inc. Optical detection system for the detection of organic molecules
EP1125598A3 (en) * 2000-02-19 2004-02-04 BIOTRONIK Mess- und Therapiegeräte GmbH & Co Ingenieurbüro Berlin Medical therapy device with a sensor for obtaining molecular genetic information for the device
WO2001066796A1 (en) * 2000-03-07 2001-09-13 Mario Raimondo Caria Method and system for the simultaneous and multiple detection and quantification of the hybridization of molecular compounds such as nucleic acids, dna, rna, pna and proteins
WO2001075152A3 (en) * 2000-03-30 2002-04-04 Infineon Technologies Ag Sensor for detecting macromolecular biopolymers, sensor arrangement, method for detecting macromolecular biopolymers and a method for producing a sensor for detecting macromolecular biopolymers
WO2001075152A2 (en) * 2000-03-30 2001-10-11 Infineon Technologies Ag Sensor for detecting macromolecular biopolymers, sensor arrangement, method for detecting macromolecular biopolymers and a method for producing a sensor for detecting macromolecular biopolymers
WO2002008458A1 (en) * 2000-07-26 2002-01-31 Michael Giesing Use of an imaging photoelectric flat sensor for evaluating biochips and imaging method therefor
EP2302367B1 (en) * 2000-08-21 2017-03-29 Genewave Device for supporting chromophoric elements
US7470540B2 (en) 2000-10-17 2008-12-30 Febit Ag Method and device for the integrated synthesis and analysis of analytes on a support
WO2002073158A2 (en) 2001-03-09 2002-09-19 Apollo Biotechnology, Inc. Conjugate probes and optical detection of analytes
EP2295971A3 (en) * 2001-03-09 2011-06-08 Apollo Biotechnology, Inc. Conjugate probes and optical detection of analytes
EP1373573A2 (en) * 2001-03-09 2004-01-02 Apollo Biotechnology, Inc. Conjugate probes and optical detection of analytes
EP1373573A4 (en) * 2001-03-09 2006-11-29 Apollo Biotechnology Inc Conjugate probes and optical detection of analytes
EP1388587A4 (en) * 2001-05-11 2006-12-06 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Biomolecular substrate and method and apparatus for examination and diagnosis using the same
EP1388587A1 (en) * 2001-05-11 2004-02-11 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Biomolecular substrate and method and apparatus for examination and diagnosis using the same
US8691560B2 (en) 2001-05-11 2014-04-08 Panasonic Corporation Biomolecule substrate, and test and diagnosis methods and apparatuses using the same
US7833701B2 (en) 2001-05-11 2010-11-16 Panasonic Corporation Biomolecule substrate, and test and diagnosis methods and apparatuses using the same
DE10133844A1 (en) * 2001-07-18 2003-02-06 Biochip Technologies Gmbh Method and device for the detection of analytes
DE10133844B4 (en) * 2001-07-18 2006-08-17 Micronas Gmbh Method and device for detecting analytes
DE10161529A1 (en) * 2001-12-14 2003-07-03 Infineon Technologies Ag Biosensor, e.g., to register and identify DNA molecules, comprises a hollow for the sample which is immobilized and illuminated where optical signals are detected by a shaded photo diode
WO2003072825A1 (en) * 2002-02-27 2003-09-04 Celltek Co., Ltd Apparatus for automatically analyzing genetic and protein materials using photodiodes
DE10215319A1 (en) * 2002-04-02 2003-10-30 Siemens Ag Light source, for examination of sample on glass slide, is illuminated by array of light emitting diodes via lens system for charge coupled device camera
DE10219560C1 (en) * 2002-04-26 2003-10-23 Siemens Ag Sample carrier comprises a sample plate having one side with receiving regions for samples to be optically investigated and illuminated using illuminating diodes connected to the sample plate from the other side of the sample plate
US7163822B2 (en) * 2002-05-14 2007-01-16 Hitachi, Ltd. Apparatus and method for luminometric assay
DE10236433A1 (en) * 2002-08-06 2004-02-19 Förderverein Institut für Medizintechnik Dresden e.V. Device for optically detecting liquid samples in droplet form formed discretely on planar substrate or in cavities of substrate comprises optical detector arranged in optical axis of light beam, and optical element
US8709788B2 (en) 2002-09-16 2014-04-29 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Biological analysis arrangement and approach therefor
US8313904B2 (en) * 2002-09-16 2012-11-20 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Biological analysis arrangement and approach therefor
EP2073007A1 (en) * 2002-10-29 2009-06-24 Micronas GmbH Device for detecting a ligand in a sample
US7049073B2 (en) 2002-10-30 2006-05-23 The University Of Chicago Double stranded nucleic acid biochips
EP2266699A1 (en) 2003-04-02 2010-12-29 CLONDIAG GmbH Device for the amplification and detection of nucleic acids
US7738095B2 (en) 2003-07-18 2010-06-15 Chemimage Corporation Method and apparatus for compact spectrometer for detecting hazardous agents
US7548310B2 (en) 2003-07-18 2009-06-16 Chemimage Corporation Method and apparatus for compact spectrometer for multipoint sampling of an object
US7440096B2 (en) 2003-07-18 2008-10-21 Chemimage Corporation Method and apparatus for compact spectrometer for fiber array spectral translator
EP1646841A2 (en) * 2003-07-18 2006-04-19 Chemimage Corporation Method and apparatus for multiwavelength imaging spectrometer
EP1646841A4 (en) * 2003-07-18 2008-02-27 Chemimage Corp Method and apparatus for multiwavelength imaging spectrometer
US7608458B2 (en) 2004-02-05 2009-10-27 Medtronic, Inc. Identifying patients at risk for life threatening arrhythmias
US7622303B2 (en) 2004-02-05 2009-11-24 Medtronic, Inc. Methods for identifying patients at risk for life threatening arrhythmias
EP2290351A2 (en) 2004-05-06 2011-03-02 CLONDIAG GmbH Device and method for detecting molecular interactions
EP2299257A2 (en) 2004-05-06 2011-03-23 CLONDIAG GmbH Device and method for detecting molecular interactions
EP3171155A1 (en) 2004-05-06 2017-05-24 Clondiag GmbH Device and method for detecting molecular interactions
EP3527287A1 (en) 2004-05-06 2019-08-21 Alere Technologies GmbH Method for detecting molecular interactions
EP2280267A2 (en) 2004-05-06 2011-02-02 CLONDIAG GmbH Device and method for detecting molecular interactions
EP2256478A2 (en) 2004-05-06 2010-12-01 CLONDIAG GmbH Device and method for detecting molecular interactions
US8027791B2 (en) 2004-06-23 2011-09-27 Medtronic, Inc. Self-improving classification system
US8335652B2 (en) 2004-06-23 2012-12-18 Yougene Corp. Self-improving identification method
EP2330215A1 (en) 2005-11-04 2011-06-08 CLONDIAG GmbH Method and device for the detection of molecular interactions
EP3572789A1 (en) 2005-11-04 2019-11-27 Alere Technologies GmbH Device and method for the detection of particles
CN100424186C (en) * 2006-02-28 2008-10-08 宋家武 High sensitivity biosensor gene chip and clinical diagnosis technology
EP2548647A1 (en) 2006-10-20 2013-01-23 CLONDIAG GmbH Assay devices and methods for the detection of analytes
US8227590B2 (en) 2006-11-21 2012-07-24 Jawaharlal Nehru Centre For Advanced Scientific Research High sensitivity assay for molecular typing of biological sample, probes and a kit thereof
WO2008062479A3 (en) * 2006-11-21 2008-07-10 Jawaharlal Nehru Ct For Advanc A high sensitivity assay for molecular typing of biological sample, probes and a kit thereof
WO2009007294A1 (en) 2007-07-06 2009-01-15 Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der angewandten Forschung e.V. Membrane electrode assembly
US9408564B2 (en) 2010-11-01 2016-08-09 University College Cardiff Consultants Limited In-vivo monitoring with microwaves
WO2012112832A1 (en) 2011-02-17 2012-08-23 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Compositions and methods for altering tissue specificity and improving aav9-mediated gene transfer
US9884071B2 (en) 2011-02-17 2018-02-06 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Compositions and methods for altering tissue specificity and improving AAV9-mediated gene transfer
US10406173B2 (en) 2011-02-17 2019-09-10 Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Compositions and methods for altering tissue specificity and improving AAV9-mediated gene transfer
US10918658B2 (en) 2011-02-17 2021-02-16 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Compositions and methods for altering tissue specificity and improving AAV9-mediated gene transfer
US11766448B2 (en) 2011-02-17 2023-09-26 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Compositions and methods for altering tissue specificity and improving AAV9-mediated gene transfer
CN102353659A (en) * 2011-06-09 2012-02-15 北京工业大学 Detector for biochip fluorescent microspectrum and manufacture method thereof
EP2818849A4 (en) * 2012-02-16 2015-10-07 Terumo Corp Fluorescent sensor and sensor system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US6197503B1 (en) 2001-03-06
CA2311466C (en) 2007-09-11
EP1236807A2 (en) 2002-09-04
EP1236807A3 (en) 2004-03-31
DE69812158D1 (en) 2003-04-17
EP1034305A1 (en) 2000-09-13
EP1034305B1 (en) 2003-03-12
CA2311466A1 (en) 1999-06-03
US6448064B1 (en) 2002-09-10
ATE234367T1 (en) 2003-03-15
DE69812158T2 (en) 2004-01-08
AU1609399A (en) 1999-06-15
ES2194377T3 (en) 2003-11-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP1034305B1 (en) Integrated circuit biochip microsystem
US6743581B1 (en) Multifunctional and multispectral biosensor devices and methods of use
US7267948B2 (en) SERS diagnostic platforms, methods and systems microarrays, biosensors and biochips
US7951535B2 (en) SERS molecular probe for diagnostics and therapy and methods of use thereof
JP5006494B2 (en) Device and method for measuring multiple analytes
US6806954B2 (en) Microarray detector and synthesizer
US7198939B2 (en) Apparatus for interrogating an addressable array
EP1148947B1 (en) Fibre array for contacting chemical species and methods for using and making same
RU2291197C2 (en) Method for sequencing of polynucleotides
US20050074784A1 (en) Integrated biochip with continuous sampling and processing (CSP) system
US20020008871A1 (en) Method and device for detecting optical properties, especially luminescence reactions and refraction behavior of molecules which are directly or indirectly bound on a support
JP2000512744A (en) System and method for detecting label material
Vo-Dinh Development of a DNA biochip: principle and applications
JP2003185662A (en) Optical and electric method and apparatus for detecting molecule
CN1391615A (en) DNA sequencing method
WO1997043450A1 (en) Hybridization assays on oligonucleotide arrays
US7259847B2 (en) Use of optical diffraction elements in detection methods
Vo-Dinh et al. Development of a multiarray biosensor for DNA diagnostics
KR100522371B1 (en) A Method for the Detection of Laser-induced Epifluorescence
Vo-Dinh et al. Development of a DNA biochip for gene diagnosis
Pinkel et al. High density array fabrication and readout method for a fiber optic biosensor

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY CA CH CN CU CZ DE DK EE ES FI GB GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MD MG MK MN MW MX NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT UA UG US UZ VN YU ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW SD SZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: 8642

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2311466

Country of ref document: CA

Ref country code: CA

Ref document number: 2311466

Kind code of ref document: A

Format of ref document f/p: F

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: KR

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1998960509

Country of ref document: EP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 1998960509

Country of ref document: EP

WWG Wipo information: grant in national office

Ref document number: 1998960509

Country of ref document: EP